[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2011046771A1 - SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF - Google Patents

SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011046771A1
WO2011046771A1 PCT/US2010/051403 US2010051403W WO2011046771A1 WO 2011046771 A1 WO2011046771 A1 WO 2011046771A1 US 2010051403 W US2010051403 W US 2010051403W WO 2011046771 A1 WO2011046771 A1 WO 2011046771A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
group
cycloalkyl
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/051403
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Stephane L. Bogen
Yao Ma
Yaolin Wang
Brian Robert Lahue
Latha G. Nair
Manami Shizuka
Matthew Ernst Voss
Margarita Kirova-Snover
Weidong Pan
Yuan Tian
Bheemashankar A. Kulkarni
Craig R. Gibeau
Yuan Liu
Giovanna Scapin
Diane Rindgen
Ronald J. Doll
Timothy J. Guzi
Danny J. Hicklin
Amin Nomeir
Cynthia Seidel-Dugan
Gerald W. Shipps, Jr.
Malcolm Maccoss
Original Assignee
Schering Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to UAA201205722A priority Critical patent/UA109417C2/en
Priority to JP2012534222A priority patent/JP5099731B1/en
Application filed by Schering Corporation filed Critical Schering Corporation
Priority to US13/501,685 priority patent/US8859776B2/en
Priority to BR112012008849A priority patent/BR112012008849A2/en
Priority to AU2010307198A priority patent/AU2010307198C9/en
Priority to CA2777043A priority patent/CA2777043C/en
Priority to EA201270546A priority patent/EA023838B1/en
Priority to KR1020127012244A priority patent/KR101485645B1/en
Priority to EP10823840.3A priority patent/EP2488028B1/en
Priority to NZ599343A priority patent/NZ599343A/en
Priority to CN201080056354.8A priority patent/CN102638981B/en
Priority to MX2012004377A priority patent/MX2012004377A/en
Publication of WO2011046771A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011046771A1/en
Priority to TNP2012000129A priority patent/TN2012000129A1/en
Priority to IL219125A priority patent/IL219125A0/en
Priority to ZA2012/02667A priority patent/ZA201202667B/en
Priority to MA34862A priority patent/MA33745B1/en
Priority to US14/339,925 priority patent/US20140336222A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10—Antimycotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds useful as Human Double Minute 2 ("HDM2") protein inhibitors, regulators or modulators, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods of treatment using the compounds and compositions to treat diseases such as, for example, cancer, diseases involving abnormal cell proliferation, and diseases caused by inadequate p53 levels.
  • HDM2 Human Double Minute 2
  • This invention specifically discloses
  • the tumor suppressor protein p53 plays a central role in maintaining the integrity of the genome in a cell by regulating the expression of a diverse array of genes responsible for DNA repair, cell cycle and growth arrest, and apoptosis [May et al., Oncogene 18 ⁇ 531 (1999) p. 7621-7636; Oren, Cell Death Differ. 10 (4) (2003) p. 431-442 , Hall and Peters, Adv. Cancer Res.. 68: (1996) p. 67-108; Hainaut et al., Nucleic Acid Res.. 25: (1997) p.151- 57; Sherr, Cancer Res.. 60: (2000) p. 3689-95].
  • the cell In response to oncogenic stress signals, the cell triggers the p53 transcription factor to activate genes implicated in the regulation cell cycle, which thereby initiates either apoptosis or cell cycle arrest.
  • Apoptosis facilitates the elimination of damaged cells from the organism, while cell cycle arrest enables damaged cells to repair genetic damage [reviewed in Ko et al., Genes & Devel. 10: (1996) p.1054-1072; Levi ne, Cell 88: (1997) p. 323-331].
  • the loss of the safeguard functions of p53 predisposes damaged cells to progress to a cancerous state. Inactivating p53 in mice consistently leads to an unusually high rate of tumors [Donehower et al., Nature. 356: (1992) p. 215-221].
  • the p53 transcription factor promotes the expression of a number of cell cycle regulatory genes, including its own negative regulator, the gene encoding the Mouse Double Minute 2 (MDM2) protein [Chene, Nature Reviews Cancer 3: (2003) p. 102-109; Momand, Gene 242 (1-2): (2000) p. 15-29; Zheleva et al. Mini. Rev. Med. Chem. 3 (3): (2003) p. 257-270].
  • MDM2 protein Mouse Double Minute 2
  • HDM2 acts to down-regulate p53 activity in an auto- regulatory manner [Wu et al, Genes Dev.. 7: (1993) p. 1126-1132; Bairak et ai., EMBO J, 12: (1993) p. 461-468],
  • the MDM2 protein serves to maintain p53 activity at low levels [Wu et al, Genes Dev.. 7: (1993) p.1126-1132; Barak et al., EMBO J. 12: (1993) p. 461-468].
  • p53 activity increases helping to prevent the propagation of permanently damaged clones of cells by induction of cell cycle and growth arrest or apoptosis.
  • MDM2 acts to down-regulate p53 activity.
  • MDM2 can bind to the N- terminal transcriptional activation domain of p53 to block expression of p53- responsive genes [Kussie et al., Science, 274: (1996) p. 948-953; Oliner et al., Nature. 362: (1993) p. 857-860; Momand et al, CeH, 69: (1992) p. 1237-1245].
  • DM2 shuttles p53 from the nucleus to the cytoplasm to facilitate the proteolytic degradation of p53 [Roth et ai, EMBO J. 17: (1998) p. 554-564;
  • MDM2 possesses an intrinsic E3 tigase activity for conjugating ubiquitin to p53 for degradation within the ubiquitin-dependent 26S proteosome pathway [Honda et al., FEBS Lett. 420: (1997) p. 25-27; Yasuda. Oncogene 19: (2000) p. 1473-1476].
  • MDM2 impedes the ability of the p53 transcription factor to promote the expression of its target genes by binding p53 in the nucleus.
  • U.S. Pub. No. 2005/0037383 A1 describes modified soluble HDM2 protein, nucleic acids that code for this HDM2 protein, the crystals of this protein that are suitable for X-ray crystallization analysis, the use of the proteins and crystals to identify, select, or design compounds that may be used as anticancer agents, and some of the compounds themselves that bind to modified HDM2. (Schering-Plough Corp.).
  • Vassiiev J. Med. Chem. (Perspective) Vol. 48 No. 14. (2005) p. 1-8) (Hoffmann-LaRoche Inc.) describes several small molecule p53 activators as an application in oncology, including the following formulas:
  • Cis-!midazolines (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.) as compounds that inhibit the interaction of MDM2 with p53-like peptides resulting in
  • WO 2004/080460 A1 describes substituted piperidine compounds as MDM2-p53 inhibitors for treating cancer (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.).
  • EP 0947494 A1 describes phenoxy acetic acid derivatives and phenoxy methyltetrazole that act as antagonists of MDM2 and interfere with the protein- protein interaction between MDM2 and p53, which results in anti-tumor properties (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.).
  • Duncan et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123 (4): (2001) p. 554-560 describes a p-53-MDM2 antagonist, chlorofusin, from a Fusarium Sp.. Stoll et al., Biochemistry 40 (2) (2001) p. 336-344 describes chalcone derivatives that antagonize interactions between the human
  • the present application discloses compounds that have potency in inhibiting or antagonizing the HDM2-p53 and MDM2-p53 interaction and/or activating p53 proteins in cells.
  • the present invention provides novel compounds having HDM2 or MDM2 antagonist activity, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more of such compounds, methods of treatment or prevention of one or more diseases associated with HDM2, MDM2, p53, or p53 peptides by administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.
  • WO2008/005268 (equivalent of US Patent Publication US 2008/0004287 A1) discloses substituted piperidine compounds as HDM2 inhibitors.
  • the present invention provides a novel class of substituted piperidine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more said compounds, and methods for using said compounds for treating or preventing a disease associated with the HDM2 protein.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula 1
  • R 1 is:
  • E is either present or absent, and when present is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl-C(0)OH, -(d-CeJalkyl-OH, -(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 8' , - ⁇ C2-Ce)alkenyl, -(C2-C 6 )alkynyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl;
  • each J independently is selected from the group consisting of H and halogen
  • G, Y and R may or may not be present, wherein: when Y is not present, G is not present; when Y is present, it is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 , and CR 8 R 8' ;
  • R when present is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, and -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH;
  • G when present is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8 ) n - C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-C ⁇ 0)NR 8 R 9 , - (CR 8 R 8, )n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-0 ⁇ (CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C 3 - C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 )n-0-(CR 8 R 8 )n-C ⁇ 0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n- S-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C ⁇ 0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-NH-(CR 8
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, D, and (CrC 6 )alkyl; or wherein R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached form ⁇ C 3 -Ce)cycloa!kyl;
  • each R 9 independently is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycIoalkyl;
  • each n independently is 0-10; providing that when n is 0, any oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom of Y is not directly linked to any oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom of G;
  • R 4 , R 4' , R 5 , R 5 , R 6 , R 6 ', R 7 , and R 7' independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci-Ce)alkyl;
  • the present invention provides a compound
  • E is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -O- (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(C C 6 )aIkyl- C(0)OH, -(d-CeJalkyl-CiOJNR ⁇ 8' , -(C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl, -(C 2 -C 6 )alkynyl and heterocyclyl,
  • J is independently selected from the group consisting of H and halogen
  • G, Y and R may or may not be present
  • Y when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S,
  • NR 8 , S0 2 , and CR 8 R 8' further wherein, when R is present, it is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, -SH, (d-CeJalkoxy, -(C 2 -C 6 )alkenoxy, -(Ci- C 6 )alkyl, -(C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl, haloalkoxy, -C(O)NR 0 R 11 , - C(0)OR 10 , -OC(0)R 10 , -NR 10 C(O)R 11 , -NR 0 R 11 , -S-aikyl, -S- alkenyl, -S-haloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl- ,- ⁇ CR 8 R 8, )n-C(0)OH, -(CR e R 8' ) n
  • G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8 ) n -C(0)OH, - (CR 8 R 8* )n-heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C ⁇ 0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C 3 - C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl- (CR 8 R 8 ')n-C ⁇ 0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-S-(CR 8 R 8 )n-C ⁇ 0)OH, C(0)OH, — (CR 8 R 8' ) n -NH- (CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8, ) n -0-(CR 8 R
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycIoalkyl,
  • n is 0-10, providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that 0 is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC 6 )alkyl groups,
  • any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyl, in Formula 2 can be replaced by a Deuterium atom,
  • R 4 or R 4 which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyi, heteroalkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, -atkylC0 2 R 12 , alkylOCOR 12 , -alkylNR 0 COR 12 , hydroxyalkenyl, alkoxyaikyl, alkoxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl, aminoalkenyl, a!kylNR 10 R 11 , alkenylNR 10 R 11 , cycloalkyla!kyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cyclenylalkyl, cyclenylalkenyl, cycloalkylalkynyl, cyclenylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyi, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocylenylalkyl,
  • heterocyclenylalkenyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroarylalkenyl wherein each of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyi, heteroalkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, -alkylC0 2 R 12 , alkylOCOR 12 , -alkylNR 10 COR 9 , hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, alkoxyaikyl, alkoxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl, aminoalkenyl, alkylNR 0 R 11 , alkenylNR 10 R 11 , cycloalkylalkyl,
  • cycloalkylalkenyl, cyclenylalkyl, cyclenylalkenyl, cycloalkylalkynyl, cyclenylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyi, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocylenylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkenyl, arylaikyi, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkyi, and heteroarylalkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, monohaloalkyl,
  • R 4 and R 4 or R 5 and R 5 or R 6 and R 6' or R 7 and R 7' together with the carbon to which each is attached, independently form a spirocyclic group, wherein said spirocyclic group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl,
  • monohaloalkyl trihaloalkenyl, dihaloalkenyl, monohaloalkenyl, halogen, CN, hydroxy!, thiohydroxyl, amine, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, trifluroalkoxy, difluroalkoxy , monofluroalkoxy, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, carboxyl, - CONR 0 R 11 , -COOR 12 , -OCOR 12 , -NR 10 COR 12 , cycloalkyi, heterocyclyl, - NR 10 R 11 , alkylthio, trifluroalkylthio, difluroalkylthio, monofluroalkylthio, cyclenyl, heterocyclenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and alkynyl;
  • R 5 , R 5 , R 7 or R 7 which may be the same or different, are independently
  • alkyl selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy I, -S-alkyl, heteroalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aikylNR 0 R 11 , trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, monohaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyi, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, arylaikyi, heteroarylalkyi, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or heterocyclenylalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyt, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycienylalkyl, heterocyclylatky
  • alkyl independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyl, -SH, -NH 2l halogen, trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, and monofluroalkyl;
  • R 6 or R' which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyt, alkenyl, alkoxyl, trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, and monohaloalky;
  • R 6 and R 7 or R 5 and R 6 or R 5 and R 7 together with the carbon to which each is attached can independently cyclicize to form a fused cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclenyl together with the parent ring;
  • R and R which can be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycienylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl,
  • heteroarylalkyl alkoxyalkyl, alkenoxyalkyl, alkynoxyalkyl, cyctoalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkenoxyalkyl, arytoxyalkyl, heterocycloalkoxyalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkenoxyalkyl heteroaryloxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxyalkyt, cyclenylalkoxyalkyl, arylalkoxyalkyl, heterocycly!alkoxyalkyl,
  • heteroaryl cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkenoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, heterocycloalkoxyalkyl, heterocycloalkenoxyalkyl,
  • heteroaryloxyalkyl cycloalkylalkoxyalkyl, cyclenylalkoxyalkyl,
  • arylalkoxyalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxyalkyl, heterocyclenylalkoxyalkyl, heteroarylalkoxyalkyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which may be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi, -CN, hydroxyl, -SH, -NH 2 , -N(alkyl) 2 , -N ⁇ alkenyl) 2 , -N(alkoxyalkyl) 2 , trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, monofluroalkyl, a!koxy, -S-alkyl, halogen, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkylSH, -COR 12 , -S0 2 R 12 , heteroalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, -S-alkyl-S-alkyl
  • any -NR 10 R 11 in Formula 2 said R 0 and R 1 can optionally be joined together with the N of said -NR 0 R 11 to form a cyclic ring;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy I, -NH 2 , -N(alkyl) 2 , - N(alkenyl) 2 , -NHalkyl, -NHalkenyl, -NH-alkyl-O-alkyl, -NH-alkenyl-O-alkyl, - alkyl-S-alkyl, -alkyl-O-alkyl, -alkenyl-O-alkenyl, -alkyl-O-alkenyl, -alkenyl- S-alkyl, -alkenyl-S-alkenyl, trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, monofluroalkyl, alkoxy, -S-alky), -alkyl-S-alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi, cycloalkyi, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocycl
  • heteroarylalkyl heteroalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, -alkylN(alkyl) 2 , -alkylNHalkyl, - alkyl-NH 2 , -alkenyl-N(alkyl) 2 , -alkyl-N(alkenyl) 2> -alkyl-Nalkyl(alkenyl), - alkenyl-NH 2 , hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkyl-SH, -alkenyl-SH, - alkylC0 2 H, -alkylC0 2 alkyl, -alkylCONHalkyl, -alkylCONH 2l - alkylCON(alkyl)2, -alky!CON(alkenyl) 2 , wherein each of said cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalky
  • heteroarylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkoxy, -S-alkyl-S-alkyl,
  • hydroxyalkyl -alkylSH, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkyl-NH 2 , -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, and - alkylNHalkyl.
  • the compounds of the present invention exhibit FP IC 5 o, values of less than 0.5 ⁇ . Also, the cytochrome P450 3A4 enzyme inhibition studies of the compounds of the present invention indicate that these compounds have an IC50 CYP3A4 (pre and co incubation) of more than 1 ⁇ .
  • the compounds of the present invention by themselves or in combination with one or more other suitable agents disclosed later in this application can be useful as HDM2 or MDM2 inhibitors and can be useful in the treatment and prevention of proliferative diseases such as cancers.
  • Such treatment or prevention can be done with the inventive compound as well as with pharmaceutical compositions or formulations comprising the compound.
  • the present invention provides compounds illustrated as Formula 1 , as described above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.
  • R is absent and E is present, i.e., R 1
  • both R and E are absent, i.e., R in
  • each n independent is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • E is present and is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(d-CeJalkyl-CtOJOH, -(C C 6 )alkyl-OH, -(d-CeJ-CiOJNR ⁇ 8' , and heteroaryl.
  • E is present and is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, ⁇ CrC 6 )alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl-C(0)OH, - ⁇ Ci-C 6 )alkyl-OH, -(Ci-C 6 )-C(0)NR 8 R 8' , and heteroaryl; wherein -(CrC 6 )alkyl-OH is hydroxymethyl; said -(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl- C(0)NR 8 R 8' is -C(0)NH 2 ; said -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl-C(0)OH is -(CH 2 ) 4 C(0)0H; said halo is -F; said -0(CrC 6 )alkyl is methoxy; said -(Ci
  • each J independently is H or Ftuoro.
  • Y is present and is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, S0 2 , and CR 8 R 8' .
  • Y is CR 8 R 8 , wherein R 8 and R 8 are both H, i.e., Y is CH 2 .
  • G is present, and is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , - ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n - (C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n- ⁇ C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, - (CR 8 R 8' )n-0-(CR 8 R 8, )n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 )n-0- (CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)OH, — (CR 8 R 8, )n-NH-(CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -0- (CR 8 R 8 )n-C
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8 ) n - C(0)OH, wherein n is 1-6, and in one embodiment, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8' ) n - C(0)OH, which is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )i-5C(0)OH, -
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8 ) n - C(0)NR 8 R 9 wherein n is 1-6, and in one embodiment, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8 ) n - C(0)NR 8 R 9 which is -(CH2)i-4-C(0)NH-S(0)2CH3 or -(CH 2 ) 3- 4-C(0)NH-S(0)2- cyclopropyl.
  • G is present and is - ⁇ CR 8 R 8 )n-(C 3 - C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 wherein said (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl is unsubstituted (C 3 - C 8 )cycloalkyl or (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl that is substituted with an alkyl group.
  • said -(CR 8 R 8' -(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 is -
  • G is present and is - ⁇ CR 8 R 8 ) n -(C 3 - C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH wherein each n is independently 0 or 1.
  • said -(CR 8 R 8, )n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyi-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -cyclopentyl-C(0)OH, -cyclobutyl- C(0)OH, -cyclopentyi-C ⁇ 0)OH, -cyclohexyl-C(0)OH, and -cyclopentyt-CH 2 - C(0)OH.
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8 ) n -0- (CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH wherein each n is 0.
  • said -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH is -0-cyclopenyl-C(0)OH or -0-cyclobutyl-C(0)OH.
  • G is present and is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -0- (CR 8 R 8 ) n -C(0)OH wherein the first n is 0 or 1, and the second n is 3.
  • said— (CR e R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -0-(CH 2 ) 3 -C(0)OH, -0-(CH 2 ) 2 -C(CH 3 ) 2 -C ⁇ 0)OH, and -0- ⁇ CH 2 ) 3 -C(0)OH.
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8' ) n - NH-iCR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH wheretn the first n i 0 and the second n is 3.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-NH-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH is -NH(CH 2 ) 3 C(0)OH.
  • G is present and is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -0- (CR 8 R 8 ) n -CH 3 wherein the first n is 0 and the second n i s 0.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8 VO-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -CH 3 is - ⁇ CH 2 ) 2 -0-CH 3 .
  • G is present and is -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -CH 3 wheretn n is 0.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -CH 3 is -CH 3 .
  • G is present and is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n - heteroaryl wherein said n is 2.
  • said heteroaryl is pyrazolyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with an alkyl.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -heteroaryl is -(Chk alkyl substituted pyrazolyl).
  • G is present and is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n - P(0)OR 8 OR 8' wherein said n is 3.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8' ) n - P(0)OR 8 OR 8' is -(CH 2 ) 3 P(O)(OH)(0H) or -(CH 2 ) 3 P(0)(OCH 3 )(OCH3).
  • G is present and is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -OH wherein n is 2.
  • said— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -OH is -(CH 2 )2-OH.
  • Y is O and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -iCR 8 R 8' ) n -(C 3 - C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -0- ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n -CH 3) — (CR 8 R 8' ) n -CH 3 ,— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -heteroaryl, and— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -P ⁇ 0)OR 8 OR 8' .
  • Y is S and G is -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH or -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH.
  • Y is S0 2 and G is— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -NH- (CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH.
  • Y is CR 8 R 8 and G is selected from the group consisting of— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8 ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-0- (CR 8 R 8, )n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8, )n-C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' ) complicat-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n- OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-heteroaryl, and -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)NR 8 R 9 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 4 is 1 -propyl, such that Formula 1 is represented by Formula 1A:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 5 , R 5' , R 6 , R 6' , R 7 , R 7' , and X are as set forth in Formula 1.
  • R 5 , R 5 , R 6 , R 6' , R 7 , and R 7' are all hydrogen, i.e., Formula 1 or 1 A is represented by Formula 1 B:
  • each J in R is H, or (ii) one J in R is halo, and the remaining three Js are H, i.e., Formula 1 , 1A, or 1 B is represented by Formula 1C or 1 D as set forth below:
  • R is is and each J in R is H; i.e., i.e., Formula 1, 1A, or 1B is represented by Formula 1 E as set forth below:
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 1 include:
  • the present invention provides compounds illustrated as Formula 2, as described above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.
  • the compound of Formula 2 wherein R 4 or R 4 which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl,
  • G is selected from the group consisting of-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8 ) n - C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' )n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R , - ⁇ CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3- C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— ⁇ CR 8 R 8' )n-0-(CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8' )n- S-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n -NH-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH,—
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrC 6 )alkyl, or further wherein R 8 and R 8' together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups,
  • any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
  • -(Ci-C 6 )alkyl -NH-(CH 2 ) 1-3 - C(0)OH, -0-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH 2 )i ⁇ -0-(CH 2 )i-4-C ⁇ 0)OH, -(CH 2 )i- 5 - (0)0((C 1 -C 6 )alkyl) 2 , -(CH 2 )i. 6 -OH, (Ca-CeJicycloalkylJ-CiOJ-NiSOjXd-CeJalkyt, and -(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S0 2 .
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; or further wherein R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C8)spirocycloalkyl, FT is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl,
  • n 0-10
  • any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC 6 )alkyl groups.
  • R 1 is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R s ')n-heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , - ⁇ CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 J -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C3- C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH ) — (CR 8 R 8 ')n- S-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ) n -NH-(CR
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrC 6 )alkyl
  • R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C 8 )spirocycloalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (CrC 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloaikyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups, still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloatkyi, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
  • R 1 is wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , SO2 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, - ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n -heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C 8 )cycloaikyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C3- C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0- ⁇ CR 8 R 8, ) n -C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n- S-iCR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -NH
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-C 6 )alkyl
  • R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C 8 )spirocycloalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyl in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups, still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
  • R is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-heteroaryl, -iCR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ') n - ⁇ C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3- C 8 )cycioalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C ⁇ 0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n- S- ⁇ CR 8 R 8 ') n -C(0)OH, C(0)OH, — (CR 8 R 8 ) n- (CR 8 R
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrCeJalkyl,
  • R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C 8 )spirocycloalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups,
  • R is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , SO2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C ⁇ 0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8, )n-C ⁇ 0)NR 8 R 9 l -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R e ')n-(C3- C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (d-Ce)alkyl,
  • R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C 8 )spirocycIoalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (CrC 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-C 6 )alkyl groups,
  • R is wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8' ) hinder-heteroaryl, -iCR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3- C e )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8, )
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl,
  • R 8 and R 8' together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C 8 )spirocycloalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (C -C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 ⁇ C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-C 6 )alky! groups,
  • R 1 is wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • R 1 is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , SO2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • R is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • R is wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • R is , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S0 2 and CH 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S0 2 .
  • R 2 is In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R 2 is
  • Y is O, S, NR 8 , S0 2 , or CR 8 R 8' .
  • the compounds are represented by Formula 2A below:
  • E is selected from the group consisting of H, hato, OH, CN, -0-(Ci- C 6 )alkyl, (d-CeJalkyl, -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(C C 6 )-C(0)OH, -(C C 6 )- C ⁇ 0)NR 8 R 8' , -(C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl, -(C 2 -C 6 )alkynyl or heterocyclyl;
  • J, G and Y may or may not be present
  • Y when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of O t S, NR 8 , S0 2 , and CR 8 R 8' , further wherein, when J is present, it is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of halo;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH, ⁇ CR 8 R 8, )n- heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8 ') n -C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8' ) n -(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , - (CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8' )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8' ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8 )n- C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 )n-S- ⁇ CR 8 R 8' ) n -C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ')n-NH-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH, — (CR 8 R 8 ')n-0-(CR 8 R 8 ')n-CH3,— ⁇ CR 8 R
  • each R 8 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; or further wherein R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 - C 8 )spirocycloalkyl,
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl
  • n 0-10
  • G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2A can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (C-i-CeJalkyl groups,
  • any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyl, in Formula 2A can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
  • E is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CN, -0-(Ci-C6)alkyl, - C(0)OH, -C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(Ci-C 6 )-C(0)OH, and -(C C 6 )-C(0)NR 8 R 8' ;
  • G and Y may or may not be present
  • Y when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, S0 2 , NR 8 and CR 8 R 8' ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR 8 R 8 ') n -C(0)OH, -(CR 8 R 8 ') n - heteroaryl, -(CR 8 R 8 ') n -C(0)NR 8 R 9 , -(CR 8 R 8 ') n -(C 3 -C 8 )cycloa!kyl-C(0)NR 8 R 9 , - (CR 8 R 8 ')n-(C3-C 8 )cycloalkyl-(CR 8 R 8, )n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 )n-0-(CR 8 R 8 ') n - C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 ') n -S-(CR s R 8 ')n-C(0)OH , C(0)OH, — (CR 8 R 8 ') n -NH- ⁇ CR 8 R 8 ')n-C(0)OH,— (CR 8 R 8 )n-0-(CR 8 R 8
  • each R 8 and R 8 ' is independently selected from the group consisting of H and ⁇ Ci-C6)alkyl
  • R 8 and R 8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C 3 -C 8 )spirocycloalkyl
  • R 9 is S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or S0 2 (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyi
  • n is 0-10 providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S0 2 ,
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
  • any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2 can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC 6 )alkyl groups,
  • any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
  • E is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0-(Ci- C 6 )alkyl, (C C e )alkyl. -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(Ci-C 6 )-C ⁇ 0)OH, -(C C 6 )- C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl, -(C 2 -C 6 )aikynyi or heterocyclyl;
  • J, G and Y may or may not be present
  • Y when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, NR 8 , S0 2 , and CR 8 R 8 , further wherein, when J is present, it is one or more moiettes independently selected from the group consisting of halo;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
  • G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S0 2 .
  • E is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CN, -0-(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, - C(0)OH, -C(0)NR 8 R 8' , -(Ci-C 6 )-C ⁇ 0)OH, and -(Ci-C 6 )-C(0)NR 8 R 8' ;
  • G and Y may or may not be present
  • Y when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, SO2, NR 8 and CR 8 R 8' ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to 0, S or
  • G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S0 2 .
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of the present invention of Formula 2 include:
  • Patient includes both human and animals.
  • “Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.
  • AlkyI means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • Alkyl may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), - NH(cycloaikyl), -N(aikyl>2, carboxy and -C(0)0-alkyl.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
  • Alkenyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 2 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain.
  • “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • alkenyl may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl. aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl).
  • suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
  • Alkylene means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group that is defined above.
  • alkylene include methylene, ethylene and propylene.
  • Alkynyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 2 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain.
  • “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl.
  • “Alkynyl” may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
  • Aryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • Heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the "heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • heteroaryl may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above.
  • suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyt, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyi, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzof
  • Aralkyl or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Alkylaryl means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
  • suitable monocyclic cycloalky!s include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable cycloalkylalkyls include cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyi and the like.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • the cycloatkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
  • suitable monocyclic cyc!oalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable mutticyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
  • Cycloalkenylalkyl means a cycloalkenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable cyctoalkenylalkyls include cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl and the like.
  • Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • Ring system substituent means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system.
  • Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araikyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl,
  • Ring system substituent may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system.
  • Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CH3)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
  • Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable heteroaryls include 2-pyridinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl and the like.
  • HeteroalkyI is a saturated or unsaturated chain (unsaturated chain may also be interchangeably referred to as heteroalkenyl) containing carbon and at least one heteroatom, wherein no two heteroatoms are adjacent. HeteroalkyI chains contain from 2 to 15 member atoms (carbon and heteroatoms) in the chain, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5. For example, alkoxy (i.e., -O- alkyl or -O-heteroalkyl) radicals are included in heteroalkyl. HeteroalkyI chains may be straight or branched. Preferred branched heteroalkyl have one or two branches, preferably one branch. Preferred heteroalkyl are saturated.
  • Unsaturated heteroalkyl have one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and/or one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Preferred unsaturated heteroalkyls have one or two double bonds or one triple bond, more preferably one double bond. Heteroalkyl chains may be unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents. Preferred substituted heteroalkyl are mono-, di-, or tri-substituted.
  • Heteroalkyl may be substituted with lower alkyl, haioalkyl, halo, hydroxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyloxy, carboxy, monocyclic aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, spirocycle, amino, acylamino, amido, keto, thioketo, cyano, or any combination thereof.
  • Heterocyclyl means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), - N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention.
  • the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable bicyclic heterocyclyl rings include decahydro-isoquinoline, decahydro- [2,6]naphthyridine, and the like.
  • Heterocyclyl may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
  • Heterocyclylalkyl means a heterocyclyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable heterocyclylalkyls include piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl and the like.
  • Heterocyclenyl means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 15 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 13 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocycienyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • the heterocyctenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclenyl groups include 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6- tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- isoquinolinyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like
  • Heterocyclenylalkyl means a heterocyclenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom.
  • N, O or S there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom.
  • Alkynylalkyl means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.
  • Heteroaralkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyts contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include
  • Hydroxyalkyl means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • Spiro ring systems have two or more rings linked by one common atom.
  • Preferred spiro ring systems include spiroheteroaryl, spiroheterocyclenyl, spiroheterocyclyl, spirocycloalkyl, spirocyclenyl, and spiroaryl.
  • the spiro ring systems can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above.
  • suitable spiro ring systems include
  • acyl means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C ⁇ 0)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl.
  • suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
  • Aroyl means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl.
  • Alkoxy means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • An alkoxy linked directly to another alkoxy is an "alkoxyalkoxy”.
  • Aryloxy means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkyloxy means an aralkyl-O- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkylthio or "thioalkoxy” means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Arylthio means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthy!thio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Aralkytthio means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • a suitable aralkytthio group is benzylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl means an alkyl-O-CO- group.
  • suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Aryloxycarbonyl means an aryl-O-C(O)- group.
  • suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and
  • alkoxycarbonyl means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Alky!sulfonyl means an alkyl-S ⁇ 0 2 )- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • Arylsulfonyl means an aryl-S(C>2)- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • substituted means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • stable compound' or stable structure is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • purified refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof.
  • purified refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like) , in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
  • protecting groups When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.
  • variable e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R 2 , etc.
  • its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein.
  • a discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press.
  • the term "prodrug” means a compound (e.g, a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula 1 or 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood.
  • a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci- C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -Ci 2 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyi-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N- (alk)alkyl, (C 2 -Ci 2 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (CrC 6 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1- ((Ci-C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, l-methyl-l-ftd-CeJalkanoyloxyJethyl, (C
  • each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(0)(OH) 2 , -P(0)(0(Ci-C 6 )alkyl) 2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbony!, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (Ci-Ci 0 )aikyl, (C3-C7)
  • cycloalkyi, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural ⁇ -aminoacyl or natural a-aminoacyl, — C(OH)C(0)OY 1 wherein Y is H, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or benzyl,— C(OY 2 )Y 3 wherein Y 2 is (C1-C4) alky!
  • Y 3 is (C CeJalkyl, carboxy (CrC 6 )alkyl, amino(Ci-C )alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N-(Ci-C6)alkylaminoalkyl,— C(Y 4 )Y 5 wherein Y 4 is H or methyl and Y 5 is mono-N— or di-N,N-(Ci-C6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.
  • One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanot, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanotates, and the like. "Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H 2 0.
  • One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate.
  • Preparation of solvates is generally known.
  • M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Set., 93(3). 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water.
  • Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 5(1), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001).
  • a typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods.
  • Analytical techniques such as, for example I. R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
  • Effective amount or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the above-noted diseases and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula 1 or 2 herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
  • salt(s) denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases.
  • a compound of Formula 1 or 2 contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)" as used herein.
  • Salts of the compounds of the Formula 1 or 2 may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula 1 or 2 with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates.) and the like.
  • Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexy!amines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like.
  • Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be
  • agents such as lower alkyi halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, tauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyi halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
  • lower alkyi halides e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates
  • long chain halides e.g. decyl, tauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
  • esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyi (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyi (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen, or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyi- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4) phosphonate esters and (5) mono-, di- or trifluor
  • Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention.
  • the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of Formula 1 or 2 incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.
  • Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual
  • Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.
  • an appropriate optically active compound e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride
  • some of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may be atropisomers ⁇ e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention.
  • Enantiomers can also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column.
  • All stereoisomers for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like
  • of the present compounds including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs
  • those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyI).
  • salt is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
  • the present invention also embraces isotopicaily-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 7 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 CI, respectively.
  • Certain isotopicaily-labelled compounds of Formula 1 or 2 are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon-14 (i.e., C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • Deuterated in describing the compounds of this invention means that the deuterium-to-hydrogen ratio in the deuterated areas of the molecule substantially exceeds the naturally occurring deuterium-to-hydrogen ratio.
  • Wikipedia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deuterium suggests that deuterium has a natural abundance in the oceans of Earth of approximately one atom in 6500 of hydrogen (-154 PPM). Deuterium thus accounts for approximately 0.015% (on a weight basis, 0.030%) of all naturally occurring hydrogen in the oceans on Earth. However, other sources suggest a much higher abundance of e.g. 6-10 "4 (6 atoms in 10,000 or 0.06% atom basis).
  • Isotopically labelled compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopical!y labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • an appropriate isotopical!y labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • deuteration is specifically exemplified in representative Examples 63 and 64.
  • Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2, are intended to be included in the present invention.
  • HDM2, Hdm2, hDM2, and hdm2 are all equivalent representations of the Human Double Minute 2 protein.
  • MDM2, Mdm2, mDM2, and mdm2 are all equivalent representations mouse Double Minute 2 protein.
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be inhibitors or antagonists of the Human or Mouse Double Minute 2 protein interaction with p53 protein and it can be activators of the p53 protein in cells. Furthermore, the pharmacological properties of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be used to treat or prevent cancer, treat or prevent other disease states associated with abnormal cell proliferation, and treat or prevent diseases resulting from inadequate levels of p53 protein in cells.
  • cancer to be the name for diseases in which the body's cells become abnormal and divide without control.
  • Cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: Cardiac: sarcoma
  • angiosarcoma fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma
  • myxoma rhabdomyoma
  • fibroma lipoma
  • teratoma teratoma
  • bronchogenic carcinoma squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell
  • adenocarcinoma adenocarcinoma
  • alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma bronchial adenoma
  • sarcoma adenocarcinoma
  • lymphoma adenocarcinoma
  • mesothelioma adenocarcinoma
  • alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma bronchial adenoma
  • sarcoma adenocarcinoma
  • lymphoma chondromatous hamartoma
  • mesothelioma mesothelioma
  • Gastrointestinal esophagus (squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, lymphoma), stomach (carcinoma, lymphoma,
  • leiomyosarcoma pancreas (ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, vipoma), small bowel (adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Karposi's sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, fibroma), large bowel (adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, leiomyoma) colorectal; Genitourinary tract: kidney (adenocarcinoma, Wilm's tumor [nephroblastoma], lymphoma, leukemia), bladder and urethra (squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma), prostate (adenocarcinoma, sarcoma), testis (semin
  • hepatobiastoma angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, hemangioma
  • Bone osteogenic sarcoma (osteosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous
  • Nervous system skull (osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, osteitis deformans), meninges (meningioma, meningiosarcoma, gliomatosis), brain (astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma [pinealoma], glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, congenital tumors), spinal cord neurofibroma, meningioma, gli
  • cystadenocarcinoma mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma]
  • granulosa-thecal cell tumors Sertoli-Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, malignant teratoma), vulva (squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, melanoma), vagina (clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, botryoid sarcoma (embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma), fallopian tubes (carcinoma), breast; Hematologic: blood (myeloid leukemia [acute and chronic], acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, myelodysplastic syndrome), Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma [malignant lymphoma]; Skin:
  • cancerous cell includes a cell afflicted by any one of the above-identified conditions.
  • cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, myeloid leukemias, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, thyroid cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome, bladder carcinoma, epidermal carcinoma, melanoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, head and neck cancers, ovarian cancer, brain cancers, cancers of mesenchymal origin, sarcomas, tetracarcinomas, nuroblastomas, kidney carcinomas, hepatomas, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, multiple myeloma, and anaplastic thyroid carcinoma.
  • cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: breast, prostate, colon, colorectal, lung, brain, testicular, stomach, pancrease, skin, small intestine, large intestine, throat, head and neck, oral, bone, liver, bladder, kidney, thyroid and blood.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in preparing a
  • the instant compounds are also useful in combination with therapeutic, chemotherapeutic and anti-cancer agents.
  • Combinations of the presently disclosed compounds with therapeutic, chemotherapeutic and anti-cancer agents are within the scope of the invention. Examples of such agents can be found in Cancer Principles and Practice of Oncology by V.T. Devita and S. Hellman (editors), 6 1h edition (February 15, 2001), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
  • agents include the following: estrogen receptor modulators, androgen receptor modulators, retinoid receptor
  • cytotoxic/cytostatic agents cytotoxic/cytostatic agents, antiproliferative agents, prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors, HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and other angiogenesis inhibitors, HIV protease inhibitors, reverse transcriptase inhibitors, inhibitors of cell proliferation and survival signaling, bisphosphonates, aromatase inhibitors, siRNA therapeutics, v-secretase inhibitors, agents that interfere with receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) and agents that interfere with cell cycle checkpoints.
  • the instant compounds are particularly useful when co-administered with radiation therapy.
  • Estrogen receptor modulators refers to compounds that interfere with or inhibit the binding of estrogen to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
  • estrogen receptor modulators include, but are not limited to, tamoxifen, raloxifene, idoxifene, LY353381, LY117081, toremifene, fuivestrant, 4- [7-(2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropoxy-4-methyl-2-[4-[2- ⁇ 1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-2H- 1 -benzopyran-3-yl]-phenyl-2,2-dimethylpropanoate, 4,4'- dihydroxybenzophenone-2,4-dinitrophenyl-hydrazone, and SH646.
  • Androgen receptor modulators refers to compounds which interfere or inhibit the binding of androgens to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
  • Examples of androgen receptor modulators include finasteride and other 5a- reductase inhibitors, nilutamide, flutamide, bicalutamide, liarozole, and
  • Retinoid receptor modulators refers to compounds which interfere or inhibit the binding of retinoids to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
  • retinoid receptor modulators examples include bexarotene, tretinoin, 13- cis-retinoic acid, 9-cis-retinoic acid, ⁇ -difluoromethylornithine, ILX23-7553, trans- N-(4'-hydroxyphenyl) retinamide, and N-4-carboxyphenyl retinamide.
  • Cytotoxic/cytostatic agents refer to compounds which cause cell death or inhibit cell proliferation primarily by interfering directly with the cell's functioning or inhibit or interfere with cell myosis, including alkylating agents, tumor necrosis factors, intercalators, hypoxia activatable compounds, microtubule
  • inhibitors/microtubule-stabilizing agents inhibitors of mitotic kinesins, histone deacetylase inhibitors, inhibitors of kinases involved in mitotic progression, inhibitors of kinases involved in growth factor and cytokine signal transduction pathways, antimetabolites, biological response modifiers, hormonal/anti- hormonal therapeutic agents, haematopoietic growth factors, monoclonal antibody targeted therapeutic agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, proteosome inhibitors, ubiquitin ligase inhibitors, and aurora kinase inhibitors.
  • cytotoxic/cytostatic agents include, but are not limited to, platinum coordinator compounds, sertenef, cachectin, ifosfamide, tasonermin, lonidamine, carboplatin, altretamine, predntmustine, dibromodulcitoi, ranimustine, fotemustine, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, temozolomide, heptaplatin, estramustine, improsulfan tosilate, trofosfamide, nimustine, dibrospidium chloride, pumitepa, !obaplatin, satraplatin, profiromycin, cisplatin, irofulven, dexifosfamide, cis- aminedichloro(2-methyl-pyridine)platinum, benzylguanine, glufosfamide,
  • hypoxia activatable compound is tirapazamine.
  • proteosome inhibitors include but are not limited to
  • microtubule inhibitors/microtubule-stabilising agents include taxanes in general. Speicific compounds include paclitaxel (Taxol®), vindesine sulfate, 3',4'-didehydro-4'-deoxy-8'-norvincaleukoblastine, docetaxol (Taxotere ® ), rhizoxin, dolastatin, mivobulin isethionate, auristatin, cemadotin, RPR109881 , B S184476, vinflunine, cryptophycin, 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-(3-fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl) benzene sulfonamide, anhydrovinblastine, N,N-dimethyI-L-valyl- L-valyl-N-methyl-L-valyl-L-prolyl-L-proline-t-butylamide, TDX258,
  • topoisomerase inhibitors are topotecan, hycaptamine, irinotecan, rubitecan, 6-ethoxypropionyl-3',4'-0-exo-benzylidene-chartreusin, 9- methoxy-N.N-dimethyl-S-nitropyrazolo ⁇ .S-kllacridine ⁇ -teH) propanamine, 1- amino-9-ethyl-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-9-hydroxy- ⁇ methyl-1 H,12H- benzo[de]pyrano[3' I 4':b,7]-indolizino[1 ,2b]quinoline-10,13(9H,15H)dione, lurtotecan, 7-[2-(N-isopropylamino)ethyl]-(20S)camptothecin, BNP1350,
  • inhibitors of mitotic kinesins include, but are not limited to inhibitors of KSP, inhibitors of MKLP1 , inhibitors of CENP-E, inhibitors of MCAK and inhibitors of Rab6-KIFL.
  • histone deacetylase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, SAHA, TSA, oxamflatin, PXD101 , MG98 and scriptaid. Further reference to other histone deacetylase inhibitors may be found in the following manuscript; Miller, T.A. et al. J. Med. C em. 46(24):5097-5116 (2003).
  • “Inhibitors of kinases involved in mitotic progression” include, but are not limited to, inhibitors of aurora kinase, inhibitors of Polo-like kinases (PLK; in particular inhibitors of PLK-1), inhibitors of bub-1 and inhibitors of bub-R1.
  • PLK Polo-like kinases
  • An example of an “aurora kinase inhibitor” is VX-680.
  • Antiproliferative agents includes antisense RNA and DNA
  • oligonucleotides such as G3139, ODN698, RVASKRAS, GE 231, and INX3001
  • antimetabolites such as enocitabine, carmofur, tegafur, pentostatin, doxifluridine, trimetrexate, fludarabine, capecitabine, galocitabine, cytarabine ocfosfate, fosteabine sodium hydrate, raltitrexed, paltitrexid, emitefur, tiazofurin, decitabine, nolatrexed, pemetrexed, nelzarabine, 2'-deoxy-2'- methylidenecytidine, 2'-fluoromethylene-2'-deoxycytidine, N-[5-(2,3-dihydro- benzofuryl)sulfonyl]-N'-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)urea, N6-[4-deoxy-4-
  • monoclonal antibody targeted therapeutic agents include those therapeutic agents which have cytotoxic agents or radioisotopes attached to a cancer cell specific or target ceil specific monoclonal antibody. Examples include Bexxar.
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors refers to inhibitors of 3-hydroxy-3- methylglutaryl-CoA reductase.
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors include but are not limited to lovastatin (MEVACOR®; see U.S.
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor as used herein includes all pharmaceutically acceptable lactone and open-acid forms (i.e., where the lactone ring is opened to form the free acid) as well as salt and ester forms of compounds which have HMG-CoA reductase inhibitory activity, and therefor the use of such salts, esters, open-acid and lactone forms is included within the scope of this invention.
  • Prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor refers to a compound which inhibits any one or any combination of the prenyl-protein transferase enzymes, including farnesyl-protein transferase (FPTase), geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I (GGPTase-l), and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type-!l (GGPTase-ll, also called Rab GGPTase).
  • FPTase farnesyl-protein transferase
  • GGPTase-l geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I
  • GGPTase-ll also called Rab GGPTase
  • prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors can be found in the following publications and patents: WO 96/30343, WO 97/18813, WO 97/21701 , WO 97/23478, WO 97/38665, WO 98/28980, WO 98/29119, WO 95/32987, U.S. Patent No. 5,420,245, U.S. Patent No. 5,523,430, U.S. Patent No. 5,532,359, U.S. Patent No. 5,510,510, U.S. Patent No. 5,589,485, U.S. Patent No.
  • Angiogenesis inhibitors refers to compounds that inhibit the formation of new blood vessels, regardless of mechanism.
  • angiogenesis inhibitors include, but are not limited to, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as inhibitors of the tyrosine kinase receptors Flt-1 (VEGFR1) and Flk-1/KDR
  • VEGFR2 inhibitors of epidermal-derived, fibroblast-derived, or platelet derived growth factors, MMP (matrix metalloprotease) inhibitors, integrin blockers, interferon-a, interleukin-12, pentosan polysulfate, cyclooxygenase inhibitors, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatories (NSAIDs) like aspirin and ibuprofen as well as selective cyclooxy-genase-2 inhibitors like celecoxib and rofecoxib (PNAS, Vol. 89, p. 7384 (1992); JNCI, Vol. 69, p. 475 (1982); Arch. Opthalmol., Vol.
  • MMP matrix metalloprotease
  • integrin blockers interferon-a
  • interleukin-12 interleukin-12
  • pentosan polysulfate pentosan polysulfate
  • cyclooxygenase inhibitors including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatories
  • steroidal anti-inflammatories such as corticosteroids, mineralocorticoids, dexamethasone, prednisone, prednisolone, methylpred, betamethasone
  • carboxyamidotriazole such as corticosteroids, mineralocorticoids, dexamethasone, prednisone, prednisolone, methylpred, betamethasone
  • combretastatin A-4 squalamine, 6-0-chloroacetyl-carbonyl)-fumagillol, thalidomide, angiostatin, troponin-1, angiotensin II antagonists (see Fernandez et al., J. Lab. Clin. Med. 105:141-145 (1985)), and antibodies to VEGF (see, Nature Biotechnology, Vol. 17, pp.963-968 (October 1999); Kim et al., Nature, 362, 841-844 (1993); WO 00/44777; and WO 00/61186).
  • agents that modulate or inhibit angiogenesis and may also be used in combination with the compounds of the instant invention include agents that modulate or inhibit the coagulation and fibrinolysis systems (see review in Clin. Chem. La. Med. 38:679-692 (2000)).
  • agents that modulate or inhibit the coagulation and fibrinolysis pathways include, but are not limited to, heparin (see Thromb, Haemost. 80:10-23 (1998)), low molecular weight heparins and carboxypeptidase U inhibitors (also known as inhibitors of active thrombin activatable fibrinolysis inhibitor [TAFIa]) (see Thrombosis Res. 101 :329-354 (2001)).
  • TAFIa inhibitors have been described in U.S. Ser. Nos. 60/310,927 (filed August 8, 2001) and 60/349,925 (filed January 18, 2002).
  • Agents that interfere with cell cycle checkpoints refer to compounds that inhibit protein kinases that transduce cell cycle checkpoint signals, thereby sensitizing the cancer cell to DNA damaging agents.
  • agents include inhibitors of ATR, ATM, the CHK11 and CHK12 kinases and cdk and cdc kinase inhibitors and are specifically exemplified by 7-hydroxystaurosporin, flavopiridol, CYC202 (Cyclacel) and BMS-387032.
  • agents that interfere with receptor tyrosine kinases refer to compounds that inhibit RTKs and therefore mechanisms involved in oncogenesis and tumor progression.
  • agents include inhibitors of c-Kit, Eph, PDGF, Flt3 and c-Met.
  • Further agents include inhibitors of RTKs as described by Bume- Jensen and Hunter, Nature, 411 :355-365, 2001.
  • inhibitors of cell proliferation and survival signalling pathway refer to compounds that inhibit signal transduction cascades downstream of cell surface receptors.
  • Such agents include inhibitors of serine/threonine kinases (including but not limited to inhibitors of Akt such as described in WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
  • NSAID 60/670469
  • inhibitors of Raf kinase for example PLX-4032
  • inhibitors of MEK for example Arry-162, RO-4987655 and GSK-1120212
  • inhibitors of mTOR for example AZD-8055, BEZ-235 and everolimus
  • inhibitors of PI3K for example GDC-0941, BKM-120.
  • the combinations with NSAID's are directed to the use of NSAID's which are potent COX-2 inhibiting agents.
  • an NSAID is potent if it possesses an IC50 for the inhibition of COX- 2 of 1 ⁇ or less as measured by cell or microsomal assays.
  • NSAID's which are selective COX-2 inhibitors are defined as those which possess a specificity for inhibiting COX-2 over COX-1 of at least 100 fold as measured by the ratio of IC50 for COX-2 over IC50 for COX-1 evaluated by cell or microsomal assays.
  • Such compounds include, but are not limited to those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,474,995, U.S. Patent 5,861,419, U.S. Patent 6,001,843, U.S. Patent 6,020,343, U.S. Patent 5,409,944, U.S. Patent 5,436,265, U.S. Patent 5,536,752, U.S.
  • Inhibitors of COX-2 that are particularly useful in the instant method of treatment are: 3-phenyl-4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)-2-(5H)-furanone; and 5- chloro-3-(4-methyisulfonyl)phenyl-2-(2-methyl-5-pyridinyl)pyridine; or a
  • angiogenesis inhibitors include, but are not limited to, endostatin, ukrain, ranpirnase, IM862, 5-methoxy-4-[2-methyl-3- ⁇ 3-methyl-2- butenyl)oxiranyi]-1-oxaspiro[2,5]oct-6-yl(chloroacetyl)carbamate,
  • integrin blockers refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the ⁇ ⁇ 3 integrin, to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the ⁇ 5 integrin, to compounds which antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to both the ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 3 integrin and the ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 5 integrin, and to compounds which antagonize, inhibit or counteract the activity of the particular integrin(s) expressed on capillary endothelial cells.
  • the term also refers to antagonists of the ⁇ 6. « ⁇ . «1 ⁇ 1. ⁇ *2 ⁇ 1.
  • ⁇ 5 ⁇ - «6 ⁇ and 6 ⁇ 4 integrins refers to antagonists of any combination of ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 3, ⁇ 5, ⁇ 6. ⁇ * ⁇ 8. ⁇ 1» ⁇ *2 ⁇ 1 , ⁇ , ⁇ 6 ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 6 ⁇ 4 integrins.
  • tyrosine kinase inhibitors include N- (trifluoromethylphenylJ-S-methylisoxazoW-carboxamide, 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5- yl)methylidenyl)indolin-2-one, 17-(alIylamino)-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, 4-(3- chloro-4-fluorophenylamino)-7-methoxy-6-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxyl]quinazoline, N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-quinazolinamine, BIBX1382, 2,3,9, 0,11 ,12-hexahydro-10-(hydroxymethyl)-10-hydroxy-9-methyl-9,12-epoxy- IH-diindoioII ⁇ .S-fgiS' ⁇ M'-kllpyrrolo ⁇ -illl .eibenz
  • Combinations with compounds other than anti-cancer compounds are also encompassed in the instant methods.
  • combinations of the instantly claimed compounds with PPAR- ⁇ (i.e., PPAR-gamma) agonists and PPAR- ⁇ ⁇ i.e., PPAR-delta) agonists are useful in the treatment of certain malingnancies.
  • PPAR- ⁇ and PPAR- ⁇ are the nuclear peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors ⁇ and ⁇ .
  • the expression of PPAR- ⁇ on endothelial cells and its involvement in angiogenesis has been reported in the literature (see J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 1998; 31:909-913; J. Biol. Chem. 1999;274:9116-9121 ; Invest. Ophthalmol Vis. Sci. 2000; 41 :2309-2317). More recently, PPAR- ⁇ agonists have been shown to inhibit the angiogenic response to VEGF in vitro; both troglitazone and
  • PPAR- ⁇ agonists and PPAR- ⁇ / ⁇ agonists include, but are not limited to, thiazoiidinediones (such as DRF2725, CS-011 , troglitazone, rosiglitazone, and pioglitazone), fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, clofibrate, GW2570, SB219994, AR-H039242, JTT-501 , MCC-555, GW2331 , GW409544, NN2344, KRP297, NP0110, DRF4158, NN622, GI262570, PNU182716, DRF552926, 2-[ ⁇ 5,7-dipropyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1,2-benzisoxazol-6- yl)oxy]-2
  • Another embodiment of the instant invention is the use of the presently disclosed compounds in combination with gene therapy for the treatment of cancer.
  • Gene therapy can be used to deliver any tumor suppressing gene. Examples of such genes include, but are not limited to, p53, which can be delivered via recombinant virus-mediated gene transfer (see U.S. Patent No. 6,069,134, for example), a uPA/uPAR antagonist ("Adenovirus-Mediated Delivery of a uPA uPAR Antagonist Suppresses
  • the compounds of the instant invention may also be administered in combination with an inhibitor of inherent multidrug resistance (MDR), in particular MDR associated with high levels of expression of transporter proteins.
  • MDR inhibitors include inhibitors of p-glycoprotein (P-gp), such as LY335979, XR9576, OC 144-093, R101922, VX853 and PSC833 (valspodar).
  • P-gp p-glycoprotein
  • a compound of the present invention may be employed in conjunction with anti-emetic agents to treat nausea or emesis, including acute, delayed, late- phase, and anticipatory emesis, which may result from the use of a compound of the present invention, alone or with radiation therapy.
  • a compound of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other anti-emetic agents, especially neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists, 5HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron, granisetron, tropisetron, and zatisetron, GABAB receptor agonists, such as baclofen, a corticosteroid such as Decadron (dexamethasone), Kenalog, Aristocort,
  • Nasalide, Preferid, Benecorten or others such as disclosed in U.S.Patent Nos. 2,789,118, 2,990,401, 3,048,581, 3,126,375, 3,929,768, 3,996,359, 3,928,326 and 3,749,712, an antidopaminergic, such as the phenothiazines (for example prochlorperazine, fluphenazine, thioridazine and mesoridazine), metoclopramide or dronabinol.
  • phenothiazines for example prochlorperazine, fluphenazine, thioridazine and mesoridazine
  • metoclopramide or dronabinol.
  • conjunctive therapy with an anti-emesis agent selected from a neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist, a 5HT3 receptor antagonist and a corticosteroid is disclosed for the treatment or prevention of emesis that may result upon administration of the instant compounds.
  • Neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists of use in conjunction with the compounds of the present invention are fully described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,162,339, 5,232,929, 5,242,930, 5,373,003, 5,387,595, 5,459,270, 5,494,926, 5,496,833, 5,637,699, 5,719,147; European Patent Publication Nos.
  • the neurokinin- 1 receptor antagonist for use in conjunction with the compounds of the present invention is selected from: 2-(R)- (1-(R)-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy)-3-(S)-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-(5-oxo- 1 H,4H-1 ,2,4-triazolo)methyl)morpholine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,719,147.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an agent useful in the treatment of anemia.
  • an anemia treatment agent is, for example, a continuous eythropoiesis receptor activator (such as epoetin alfa).
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an agent useful in the treatment of neutropenia.
  • a neutropenia treatment agent is, for example, a hematopoietic growth factor which regulates the production and function of neutrophils such as a human granulocyte colony stimulating factor, (G-CSF).
  • G-CSF human granulocyte colony stimulating factor
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an immunologic-enhancing drug, such as levamisole, isoprinosine and Zadaxin.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with P450 inhibitors including: xenobiotics, quinidine, tyramine, ketoconazote, testosterone, quinine, methyrapone, caffeine, phenelzine, doxorubicin, troleandomycin, cyclobenzaprine, erythromycin, cocaine, furafyline, cimetidine, dextromethorphan, ritonavir, indinavir,
  • P450 inhibitors including: xenobiotics, quinidine, tyramine, ketoconazote, testosterone, quinine, methyrapone, caffeine, phenelzine, doxorubicin, troleandomycin, cyclobenzaprine, erythromycin, cocaine, furafyline, cimetidine, dextromethorphan, ritonavir, indinavir,
  • amprenavir diitiazem, terfenadine, verapamil, Cortisol, itraconazole, mibefradil, nefazodone and nelfinavir.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with Pgp and/or BCRP inhibitors including: cyclosporin A, PSC833, GF120918, cremophorEL, fumitremorgin C, Ko132, Ko134, Iressa, Imatnib mesylate, EKI-785, CM 033, novobiocin, diethylstilbestroi, tamoxifen, resperpine, VX-710, tryprostatin A, flavonoids, ritonavir, saquinavir, nelfinavir, omeprazole, quinidine, verapamil, terfenadine, ketoconazole, nifidepine, FK506, amiodarone, XR9576, indinavir, amprenavir, Cortisol, testosterone, LY335979, OC144-093, erythromycin, vincristine, digoxin and talinolo
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer, including bone cancer, in combination with bisphosphonates (understood to include bisphosphonates, diphosphonates, bisphosphonic acids and diphosphonic acids).
  • bisphosphonates include but are not limited to: etidronate (Didronel), pamidronate (Aredia), alendronate (Fosamax), risedronate (Actonel), zoledronate (Zometa), ibandronate (Boniva), incadronate or cimadronate, clodronate, EB-1053, minodronate, neridronate, piridronate and tiludronate including any and all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives, hydrates and mixtures thereof.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing breast cancer in combination with aromatase inhibitors.
  • aromatase inhibitors include but are not limited to: anastrozole, letrozole and exemestane.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with siRNA therapeutics.
  • the compounds of the instant invention may also be administered in combination with ⁇ -secretase inhibitors and/or inhibitors of NOTCH signaling.
  • Such inhibitors include compounds described in WO 01/90084, WO 02/30912, WO 01/70677, WO 03/013506, WO 02/36555, WO 03/093252, WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251 , WO 03/093253, WO 2004/039800, WO 2004/039370, WO 2005/030731, WO 2005/014553, USSN 10/957,251, WO 2004/089911 , WO 02/081435, WO 02/081433, WO 03/018543, WO 2004/031137, WO
  • Inhibitors of Akt as disclosed in the following publications; WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
  • 60/670469 and including compounds of the instant invention, are also useful in combination with potassium salts, magnesium salts, beta-blockers (such as atenolol) and endothelin-a (ETa)antagonists with the goal of maintaining cardiovascular homeostasis.
  • potassium salts magnesium salts
  • beta-blockers such as atenolol
  • ETa endothelin-a
  • Inhibitors of Akt as disclosed in the following publications; WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
  • 60/670469 and including compounds of the instant invention, are also useful in combination with insulin, insulin secretagogues, PPAR-gamma agonists, metformin, somatostatin receptor agonists such as octreotide, DPP4 inhibitors, sulfonylureas and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors with the goal of maintaining glucose homeostasis.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with PARP inhibitors: olaparib, MK-4827 and veliparib.
  • a compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating cancer in combination with the following chemotherapeutic agents: abarelix (Plenaxis depot®); aldesleukin (Prokine®); Aldesleukin (Proleukin®); Alemtuzumabb (Campath®); alitretinoin (Panretin®); ailopurinof (Zyloprim®); altretamine (Hexalen®); amifostine (Ethyol®); anastrozole (Arimidex®); arsenic trioxide (Trisenox®); asparaginase (Elspar®); azacitidine (Vidaza®); bendamustine hydrochloride (Treanda®); bevacuzimab (Avastin®); bexarotene capsules (Targretin®); bexarotene gel (Targretin®); bleomycin (Blenoxane®); bortezomib (Velcade®
  • yleran® calusterone (Methosarb®); capecitabine (Xeloda®); carboplatin (Paraplatin®); carmustine (BCNU®, BiCNU®); carmustine (Gliadel®); carmustine with Polifeprosan 20 Implant (Gliadel Wafer®); celecoxib (Celebrex®); cetuximab (Erbitux®); chlorambucil (Leukeran®); cisplatin (Platinol®); cladribine
  • DTIC-Dome® dacarbazine
  • actinomycin D actinomycin D
  • fludarabine Fludarabine
  • fluorouracil 5-FU
  • fulvestrant Fluorouracil
  • gefitinib Iressa®
  • gemcitabine Gamzar®
  • gemtuzumab ozogamicin Mylotarg®
  • goserelin acetate Zoladex Implant®
  • goserelin acetate Zoladex®
  • histrelin acetate Histrelin implant®
  • hydroxyurea Hydrea®
  • Ibritumomab Tiuxetan Zevalin®; idarubicin (Idamycin®); ifosfamide (IFEX®); imatinib mesylate (Gleevec®); interferon alfa 2a (Roferon A®); Interferon alfa-2b (Intron A®); iobenguane 1 123 injection (AdreView®); irinotecan (Camptosar®); ixabepilone (Ixempra®); lapatinib tablets (Tykerb®); lenalidomide (Revlimid®); letrozole (Femara®); leucovorin (Wellcovorin®, Leucovorin®); Leuprolide Acetate (Eligard®); levamisole (Ergamisol®); lomustine, CCNU (CeeBU®);
  • meclorethamine nitrogen mustard (Mustargen®); megestrol acetate (Megace®); meiphalan, L-PAM (Alkeran®); mercaptopurine, 6-MP (Purinethol®); mesna (Mesnex®); mesna (Mesnex tabs®); methotrexate (Methotrexate®); methoxsalen (Uvadex®); 8-methoxypsoralen; mitomycin C (Mutamycin®); mitotane
  • phenpropionate Durabolin-50®; nelarabine (Arranon®); nilotinib (Tasigna®); Nofetumomab (Verluma®); ofatumumab (Arzerra®); Oprelvekin (Neumega®); oxaliplatin (Eloxatin®); paclitaxel (Paxene®); paclitaxel (Taxol®); paclitaxel protein-bound particles (Abraxane®); palifermin (Kepivance®); pamidronate (Aredia®); panitumumab (Vectibix®); pazopanib tablets (Votrienttm®);
  • pegademase Adagen (Pegademase Bovine)®); pegaspargase (Oncaspar®); Pegfilgrastim (Neulasta®); pemetrexed disodium (Alimta®); pentostatin
  • Mithramycin Mithracin®
  • porfimer sodium Porfimer sodium
  • pralatrexate injection Fluoride injection
  • procarbazine Musmice®
  • quinacrine Atabrine®
  • rapamycin Mithramycin
  • Rasburicase Elitek®
  • raloxifene hydrochloride Evista®
  • Rituximab Rituxan®
  • romidepsin Istodax®
  • romiplostim Nplate®
  • sargramostim Leukine®
  • temozolomide Temodar®
  • temsirollmus Torisel®
  • teniposide VM-26
  • testolactone Teslac®
  • thioguanine 6-TG (Thioguanine®);
  • thiopurine thiotepa (Thtoplex®); topotecan (Hycamtin®); toremifene (Fareston®); Tositumomab (Bexxar®); Tositumomab/l-131 tositumomab (Bexxar®); trans- retinoic acid; Trastuzumab (Herceptin®); tretinoin, ATRA (Vesanoid®);
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be useful to the treatment of a variety of cancers, including, but not limited to: carcinoma, including, but not limited to, of the bladder, breast, colon, rectum, endometrium, kidney, liver, lung, head and neck, esophagus, gall bladder, cervix, pancreas, prostrate, larynx, ovaries, stomach, uterus, sarcoma and thyroid cancer;
  • carcinoma including, but not limited to, of the bladder, breast, colon, rectum, endometrium, kidney, liver, lung, head and neck, esophagus, gall bladder, cervix, pancreas, prostrate, larynx, ovaries, stomach, uterus, sarcoma and thyroid cancer;
  • hematopoietic tumors of the lymphoid lineage including leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphobtastic leukemia, B-celi lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non- Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, myeloma, and Burkett's lymphoma;
  • hematopoetic tumors of myeloid lineage including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia; tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and
  • tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system including
  • melanoma skin (non-melanomal) cancer, mesothelioma (cells), seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 could act as agent to induce cell death which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal celllular proliferation eg, cancers of various origin and tissue types, inflammation, immunological disorders.
  • the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 could act as reversible cytostatic agents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal celllular proliferation
  • inhibitors could act as reversible cytostatic agents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal cell proliferation, e.g., benign prostrate hyperplasia, familial adenomatosis polyposis, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis following angioplasty, or vascular surgery, hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, endotoxic shock, and fungal infections.
  • Chemoprevention is defined as inhibiting the development of invasive cancer by either blocking the initiating mutagenic event or by blocking the progression of pre-malignant cells that have already suffered an insult or inhibiting tumor relapse.
  • Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may also be useful in inhibiting tumor angiogenesis and metastasis.
  • Another aspect of this invention is a method of treating a mammal (e.g., human) having a disease or condition associated with HDM2 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound to the mammal.
  • a mammal e.g., human
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound to the mammal.
  • a preferred dosage is about 0.001 to 500 mg/kg of body weight/day of the compound of Formula 1 or 2.
  • An especially preferred dosage is about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg of body weight/day of a compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a
  • the compounds of this invention may also be useful in combination (administered together or sequentially) with one or more of anti-cancer treatments such as radiation therapy, and/or one or more anti-cancer agents different from compound of Formula 1 or 2.
  • anti-cancer treatments such as radiation therapy
  • anti-cancer agents different from compound of Formula 1 or 2.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be present in the same dosage unit as the anticancer agent or in separate dosage units.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with HDM2, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent different from the compounds of the present invention, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
  • suitable anti-cancer agents include cytostatic agents, cytotoxic agents, targeted therapeutic agents (small molecules, biologies, siRNA and microRNA) against cancer and neoplastic diseases,
  • anti-metabolites such as methoxtrexate, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine,
  • alkylating agents such as temozolomide, cyclophosphamide
  • DNA interactive and DNA damaging agents such as cisplatin, oxaliplatin, doxorubicin,
  • topoisomerase II inhibitors such as etoposide, doxorubicin,
  • topoisomerase I inhibitors such as irinotecan, topotecan
  • tubulin interacting agents such as paclitaxel, docetaxel, Abraxane,
  • PARP Poiy(ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • Protease inhibitors such as cathepsin D and cathepsin K inhibitors
  • Proteosome or ubiquitination inhibitors such as bortezomib
  • Bc)-2 inhibitors such as ABT-263
  • HSP Heat shock protein
  • Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors such as vorinostat (SAHA),
  • anti-estrogens such as tamoxifen, fulvestrant
  • SERM selective estrogen receptor modulators
  • LHRH agonists such as leuprolide
  • 5 ⁇ x-reductase inhibitors such as finasteride
  • Cytochrome P450 C17 lyase CYP450c17, also called 17a- hydroxylase/17,20 lysase
  • TAK-700 CYP450c17, also called 17a- hydroxylase/17,20 lysase
  • aromatase inhibitors such as letrozole, anastrozole, exemestane,
  • EGFR kinase inhibitors such as geftinib, erlotinib, laptinib
  • multi-targeted kinases serine/threonine and/or tyrosine kinase inhibitors
  • ABL kinase inhibitors imatinib and nilotinib, dasatinib
  • VEGFR-1 , VEGFR-2, PDGFR, KDR, FLT, c-Kit, Tie2, Raf, MEK and ERK inhibitors such as sunitinib, sorafenib, Vandetanib, pazopanib, PLX-4032, Axitinib, PTK787, GSK-1120212
  • Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors such as CDK1 and CDK2
  • PI3K and mTOR inhibitors such as GDC-0941 , BEZ-235, BK -120 and AZD-8055
  • Rapamycin and its analogs such as Temsirolimus, everoltmus, and deforolimus
  • anti-cancer agents include but are not limited to ara-C, adriamycin, Cytoxan, Carboplatin, Uracil mustard, Clormethine, Ifosfsmide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman,
  • Triethylenemelamine Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan,
  • Cytarabine 6- ercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Vinorelbine, Navelbine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, teniposide, cytarabine, pemetrexed, Idarubicin, ithramycin,
  • Megestrolacetate Methylpredniso!one, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone,
  • Trisenox Trisenox, Profimer, Thiotepa, Altretamine, Doxil, Ontak, , Depocyt, Aranesp, Neupogen, Neulasta, Kepivance.
  • interferons such as Intron A, Peg-lntron,
  • anti-erbB1 antibodies such as cetuximab, panitumumab,
  • anti-erbB2 antibodies such as trastuzumab
  • anti-CD52 antibodies such as Alemtuzumab
  • anti-CD20 antibodies such as Rituximab
  • anti-CD33 antibodies such as Gemtuzumab ozogamicin
  • anti-VEGF antibodies such as Avastin
  • TRIAL ligands such as Lexatumumab, mapatumumab, and AMG-655
  • Anti-CTLA-4 antibodies such as ipilimumab
  • anti-IGF-1R antibodies such as dalotuzumab (MK-0646) and
  • Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a combination formulation is inappropriate.
  • the invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may be administered either concurrent with, prior to or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent.
  • Such techniques are within the skills of the persons skilled in the art as well as attending physicians.
  • this invention includes combinations comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer treatments and anti-cancer agents listed above wherein the amounts of the compounds/ treatments result in desired therapeutic effect.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of protecting normal, healthy cells of a mammal from cytotoxic induced side-effects comprising administering at least one compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof to a cancer patient, in particular those carrying mutated p53, prior to administration of anticancer agents other than the compounds of the invention, such as paclitaxel.
  • a method of inhibiting one or more HDM2 proteins in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of a disease associated with one or more HDM2 proteins in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of a disease associated with inadequate p53 levels in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with HDM2, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
  • a first compound which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof
  • an amount of at least one second compound the second compound being an anti-cancer agent
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with inadequate p53 levels, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
  • a first compound which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof
  • an amount of at least one second compound the second compound being an anti-cancer agent
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of, a disease associated with a HDM2 protein comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising in combination at least one
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of, a disease associated with inadequate p53 levels in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising in combination at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one compound according to the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • pharmaceutical composition is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients.
  • the bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents”.
  • the bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units.
  • An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like.
  • the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
  • Another embodiment of the invention discloses a method of making the substituted compounds disclosed above.
  • the compounds may be prepared by several processes well known in the art.
  • the starting material, 1- benzyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-piperidine-3-carboxylic acid is converted to its diisopropylethyl ammonium salt of the dicarboxylic acid ester.
  • This ester is combined with 1-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazine forming the HCL salt of 4-(2- methoxy-phenyl)-piprazinl-yl]-[3-(4-trifluormethylphenoxy)-piperidin-3-yl]- methanone, which combined with 4-trifluromethyl-nicotinic acid to form the target compound.
  • Other substituted compounds of this invention can be made.
  • Isolation of the compound at various stages of the reaction may be achieved by standard techniques such as, for example, filtration, evaporation of solvent and the tike. Purification of the product, intermediate and the like, may also be performed by standard techniques such as recrystallization, distillation, sublimation, chromatography, conversion to a suitable derivative, which may be recrystallized and converted back to the starting compound, and the like. Such techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • compositions comprising the above-described inventive substituted compounds as an active ingredient.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions generally additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier diluent, excipient or carrier (collectively referred to herein as carrier materials). Because of their HDM2 or MDM2 antagonist activity, such pharmaceutical compositions possess utility in treating cancer, abnormal cell proliferation, and the like diseases.
  • the present invention discloses methods for preparing pharmaceutical compositions comprising the inventive compounds as an active ingredient.
  • the active ingredients will typically be administered in admixture with suitable carrier materials suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, i.e. oral tablets, capsules (either solid-filled, semi-solid filled or liquid filled), powders for constitution, oral gels, elixirs, dispersible granules, syrups, suspensions, and the like, and consistent with conventiona! pharmaceutical practices.
  • the active drug component may be combined with any oral non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier, such as lactose, starch, sucrose, cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, talc, mannitol, ethyl alcohol (liquid forms) and the like.
  • suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents may also be incorporated in the mixture.
  • Powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent inventive composition.
  • Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars, com sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, carboxymethylcel!ulose, polyethylene glycol and waxes.
  • Lubricants in these dosage forms include boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like.
  • Disintegrants include starch, methylcellulose, guar gum and the like.
  • compositions of the present invention may be formulated in sustained release form to provide the rate controlled release of any one or more of the components or active ingredients to optimize the therapeutic effects, i.e. anti-cell proliferation activity and the like.
  • Suitable dosage forms for sustained release include layered tablets containing layers of varying disintegration rates or controlled release polymeric matrices impregnated with the active components and shaped in tablet form or capsules containing such impregnated or
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • water or water-propylene glycol solutions may be included for parenteral injections or sweeteners and pacifiers may be added for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
  • Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides such as cocoa butter is first melted, and the active ingredient is dispersed homogeneously therein by stirring or similar mixing. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool to solidify.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally.
  • the transdermal compositions may take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
  • the compound is administered orally.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form.
  • the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active components, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
  • the quantity of the inventive active composition in a unit dose of preparation may be generally varied or adjusted from about 1.0 milligram to about 1 ,000 milligrams, preferably from about 1.0 to about 500 milligrams, and typically from about 1 to about 250 milligrams, according to the particular application.
  • the actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the patient's age, sex, weight and severity of the condition being treated. Such techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
  • the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
  • the human oral dosage form containing the active ingredients can be administered 1 or 2 times per day.
  • the amount and frequency of the administration will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician.
  • a generally recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration may range from about 1.0 milligram to about 1 ,000 milligrams per day, in single or divided doses.
  • kits comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at !east one compound of Formula 11 or 2, or a
  • kits comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formulas 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound and an amount of at least one anticancer therapy and /or anti-cancer agent listed above, wherein the amounts of the two or more ingredients result in desired therapeutic effect.
  • Capsule - refers to a special container or enclosure made of methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, or denatured gelatins or starch for holding or containing compositions comprising the active ingredients.
  • Hard shell capsules are typically made of blends of relatively high ge! strength bone and pork skin gelatins. The capsule itself may contain small amounts of dyes, opaquing agents, plasticizers and preservatives.
  • Tablet- refers to a compressed or molded solid dosage form containing the active ingredients with suitable diluents.
  • the tablet can be prepared by compression of mixtures or granulations obtained by wet granulation, dry granulation or by compaction.
  • Oral gels- refer to the active ingredients dispersed or solubilized in a hydrophillic semi-solid matrix.
  • Powders for constitution refer to powder blends containing the active ingredients and suitable diluents which can be suspended in water or juices.
  • Diluent - refers to substances that usually make up the major portion of the composition or dosage form. Suitable diluents include sugars such as lactose, sucrose, mannitol and sorbitol; starches derived from wheat, corn, rice and potato; and celluloses such as microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the amount of diluent in the composition can range from about 10 to about 90% by weight of the total composition, preferably from about 25 to about 75%, more preferably from about 30 to about 60% by weight, even more preferably from about 12 to about 60%.
  • Disintegrants refers to materials added to the composition to help it break apart (disintegrate) and release the medicaments.
  • Suitable disintegrants include starches; "cold water soluble" modified starches such as sodium carboxymethyl starch; natural and synthetic gums such as locust bean, karaya, guar, tragacanth and agar; cellulose derivatives such as methylcetlulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose; microcrystalline celluloses and cross-linked microcrystalline celluloses such as sodium croscarmellose; alginates such as alginic acid and sodium alginate; clays such as bentonites; and effervescent mixtures.
  • the amount of disintegrant in the composition can range from about 2 to about 15% by weight of the composition, more preferably from about 4 to about 10% by weight.
  • Binders - refers to substances that bind or "glue” powders together and make them cohesive by forming granules, thus serving as the "adhesive" in the formulation. Binders add cohesive strength already available in the diluent or bulking agent. Suitable binders include sugars such as sucrose; starches derived from wheat, corn rice and potato; natural gums such as acacia, gelatin and tragacanth; derivatives of seaweed such as alginic acid, sodium alginate and ammonium calcium alginate; cellulosic materials such as methylcellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose;
  • the amount of binder in the composition can range from about 2 to about 20% by weight of the composition, more preferably from about 3 to about 10% by weight, even more preferably from about 3 to about 6% by weight.
  • Lubricant - refers to a substance added to the dosage form to enable the tablet, granules, etc. after it has been compressed, to release from the mold or die by reducing friction or wear.
  • Suitable lubricants include metallic stearates such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate or potassium stearate; stearic acid; high melting point waxes; and water soluble lubricants such as sodium chloride, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium oleate, polyethylene glycols and d.l-leucine.
  • Lubricants are usually added at the very last step before compression, since they must be present on the surfaces of the granules and in between them and the parts of the tablet press.
  • the amount of lubricant in the composition can range from about 0.2 to about 5% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.5 to about 2%, more preferably from about 0.3 to about 1.5% by weight.
  • Suitable glidents include silicon dioxide and talc.
  • the amount of glident in the composition can range from about 0.1 % to about 5% by weight of the total composition, preferably from about 0.5 to about 2% by weight.
  • Coloring agents - excipients that provide coloration to the composition or the dosage form. Such excipients can include food grade dyes and food grade dyes adsorbed onto a suitable adsorbent such as clay or aluminum oxide.
  • the amount of the coloring agent can vary from about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1 to about 1%.
  • Bioavailability - refers to the rate and extent to which the active drug ingredient or therapeutic moiety is absorbed into the systemic circulation from an administered dosage form as compared to a standard or control.
  • Stepl At RT, n-BuLi (1.6M, 20 mL, 32 mmol, in hexanes) was added to Et20 (30 mL). At RT, was added dropwise 2-Bromophenol (1.8 mL, 16 mmol). During addition, refluxed was observed. Large condenser was placed on to flask and addition was resumed. After addition, stirring was maintained for 45 min. At RT, n-Benzyl piperidione (3 mL, 16 mmol) was added fast. After 1.5 h, NH4CI was added and reaction extracted with EtOAc. Organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to a viscous oil that crystallized upon standing.
  • 2-Bromophenol 1.8 mL, 16 mmol
  • Step2 To 2 (2,04g, 5.46mmol) in 25mL of MeOH was added 20% Pd(OH)2/C (1g, 50%w/w). The mixture was stirred at RT under H 2 overnight. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 1.03g (100% yield) of solid product 3.
  • Representative example 2 Preparation of 4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine-4- carbonitrile hydrochloride 8.
  • Step 1 To the amine, 4 (80g, 45 mmol, 1 equi.) dissolved in acetonitrile/ water (800/80mL) was added sodium hydroxide (2 equi., 291 mmol, 36g) and to the stirring solution, Boc anhydride (1.02 equi, 46 mmol, 101 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (200m L) was added drop wise and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. Volatile was removed to 300ml_ and solid residue was filtered out. Washed the solid with dichloromethane and evaporated off the solvent to provide 102g of intermediate 5.
  • Step 2 Nitrile 6 (15g, 1equi.) was dissolved in DMF (100 mL) and was cooled to 0 °C. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 2.1 equi.) was added and the reaction was warmed to 23 °C and stirred for 10 min. Dichloride. 5 (1equi) was added and the reaction was heated to 80 °C and stirred overnight. The reaction was cooled to 23 °C and was quenched with aqueous saturated. NH CI (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x100mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (1x50ml), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated down to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 21.4 g of intermediate 7 ( 74% yield).
  • Step 3 Intermediate 7 (15.6gm, lequiv.) dissolved in MeOH (150 mL). The solution was degassed with N 2 few times. Pd/C (20%, 3 mg) was added and H 2 was bubbled in for a few minutes. The reaction was stirred under a H 2 balloon at 23 °C for 4hrs. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 11.8g (98% yield) of product to which 4 M HCt/dioxane (120 mL) was added. Slurry was stirred at 23 °C for 1.5 h. The solution was concentrated to yield hydrochloride 8 (9g, 96% yield over 2 steps).
  • Step 1 To a stirring suspension of 14 (3.3 mmol, 0.8 g) in dichloromethane and triethylamine (8.25mmol, 1.15ml) at room temperature was added di-t-butyl dicarbonate (4.0 mmol, 0.87 g) followed by DMAP (0.33mmol, 40 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours and then diluted with EtOAc (200ml), washed with water (2x40ml), brine (40ml), then dried (Na2S04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product 15 (0.97 g) was obtained as colorless oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 To a stirring solution of 15 (0.33 mmol, 100 mg) in THF (1ml) was added 10% NaOH (2ml) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 0.5 N HCf to PH ⁇ 4, then extracted with EtOAc (2x25ml). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated. The crude product 16 (110 mg) was obtained as white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 3 To a stirring solution of 16 (0.44 mmol, 0.140 g) in DMF (5ml) at room temperature was added cesium carbonate (4.4 mmol, 1.43 g) followed by 2-Bromoethyl methyl ether (4.4 mmol, 0.42 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50ml), washed with water (2x10ml), brine (10ml), and dried (Na2S04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 0 ⁇ 25%) to yield pure 17.
  • Step4 To a solution of 17 in acetonitrile at room temperature was added 4.0 M hydrochloride in 1 ,4-dioxane. After 10 min, the solvent and volatile were removed by lyophi!ization, to give 18 as yellowish oil.
  • Step 1 Nitrtle 19 (1.0 g, 5.10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and was cooled to 0 °C. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 449 mg, 11.22 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 23 °C and was stirred for 10 min. Dichloride ⁇ 5, 1.3 g, 5.36 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 80 °C overnight. The reaction was cooled to 23 °C and was quenched with aqueous sat'd NH 4 CI (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic layers were washed with brine (1x), dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 2 Te/t-butyl 4-(2-bromophenyl)-4-cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate (20, 100 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(OAc) 2 (7.0 mg, 0.030 mmol) were added to a vial, followed by tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (14 mg, 0.047 mmol).
  • the reaction vial was purged with Ar (3x). Dry CH 3 CN (1.4 ml_) and Et 3 N (103 ⁇ _, 0.74 mmol) were added, followed by ethylacrylate (36 ⁇ _, 0.33 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 85 °C overnight. The reaction was concentrated. ⁇ .
  • Step 3 (E)-ieAf-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (21, 278 mg, 0.72 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (7 ml_). The solution was degassed with Ar for 2 min. Pd/C (10%, 30 mg) was added and H 2 was bubbled in for a few minutes. The reaction was stirred under a H 2 balloon at 23 °C overnight. The solution was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to yield ie/f-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1 - carboxylate.
  • Step 4 4 M HCI/dioxane (905 ⁇ _, 3.62 mmol) was added to neat ferf-butyl 4- cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate at 23 °C and was stirred for 2 h. The solution was concentrated to yield ethyl 3-(2- ⁇ 4- cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride (22, 230 mg, 99% yield over 2 steps).
  • Representative example 6 Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2-(piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 24.
  • Step 1 To Methyl 3-(2-bromophenyl)propanoate (715 mg, 2.94 mmol) and 3,6- dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-N-Boc-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (1.0 g, 3.23 mmol) were added to a flask, followed by Pd(dppf)Cl2 (151 mg, 0.21 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (1.22 g, 8.82 mmol). The reaction flask was purged with Ar (3x). Dry DMF (22 ml.) was added and the solution was degassed for 10 min. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 °C overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated.
  • Step 1 To 3-(2-Br-phenyl)propionic acid (2.0g, 8.73mmol) in THF was added LAH (8.73mL, 8.73mmol, 1eq.) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. Reaction was quenched by addition of Na 2 SO4.10H 2 O and stirred for 15min. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1N HCI and brine. Filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 1.16g of crude product alcohol 25 (62% yield).
  • Step 2 To 25 (0.46g, 2.14mmol) in 8mL of THF was added nBuLi (2.9mL, 4.28mmol, 2.0eq.) slowly at -78°C. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 30min, followed by the addition of 1-Benzy-4-piperidone 1 (405mg, 2.14mmol, 1eq.) in 3mL of THF. The mixture was stirred at -78°C and warmed up to -10°C in 1 hour, then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Reaction mixture was MS showed the reaction quenched with water. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO-t, filtered and concentrated down.
  • nBuLi 2.9mL, 4.28mmol, 2.0eq.
  • Step 3 To 26 (90mg, 0.28mmol) in 2mL of MeOH at room temperature was added 20% Pd(OH)/C (72mg, 80%w/w). . The reaction was stirred under a H 2 balloon overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to yield 57mg of product 27 (85% yield).
  • Step 1 ierf-butyl 4-(2-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate obtained in step 3 of representative example 6 (300 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH/H 2 0 (6.0 mL/5 drops). KOH (121 mg, 2.16 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 70 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in H 2 0 and acidified to pH ⁇ 4 with 1 M HCI. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL), dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • Step 2 The crude acid (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (3.0 mL) and then DMF (2 drops) was added. Oxalyl chloride ⁇ 34 ⁇ , 0.36 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 23 °C under Ar for 1 h. NH 4 OH (28%) was added to the reaction mixture and was stirred for 15 min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (1 x 20 mL), and brine (1 x 20 mL). The solution was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • Step 3 The crude amide (96 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (700 ⁇ ) under Ar. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and POCI 3 (28 ⁇ _, 0.30 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to 23 °C and was further stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 2 M HCi ( ⁇ 1 mL) and was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was washed with sat'd CuS0 4 (2 x 15 mL) and brine (1 x 15 mL). The solution was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • Representative example 10 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)-N- (methylsulfonyl)propanamide hydrochloride 30.
  • Step 1 To a stirring suspension of 35 (4.5 mmol, 1.0 g) in dichloromethane and triethylamine (11 mmol, 1.6ml) at room temperature was added di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.4 mmol, 1.2 g) followed by DMAP (0.45mmol, 55 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then diluted with EtOAc (50ml), washed with water (2x10ml), brine (10ml), then dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product (1.3 g) was obtained as brownish oil.
  • Step 2 Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 200mg, 5mmol) was washed with hexane twice, then added THF, cooled to 0°C. Triethylphosphoro acetate (1ml, 5.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, then a solution of 36 in THF was added, warmed to room temperature, and stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4CI, extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04), concentrated, purified on Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 10-25%) to give 37 as colorless oil (0.6g).
  • Step 3 To a stirring solution of 37 (1.67 mmol, 0.6 g) in EtOAc at room temperature was added catalytical amount of 10% palladium on carbon and the reaction mixture was purged with Hydrogen gas. After stirring at room temperature for 4h, the mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo, to give 38 (0.5 g) as orange oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 4 To a solution of 38 in dichloromethane at 0°C was added diisobutylaluminum. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h. Then Rochelle Salt solution was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 30min, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc, dried ( gS04), concentrated. The crude product 39 was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 5 To a stirring solution of 39 in DCM at room temperature was added (carbethoxymethylene) triphenylphosphorane and the reaction mixture was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 10-25%) to give 40 as colorless oil.
  • Step 6 To a stirring solution of 40 in EtOAc was added catalytical amount of 10% palladium on carbon and the reaction mixture was purged with Hydrogen gas. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo, to give a colorless oil to which was added 4.0 M hydrochloride in 1 ,4-dioxane. After 1 h, the solvent and volatile were removed by lyophitization, to give 41 as yellowish oil.
  • Step 1 To 42 (1 eq, 17.1 mmol, 2.6 g) in MeOH (68 ml_) at room temperature, added NaBH 4 ⁇ 1.2 eq, 20.5 mmol, 775 mg) and the reaction mixture stirred 18h, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1 N aqueous HCI then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 43 (2.8 g) as a pale yellow oil
  • Step 2 To 43 (1 eq, 17.9 mmol, 2.8 g) in CHCU (18 ml_) at room temperature, added HBr (22 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred 2h, then diluted with dichloromethan, washed with water then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 44 (3.3 g) as an off-white solid.
  • Step 3 To 44 (1 eq, 8.67 mmol, 1.9 g) in CH 2 CI 2 (58 mL) at -78 °C, added BBr 3 solution (1.5 eq, 13 mmol, 13 mL) dropwise over 5 min, stirred at -78 °C 3h, then warmed to room temperature and stirred 18h. The reaction was quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with dichloromethane then ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 45 ( ⁇ 2 g) as a brown oily solid.
  • Step 4 To 45 (1 eq, 8.5 mmol, 1.75 g) in D F (43 mL) at room temperature, added NaCN (1.1 eq, 9.30 mmol, 460 mg) and stirred at room temperature 3 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 46 (1.47 g) as a brown oil
  • Step 5 To NaH (2.2 eq, 2.05 mmol, 82 mg) under argon at room temperature with stirring, added a solution of 46 (1 eq, 0.93 mmol, 225 mg) and amine 5 (1.0 eq, 0.93 mmol, 225 mg) in DMF (9 mL) and stirred at room temperature 0.5h, then heated at 80 °C for 5h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water ( ⁇ 10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfated, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 1 To 49 (1 eq, 21 mmol, 3 g) in MeCN (107 mL) at room temperature, added BnBr (1.1 eq, 24 mmol, 2.8 mL) followed by K 2 C0 3 (1.5 eq, 32 mmol, 4.4 g) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature 18h, filtered through celite, and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in ether, washed with water then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 50 as a pale yellow oil (5 g).
  • Step 2 To 50 (1 eq, 22 mmol, 5 g) in MeOH (109 mL) at 0 °C, added NaBH 4 (1.2 eq, 26 mmol, 0.99 g) and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred 18h, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N aqueous HCI then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 51 (4.1 g) as a colorless oil.
  • Step 3 To 51 (1 eq, 4.15 mmol, 963 mg) and CCI 4 (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 441 uL) in THF (28 mL) at 0 °C under argon, added P(N e 2 ) 3 (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 829 uL) dropwise and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 2h, and stirred an additional 2h. After 51 was consumed as observed by TLC, the solvent was removed in vacuo, the crude residue 52 was dissolved in DMF (15 mL) and NaCN (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 224 mg) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature 18h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 53 (733 mg) as a dark red oil.
  • Step 4 To NaH (2.2 eq, 2.74 mmol, 109 mg) under argon at room temperature with stirring, added a solution of 53 (1 eq, 1.24 mmol, 300 mg) and 5 (1.1 eq, 1.24 mmol, 300 mg) in DMF (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature 0.5h, then heated at 80 °C for 5h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water (-10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfated, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 1 To a stirring solution of 48 (1 eq, 0.78 mmol, 250 mg) and ethyl 4- bromobutanoate (1.1 eq, 0.86 mmol, 167 mg) in DMF at room temperature, added K2CO3 (2.5 eq, 2.34 mmol, 324 mg) and stirred the reaction mixture 18h. The mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 55 (151 mg) as an orange oil.
  • K2CO3 2.5 eq, 2.34 mmol, 324 mg
  • Step 2 A solution of 55 (1 eq, 0.348 mmol, 151 mg) was stirred in HCI/dioxane (1 mL) at room temperature 2h, then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The crude reside was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with sodium bicarbonate (aqueous) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 56 (80 mg) as a pale brown oil.
  • Part A Powdered potassium hydroxide (3.99 g, 60.5 mmol) was added in one portion to 3,3-dimethyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one (2.76 g, 24.2 mmol) and 2- bromobenzylbromide (13.3 g, 53.2 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (100 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h, cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 * 50 mL).
  • Part B Thionyl chloride (0.83 g, 6.97 mmol) was added dropwise to 57 (2.10 g, 6.97 mmol) in methanol (75 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue taken up in ether (100ml_) then washed with water (25 mL), saturated NaHC0 3 (25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness.
  • Zinc fluoride 159 mg, 1.53 mmol was added in one portion to 58 (646 mg, 2.05 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (75 mg, 0.082 mmol), tri-f-butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (48 mg, 0.164 mmol), potassium carbonate (23 mg, 0.164 mmol), and trimethylsilyacetonitrile (348 mg, 3.07 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) in a heavy walled test tube with a threaded cap. The tube was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 14 h.
  • Part D f-Butyi bis(2-chloroethyl)carbamate (572 mg, 2.36 mmol) and 59 (650 mg, 2.36 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) were added dropwise to sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 208 mg, 5.19 mmol) suspended in DMF (20 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min at 0 °C the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction was heated to 75 °C for 3 h and cooled back to room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and extracted with ether (3 * 50 mL).
  • Part A A mixture of 2-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (62, 1.39 g, 5.43 mmol), ethyl-4-aminobutyrate*HCI (1.27 g, 7.60 mmol), and triethylamine (1.54 g, 15.2 mmol) in methylene chloride (27.1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 21 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with sat'd aq.
  • Part B A mixture of ferf-butyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6- dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (264 mg, 0.854 mmol), compound 63 (272 mg, 0.776 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (44.8 mg, 38.8 umol), 2 M aq. Na 2 C0 3 (1.17 mL), and D E (5.17 mL) we place in a sealed microwave vial and heated at 80 °C for 3 d. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (250 mL), washed with sat'd aq.
  • Part C A solution of compound 64 (320 mg, 0.708 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was degassed with nitrogen, added 10% Pd/C (75.3 mg, 35.4 Dmol) then hydrogenated at 45 psi overnight. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through Celite, washing with methanol.
  • Part A Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 8.51 g, 212 mmol) was added in portions to 67 (10.0g, 76.2 mmol) and i-butyl bis(2-chloroethyl)carbamate (20.3 g, 83.8 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) over a 3 h period under nitrogen. After the addition was complete the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature then 2 h at 70 °C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the volume was reduced to -60 mL in vacuo. Saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) was added with vigorous stirring. The aqueous layer was decanted and the oily solid residue taken up in methylene chloride.
  • Part A n-Butyl lithium (1.6 in hexanes, 65.2 ml_, 104 mmol) was added dropwise to 72 (10 g, 49.7 mmol) in a mixture of ether/THF (1:1, 150 ml_) at -78 °C. After the addition was complete stirring was continued at -78 °C for 3 h.
  • 1- Benzyl-4-piperidone (10.2 g, 53.6 mmol) in a mixture of ether/THF (1 :1, 50 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and after addition is completed the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 4 h.
  • the reaction was quenched with ice cold water (200 mL) then extracted with ether (3 ⁇ 150 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over Na 2 S0 4 and filtered. The volume of the solvent was reduced by 80% in vacuo at which time a white solid precipitates.
  • Part C A solution of palladium hydroxide (25 mg) and 74 (66 mg, 0.145 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was hydrogenated under a hydrogen balloon for 6 h. The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and the catalyst was removed by filtration.
  • Step 1 Acid chloride 78 (2 mmol) was diluted in DCM ⁇ 10 mL) and added DIPEA (1 mL) followed by piperidin-4-one hydrochloride (3 mmol, 400 mg). After 15' MS MS analysis showed that all starting material had been consumed. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with HCI 1.ON and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by C18 column using 60-95% CH3CN in water over 10 minutes.
  • Representative example 25 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2f?,3S)-2-propyl-1- (4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A136.
  • Representative example 26 Synthesis of 4-(2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile A138.
  • Representative example 27 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A139.
  • Representative example 28 Synthesis of 5-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyt)picolinoyI)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)pentanoic acid A141.
  • Step 1 A mixture of DMSO (69 ⁇ _, 0.98 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (2.0 mL) was cooled to -78 °C. Oxalylchloride (46 pL, 0.49 mmol) was added to the mixture and was stirred for 10 min at -78 X.
  • Et 3 N (204 pL, 1.46 mmol) was added slowly at -78 °C and was warmed to 23 °C. The reaction was further stirred at 23 °C for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 (10 mL) and was washed with aqueous sat'd NaHC0 3 (1 x 15 ml_), and brine (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and was concentrated to yield the aldehyde.
  • Step 2 NaH (60% in mineral oil, 10 mg, 0.26 mmol) was washed with hexanes (2x) and was kept under Ar. THF (2.0 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. Triethyl phosphonoacetate (56 pL, 0.28 mmol) was added and was further stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. A solution of the crude aldehyde (172 mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) was added at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed to 23 °C and was stirred overnight.
  • Step 3 Hydrogenation, followed by hydrolysis of the ester to the carboxylic acid was followed similarly as shown above.
  • Reverse phase preparative HPLC purification yielded 5-(2- ⁇ 4-cyano-1-((2 3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-
  • Representative example 29 Synthesis of (4-(2-(2-(1 H-tetrazol-5- yl)ethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yl)methanone A133.
  • Amine 28 (26 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and reacted with acid 76 following general procedure 4.
  • the nitrile obtained (10 mg, 14.2 ⁇ ⁇ ) was dissolved in /-PrOH/H 2 0 (50 ⁇ 150 ⁇ 1_).
  • NaN 3 1.0 mg, 15.6 ⁇
  • ZnBr 2 3.0 mg, 14.2 ⁇
  • the reaction was heated at 100 °C overnight.
  • the reaction was quenched with 1 M HCI (5 drops) and was then concentrated.
  • Representative example 32 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)
  • Representative example 33 Synthesis of 5-(4-phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3- ⁇ 5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)pentanoic acid A81.
  • Step 1 Amide coupling of 77 and 9 (0.2 mmol, 70 mg) was performed by following general procedure 4 replacing in step 1, acid 76 by acid 77.
  • the crude product was purified on Biotage ⁇ EtOAc in hexane: 25 ⁇ 50%), to give ethyl 5-(4- phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)pentanoate as white solid.
  • Step 2 To ethyl 5- ⁇ 4-phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)- 3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyi)piperidin-4- yl)pentanoate in ethanol was added 2.0 M NaOH aqueous solution and the mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h. Then the solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • Representative example 34 Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1- ⁇ (2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoic acid A91.
  • Stepl To intermediate 82 (prepared according the aforementioned general procedure 3, 300mg, 0.44mmol) in 5mL of DMF was added K 2 C0 3 (608mg, 4.4mmol, 10eq.) followed by ethyl 4-bromobutyrate (94uL, 0.66mmol, 1.5eq.). The mixture was stirred at 60"C for 18 hours then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down.
  • K 2 C0 3 608mg, 4.4mmol, 10eq.
  • ethyl 4-bromobutyrate 94uL, 0.66mmol, 1.5eq.
  • Step2 To 86 (40mg, O.OSmmol, 1eq) in MeOH was added KOH (3.5N, 5 equiv). Reaction was brought to 65 °C for 1 hour then cooled down to 23°C. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with sat. NH 4 CI and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated down. HPLC purification, C18, CH 3 CN/H20, 70% to 100% CH 3 CN provided 37 mg (100% yield) of product A91.
  • Representative example 35 Synthesis of dimethyl 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propylphosphonate A85.
  • Step 1 To trimethyl phosphate (2.38ml, 20.1mmol) was added dibromopropane (10.2ml, 5 equi., 0.105mol). Reaction mixture was brought to 150 °C for 30min. Volatile were evaporated off excess dibromide was removed by distillation. 4.5g of dimethyl 3-bromopropylphosphonate 87 was isolated (98% yield).
  • Step 2 NaH ( 2 equiv.) was added to a DMF (2 mL) solution of intermediate 80 (prepared in general procedure 2, 60mg, 0.086 mmol). Reaction was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere for 10 minutes. To this was added 87 (3 equiv.). Reaction was brought to 60 °C and stirred overnight. Volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (10% to 100 % acetonitrile/water (0.1 % TFA) over 40min. Flow rate of lOmL/min), using a C18, 10 micron (19x250mm) column. Sample was lyophilized to yield 42 mg of product A85.
  • intermediate 80 prepared in general procedure 2, 60mg, 0.086 mmol
  • Representative example 36 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propylphosphonic acid A89.
  • Representative example 37 Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-fluoro-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyi)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoic acid A95.
  • Step 1 To ethyl 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl) nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)pi
  • Representative example 38 Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-
  • Step 1 To alpha.alpha-dimethyl-gamma-butyrolactone (1.49g, 13.05mmol) in 10mL of anhydrous DCM was added BBr3 (3.7mL, 13.7mmol, 1.05eq.) slow!y at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. Reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH (1 mL) at 0°C. Reaction was further stirred at room temperature for 20min then diluted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with DCM. Organic layer was washed with aqueous Na 2 S20 4 , brine and dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% DCM) to provide 1.9 g (68% yield) of methyl 4-bromo-2,2-dimethylbutanoate 89.
  • Step 2 89 was reacted as described in general procedure 6 to yield 4-(2- ⁇ 4- hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)- 2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid.
  • Representative example 39 Synthesis of 5-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- ⁇ trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid A102.
  • Step 1 To a 0°C solution of diisopropylamine (14.35mL, 0.102mol) in 70mL of THF was added n-BuLi (68mL, 0.102mol). The mixture was stirred at 0 ⁇ 5°C for 30min. After the mixture was cooled to -78°C, ethyl isobutyrate (13.7mL, 0.102mol, 1eq.) was added drop wise and stirring was maintained at -78°C for 1h. 1 ,3-Dibromopropane (1.01 equiv, 10.5 ml_) was added drop wise at -78°C and stirring was maintained at -78°C for 1 h.
  • Reaction was then warmed up to 23°C over 2 hrs. Reaction mixture was added to an aqueous NH4CI solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 1 HCI and brine, dried over gS0 4 , filtered and concentrated down to give 23g of crude product. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (5% to 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 17.4 g (73% yield) of ethyl 5-bromo-2,2-dimethylpentanoate 90.
  • Step 2 90 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A102.
  • Representative example 40 Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1- ⁇ 3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A86.
  • Stepl Procedure described in representative example A102 was used by replacing in stepl , ethyl isobutyrate with Ethyl cyclobutanecarboxylate to prepare ethyl 1-(3-bromopropyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 91.
  • Step 2 91 was reacted with intermediate 83 as described in general procedure 6 to give ethyl 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate.
  • Representative example 41 Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-methoxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A131.
  • Representative example 42 Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A22.
  • Step 1 To a 0°C solution of DIPA (14.3 ml_,102 mmol) in THF (100 ml_) was added n-BuLi (2.5M, 102 mmol). The Rx was stirred for 30-45 min then cooled to -78°C. Ethyl cyclobutane carboxylate (102 mmol, 1 equiv) was added slowly and the enolate was allowed to form for ⁇ 30 min. At -78°C, above enolate was poured into 1 ,3-dibromobutane (2 equiv, 200 mmol) and Rx stirred at -78°C for 1h then warmed-up to RT.
  • Step 2 Ethyl 1-(3-bromobutyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 92 was used as described in general procedure 5 by replacing in step 1 , intermediate 82 by intermediate 80.
  • Representative example 43 Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A21.
  • Step 1 To a 0°C DCM (100 mL) solution of (S)-(+)-1 ,3-Butanol (7g, 77.6 mmol) containing Et ⁇ N (14 mL, 1.3equiv) was added drop wise a DCM solution (60 mL) of TsCI (1.05 equiv, 15g). Reaction was warmed-up to Rt and stirred overnight. After 18 hours, the DCM layer was washed with HCI 1.0N (X2), then NaHC0 3 , then brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to 15 g of crude oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 40% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 13 g (69% yield) of (S)-3-hydroxybutyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate 94.
  • Step 2 To a RT solution of 94 (4 mmol, 1g) in acetone (10 mL) was added Nal (5 equiv, 20mmol, 3g) and the reaction was brought to reflux. After 2 hours, TLC showed that reaction was completed. Insoluble was filtered off trough pad of celite. Filtrate was concentrated down and diluted with EtOAc and water. EtOAc layer was washed with NaHC03, then Na2S203 and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated down to a yellow oil.
  • Step 3 To a 0°C solution of alchool 95 (2.5 mmol, 0.5g) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (5 mmol, 0.83 ml ) followed by CH 3 S0 2 CI (1.2 equiv, 3mmol, 0.25 mL). After 10 min, TLC showed showed that reaction was completed. Reaction was poured into water and EtOAc. Washed with HCI (1.0N) and brine.
  • Step 4 To a solution of diisopropylamine (9.1 mL, 65 mmol) in 43 mL of THF was added n-BuLi (26mL, 65 mmol) at 0°C slowly (5min). The mixture was stirred at 0 ⁇ 5°C for 30min. After the mixture was cooled to -78°C (10min), Ethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (8 mL, 59.6 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added dropwise and stirred at -78°C for 30min.
  • Step 5 97 was reacted as described in general procedure 6 to yield ethyl 1- ((R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate Hydrolysis of ethyl 1-((R)-3-(2-(4- hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate was performed as described in general procedure 5, step2 to yield A31.
  • Representative example 45 Synthesis of 1-((S)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3- ⁇ trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)pipertdine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A32.
  • Compound A32 can be prepared in a sequence analogous to the preparation of example A31 from (R)-(-)-1 ,3-Butanol instead of (S)-(+)-1 ,3-Butanol 93 in representative example 44, step 1.
  • Representative example 46 Synthesis of 1-(2- ⁇ 2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A88.
  • Stepi Procedure described in representative example 40, step 1 , was used by replacing 1 ,3-Dibromopropane by 1,3-Dibromoethane to prepare ethyl 1-(2- bromoethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 98.
  • Step 2 98 was reacted according the general procedure 6 by replacing intermediate 83 with intermediate 81 to give ethyt 1-(2-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a compound of Formula (1) as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof. The compounds are useful as inhibitors of the HDM2 protein. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising the above compounds and methods of treating cancer using the same.

Description

SUBSTITUTED PIPE IDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY
AND THE USES THEREOF
Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to novel compounds useful as Human Double Minute 2 ("HDM2") protein inhibitors, regulators or modulators, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods of treatment using the compounds and compositions to treat diseases such as, for example, cancer, diseases involving abnormal cell proliferation, and diseases caused by inadequate p53 levels. This invention specifically discloses
substituted piperidines as inhibitors of the HDM2 protein.
Background of the Invention
The tumor suppressor protein p53 plays a central role in maintaining the integrity of the genome in a cell by regulating the expression of a diverse array of genes responsible for DNA repair, cell cycle and growth arrest, and apoptosis [May et al., Oncogene 18 {531 (1999) p. 7621-7636; Oren, Cell Death Differ. 10 (4) (2003) p. 431-442 , Hall and Peters, Adv. Cancer Res.. 68: (1996) p. 67-108; Hainaut et al., Nucleic Acid Res.. 25: (1997) p.151- 57; Sherr, Cancer Res.. 60: (2000) p. 3689-95]. In response to oncogenic stress signals, the cell triggers the p53 transcription factor to activate genes implicated in the regulation cell cycle, which thereby initiates either apoptosis or cell cycle arrest. Apoptosis facilitates the elimination of damaged cells from the organism, while cell cycle arrest enables damaged cells to repair genetic damage [reviewed in Ko et al., Genes & Devel. 10: (1996) p.1054-1072; Levi ne, Cell 88: (1997) p. 323-331]. The loss of the safeguard functions of p53 predisposes damaged cells to progress to a cancerous state. Inactivating p53 in mice consistently leads to an unusually high rate of tumors [Donehower et al., Nature. 356: (1992) p. 215-221].
The p53 transcription factor promotes the expression of a number of cell cycle regulatory genes, including its own negative regulator, the gene encoding the Mouse Double Minute 2 (MDM2) protein [Chene, Nature Reviews Cancer 3: (2003) p. 102-109; Momand, Gene 242 (1-2): (2000) p. 15-29; Zheleva et al. Mini. Rev. Med. Chem. 3 (3): (2003) p. 257-270]. The MDM2 protein
(designated HDM2 in humans) acts to down-regulate p53 activity in an auto- regulatory manner [Wu et al, Genes Dev.. 7: (1993) p. 1126-1132; Bairak et ai., EMBO J, 12: (1993) p. 461-468], In the absence of oncogenic stress signals, i.e., under normal cellular conditions, the MDM2 protein serves to maintain p53 activity at low levels [Wu et al, Genes Dev.. 7: (1993) p.1126-1132; Barak et al., EMBO J. 12: (1993) p. 461-468]. However, in response to cellular DNA damage or under cellular stress, p53 activity increases helping to prevent the propagation of permanently damaged clones of cells by induction of cell cycle and growth arrest or apoptosis.
The regulation of p53 function relies on an appropriate balance between the two components of this p53-MDM2 auto-regulatory system. Indeed, this balance appears to be essential for cell survival. There are at least three ways that MDM2 acts to down-regulate p53 activity. First, MDM2 can bind to the N- terminal transcriptional activation domain of p53 to block expression of p53- responsive genes [Kussie et al., Science, 274: (1996) p. 948-953; Oliner et al., Nature. 362: (1993) p. 857-860; Momand et al, CeH, 69: (1992) p. 1237-1245]. Second, DM2 shuttles p53 from the nucleus to the cytoplasm to facilitate the proteolytic degradation of p53 [Roth et ai, EMBO J. 17: (1998) p. 554-564;
Freedman et al., Mol Cell Biol. 18: (1998) p. 7288-7293; Tao and Levine, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 96: (1999) p. 3077-3080]. Finally, MDM2 possesses an intrinsic E3 tigase activity for conjugating ubiquitin to p53 for degradation within the ubiquitin-dependent 26S proteosome pathway [Honda et al., FEBS Lett. 420: (1997) p. 25-27; Yasuda. Oncogene 19: (2000) p. 1473-1476]. Thus, MDM2 impedes the ability of the p53 transcription factor to promote the expression of its target genes by binding p53 in the nucleus. Attenuating the p53-MDM2 auto- regulatory system can have a critical effect on cell homeostasis. Consistently, a correlation between the overexpression of MDM2 and tumor formation has been reported [Chene, Nature 3: (2003) p. 102-109]. Functional inactivation of wild type p53 is found in many types of human tumors. Restoring the function of p53 in tumor cells by anti-MDM2 therapy would result in slowing the tumor proliferation and instead stimulate apoptosis. Not surprisingly then, there is currently a substantial effort being made to identify new anticancer agents that hinder the ability of HDM2 to interact with p53 [Chene, Nature 3: (2003) p. 102- 109]. Antibodies, peptides, and antisense oligonucleotides have been
demonstrated to destroy the p53 -MDM2 interaction, which would release p53 from the negative control of MDM2, leading to activation of the p53 pathway allowing the normal signals of growth arrest and/or apoptosis to function, which offers a potential therapeutic approach to treating cancer and other diseases characterized by abnormal cell proliferation. [See, e.g., Blaydes et al., Oncogene 14: (1997) p. 1859-1868; Bottger et al.. Oncogene 13 (10): (1996) p. 2141- 2147].
U.S. Pub. No. 2005/0037383 A1 describes modified soluble HDM2 protein, nucleic acids that code for this HDM2 protein, the crystals of this protein that are suitable for X-ray crystallization analysis, the use of the proteins and crystals to identify, select, or design compounds that may be used as anticancer agents, and some of the compounds themselves that bind to modified HDM2. (Schering-Plough Corp.).
Small molecules, said to antagonize the p53-MDM2 interaction, have been described. WO 00/15657 (Zeneca Limited) describes piprizine-4-phenyl derivatives as inhibitors of the interaction between DM2 and p53. Grasberger et al. (J. Med. Chem.. 48 (2005) p. 909-912) (Johnson & Johnson
Pharmaceutical Research & Development L.L. C.) describes discovery and co- crystal structure of benzodiazepinedione as HDM2 antagonists that activate p53 in cells. Galatin et al. (J. Med. Chem. 47 (2004) p. 4163-4165) describes a nonpeptidic sulfonamide inhibitor of the p53-MDM2 interaction and activator of p53 dependent transcription in MDM2-overexpressing cells.
Vassiiev (J. Med. Chem. (Perspective) Vol. 48 No. 14. (2005) p. 1-8) (Hoffmann-LaRoche Inc.) describes several small molecule p53 activators as an application in oncology, including the following formulas:
Figure imgf000005_0001
The first four compounds listed above were also described in Totouhi et al. (Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry Vol. 3. No. 2 (2005) p. 159-166, at 161) (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.). The last three compounds listed above were also described in Vassilev et al. (Science Vol. 303 (2004): p. 844-848) (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.) and their implications on leukemia activity were investigated in Kojima et al. (Blood. , Vol. 108 No. 9 (Nov. 2005) p. 3150-3159).
Ding et. al. (J. Am. Chem. Soc. Vol. 127 (2005): 10130-10131) and (J, Med. Chem. Vol. 49 (2006): 3432-3435) describes several spiro-oxindole compounds as MDM2-p53 inhibitors.
Figure imgf000005_0002
Lu, et. al. (J. Med. Chem. Vol. 49 (2006): 3759-3762) described 7- [anilino(pheny!)methyl]-2-methyl-8-quinolinol as a small molecule inhibitor of MDM2-p53 interaction.
Figure imgf000006_0001
Chene (Molecular Cancer Research Vol. 2: (January 2006) p. 20-28) describes inhibition of the p53 -MDM2 interaction by targeting the protein-protein interface. U.S. Pub. No. 2004/0259867 A1 and 2004/0259884 A1 describes Cis- imidazoles (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.) and WO2005/110996A1 and WO
03/051359 describes Cis-!midazolines (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.) as compounds that inhibit the interaction of MDM2 with p53-like peptides resulting in
antiprol iteration. WO 2004/080460 A1 describes substituted piperidine compounds as MDM2-p53 inhibitors for treating cancer (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.). EP 0947494 A1 describes phenoxy acetic acid derivatives and phenoxy methyltetrazole that act as antagonists of MDM2 and interfere with the protein- protein interaction between MDM2 and p53, which results in anti-tumor properties (Hoffmann La Roche Inc.). Duncan et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123 (4): (2001) p. 554-560 describes a p-53-MDM2 antagonist, chlorofusin, from a Fusarium Sp.. Stoll et al., Biochemistry 40 (2) (2001) p. 336-344 describes chalcone derivatives that antagonize interactions between the human
oncoprotein MDM2 and p53.
There is a need for effective inhibitors of the HDM2 or MDM2 protein in order to treat or prevent cancer, other disease states associated with cell proliferation, diseases associated with HDM2, or diseases caused by inadequate p53 activity. The present application discloses compounds that have potency in inhibiting or antagonizing the HDM2-p53 and MDM2-p53 interaction and/or activating p53 proteins in cells. In its many embodiments, the present invention provides novel compounds having HDM2 or MDM2 antagonist activity, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more of such compounds, methods of treatment or prevention of one or more diseases associated with HDM2, MDM2, p53, or p53 peptides by administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.
WO2008/005268 (equivalent of US Patent Publication US 2008/0004287 A1) discloses substituted piperidine compounds as HDM2 inhibitors.
Summary off the Invention
In its many embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class of substituted piperidine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more said compounds, and methods for using said compounds for treating or preventing a disease associated with the HDM2 protein.
Accordingly, in one aspect the present invention provides a compound of Formula 1
Figure imgf000007_0001
Formula 1
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is:
Figure imgf000007_0002
, wherein: E is either present or absent, and when present is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C6)alkyl, -(Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)OH, -(d-CeJalkyl-OH, -(C1-C6)alkyl-C(0)NR8R8', - {C2-Ce)alkenyl, -(C2-C6)alkynyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl;
each J independently is selected from the group consisting of H and halogen;
G, Y and R may or may not be present, wherein: when Y is not present, G is not present; when Y is present, it is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02, and CR8R8';
R when present is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of -(Ci-C6)alkyl, and -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH;
G when present is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8)n- C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C{0)NR8R9, - (CR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-0~(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8 )n-0-(CR8R8 )n-C{0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-(CR8R8')n-C{0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8)n-S-(CR8R8,)n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3i— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— {CR8R8)n-P(0)02, and— (CR8R8')n-OH; wherein:
each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, D, and (CrC6)alkyl; or wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached form {C3-Ce)cycloa!kyl;
each R9 independently is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycIoalkyl;
each n independently is 0-10; providing that when n is 0, any oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom of Y is not directly linked to any oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom of G;
represents a single or a double bond, providing that when E is present, = represents a single bond;
Figure imgf000008_0001
R4, R4', R5, R5 , R6, R6', R7, and R7' independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; and
Figure imgf000009_0001
In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound
represented by Formula 2 below:
Figure imgf000009_0002
Formula 2 wherein R1, R2, R4' R4', R5, R5, R6, R6 , R7, R7' and X, are selected independently of each other and wher is:
Figure imgf000009_0003
wherein E is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -O- (Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR8R8', -(C C6)aIkyl- C(0)OH, -(d-CeJalkyl-CiOJNR^8', -(C2-C6)alkenyl, -(C2-C6)alkynyl and heterocyclyl,
J is independently selected from the group consisting of H and halogen,
G, Y and R may or may not be present,
wherein when Y is not present, G is not present,
when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S,
NR8, S02, and CR8R8', further wherein, when R is present, it is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, -SH, (d-CeJalkoxy, -(C2-C6)alkenoxy, -(Ci- C6)alkyl, -(C2-C6)alkenyl, haloalkoxy, -C(O)NR 0R11, - C(0)OR10, -OC(0)R10, -NR10C(O)R11, -NR 0R11, -S-aikyl, -S- alkenyl, -S-haloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl- ,-<CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH, -(CReR8')n-heteroaryl, -{CR8R8)n- C(0)NR8R9, -{CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, - {CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH ,— (CR8R8')n- 0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— {CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8)n-0-(CR8R8')n- CH3,— (CR8R8')n-S-(C 8R8')n-CH3l— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3— <CR8R8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8)n-P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, and—
(CR8R8')n-OH,
G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8)n-C(0)OH, - (CR8R8*)n-heteroaryl, -(CR8R8')n-C{0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl- (CR8R8')n-C{0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8 )n-C{0)OH, C(0)OH, — (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8,)n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,—
(CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3t— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-CH3, - -(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH, wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C C6)alkyl, or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-
C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycIoalkyl,
n is 0-10, providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that 0 is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y
such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC6)alkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyl, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom,
wherein said ===== represents an optional double bond, providing that
===== represents a single bond,
Figure imgf000011_0001
R4 or R4 , which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyi, heteroalkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, -atkylC02R12, alkylOCOR12, -alkylNR 0COR12, hydroxyalkenyl, alkoxyaikyl, alkoxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl, aminoalkenyl, a!kylNR10R11, alkenylNR10R11, cycloalkyla!kyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cyclenylalkyl, cyclenylalkenyl, cycloalkylalkynyl, cyclenylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyi, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocylenylalkyl,
heterocyclenylalkenyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroarylalkenyl, wherein each of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyi, heteroalkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, -alkylC02R12, alkylOCOR12, -alkylNR10COR9, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, alkoxyaikyl, alkoxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl, aminoalkenyl, alkylNR 0R11, alkenylNR10R11, cycloalkylalkyl,
cycloalkylalkenyl, cyclenylalkyl, cyclenylalkenyl, cycloalkylalkynyl, cyclenylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyi, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocylenylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkenyl, arylaikyi, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkyi, and heteroarylalkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, monohaloalkyl,
trihaloalkenyl, dihaloalkenyl, monohaloalkenyl, halogen, CN, hydroxy I, thiohydroxyl, amine, alkoxy, alkenoxy, aryloxy, cyclenyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclenyloxy, heterocyclyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, trifluroalkoxy, difluroalkoxy , monofluroalkoxy, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, carboxyl, -CONR10R11, -COOR12, -OCOR 2, -NR 0COR12, cycloalkyi, heterocyclyl, -NR10R11, -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S-cycloalkyl, -S-cyclenyl, -S- aryl, -S-heterocyclyl, -S-heterocyclenyl, -S-heteroaryl, -S-trifluroalkyl, -S- difluroalkyl, -S-monofluroalkyl, cyclenyl, heterocyclenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and alkynyl;
or
wherein R4 and R4 or R5 and R5 or R6 and R6' or R7 and R7', together with the carbon to which each is attached, independently form a spirocyclic group, wherein said spirocyclic group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl,
monohaloalkyl, trihaloalkenyl, dihaloalkenyl, monohaloalkenyl, halogen, CN, hydroxy!, thiohydroxyl, amine, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, trifluroalkoxy, difluroalkoxy , monofluroalkoxy, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, carboxyl, - CONR 0R11, -COOR12, -OCOR12, -NR10COR12, cycloalkyi, heterocyclyl, - NR10R11, alkylthio, trifluroalkylthio, difluroalkylthio, monofluroalkylthio, cyclenyl, heterocyclenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and alkynyl;
R5, R5 , R7 or R7 , which may be the same or different, are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy I, -S-alkyl, heteroalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aikylNR 0R11, trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, monohaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyi, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, arylaikyi, heteroarylalkyi, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or heterocyclenylalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyt, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycienylalkyl, heterocyclylatkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different,
independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyl, -SH, -NH2l halogen, trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, and monofluroalkyl;
R6 or R' , which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyt, alkenyl, alkoxyl, trihaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, and monohaloalky;
R6 and R7 or R5 and R6 or R5 and R7 together with the carbon to which each is attached, can independently cyclicize to form a fused cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclenyl together with the parent ring;
Figure imgf000013_0001
R and R , which can be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycienylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl,
heteroarylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenoxyalkyl, alkynoxyalkyl, cyctoalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkenoxyalkyl, arytoxyalkyl, heterocycloalkoxyalkyl,
heterocycloalkenoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxyalkyt, cyclenylalkoxyalkyl, arylalkoxyalkyl, heterocycly!alkoxyalkyl,
heterocyclenylalkoxyalkyl, heteroarylalkoxyalkyl, -alkyl-S-alkyl, -alkyl-S- alkenyl, -alkyl-S-alkynyl, -alkyl-S-cycloalkyl, -alkyl-S-cyclenyl, -alkyl-S-aryl, -alkyl-S-heterocyclyl, -alkyl-S-heterocyclenyl, -alkyl-S-heteroaryl, -alkyl-S- cycloalkylalkyl, -alkyl-S-cyclenylalkyl, -alkyl-S-arylalkyl, -alkyl-S- heterocyclylalkyl, -alkyl-S-heterocyclenylalkyl, -alkyl-S-heteroarylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkyl-SH, -alkenyl-SH, -alkylNH2, - alkenylNH2, -COR12, -C02alkyl, -C02alkenyl,-alkylN(alkoxy)2, - alkylNHalkoxy, -CONHS02alkyl, -CONHS02alkenyl, -CONalkylS02alkyl, - CONHalkyl, -CONHalkenyl, -alkylC02alkyl, -alkylCONHalkyl, -alkylCONH2l -alkylCON(alkyl)2, -alkylCON(alkenyl)2, -aikylC02H, -alkylN(alkyl)2, - alkylNHalkyl, -alkyl-NH2, -alkenyl-N(alkyl)2, -alkyl-N(alkenyl)2, -alkyl- Nalkyl(alkenyl), -alkenyl-NH2,
wherein each of said cycloalkyi, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyi,
heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkenoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, heterocycloalkoxyalkyl, heterocycloalkenoxyalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxyalkyl, cyclenylalkoxyalkyl,
arylalkoxyalkyl, heterocyclylalkoxyalkyl, heterocyclenylalkoxyalkyl, heteroarylalkoxyalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which may be the same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi, -CN, hydroxyl, -SH, -NH2, -N(alkyl)2, -N{alkenyl)2, -N(alkoxyalkyl)2, trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, monofluroalkyl, a!koxy, -S-alkyl, halogen, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkylSH, -COR12, -S02R12, heteroalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, -S-alkyl-S-alkyl, -alkylNH2, -a!kyl-N(alkyl)2, and - alkylNHalkyl,
further wherein, in any -NR10R11 in Formula 2, said R 0 and R1 can optionally be joined together with the N of said -NR 0R11 to form a cyclic ring;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy I, -NH2, -N(alkyl)2, - N(alkenyl)2, -NHalkyl, -NHalkenyl, -NH-alkyl-O-alkyl, -NH-alkenyl-O-alkyl, - alkyl-S-alkyl, -alkyl-O-alkyl, -alkenyl-O-alkenyl, -alkyl-O-alkenyl, -alkenyl- S-alkyl, -alkenyl-S-alkenyl, trifluroalkyl, difluroalkyl, monofluroalkyl, alkoxy, -S-alky), -alkyl-S-alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi, cycloalkyi, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyi, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, -alkylN(alkyl)2, -alkylNHalkyl, - alkyl-NH2, -alkenyl-N(alkyl)2, -alkyl-N(alkenyl)2> -alkyl-Nalkyl(alkenyl), - alkenyl-NH2, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkyl-SH, -alkenyl-SH, - alkylC02H, -alkylC02alkyl, -alkylCONHalkyl, -alkylCONH2l - alkylCON(alkyl)2, -alky!CON(alkenyl)2, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, cyclenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclenylalkyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyialkyl, heterocyclenylalkyl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties, which can be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkoxy, -S-alkyl-S-alkyl,
hydroxyalkyl, -alkylSH, hydroxyalkenyl, -alkyl-NH2, -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, and - alkylNHalkyl.
In the assay for HDM2 inhibitory activity (fluorescence polarization assay) [Zhang et al., J. Analytical Biochemistry 331: 138-146 (2004)] the compounds of the present invention exhibit FP IC5o, values of less than 0.5 μΜ. Also, the cytochrome P450 3A4 enzyme inhibition studies of the compounds of the present invention indicate that these compounds have an IC50 CYP3A4 (pre and co incubation) of more than 1 μΜ. The compounds of the present invention by themselves or in combination with one or more other suitable agents disclosed later in this application can be useful as HDM2 or MDM2 inhibitors and can be useful in the treatment and prevention of proliferative diseases such as cancers.
Such treatment or prevention can be done with the inventive compound as well as with pharmaceutical compositions or formulations comprising the compound.
Detailed description of the invention
In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds illustrated as Formula 1 , as described above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above. In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , R is absent and E is present, i.e., R1
in Formula 1 is
Figure imgf000016_0001
In another embodiment, in Formula 1, both R and E are absent, i.e., R in
Figure imgf000016_0002
In another embodiment, in Formula 1, each n independent is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , E is present and is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR8R8', -(d-CeJalkyl-CtOJOH, -(C C6)alkyl-OH, -(d-CeJ-CiOJNR^8', and heteroaryl.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , E is present and is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(Ci-C6)alkyl, {CrC6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)OH, -{Ci-C6)alkyl-OH, -(Ci-C6)-C(0)NR8R8', and heteroaryl; wherein -(CrC6)alkyl-OH is hydroxymethyl; said -(C1-C6)alkyl- C(0)NR8R8' is -C(0)NH2; said -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)OH is -(CH2)4C(0)0H; said halo is -F; said -0(CrC6)alkyl is methoxy; said -(Ci-C6)alkyl is methyl; and said heteroaryl is tetrazolyl.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , each J independently is H or Ftuoro.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1, Y is present and is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, S02, and CR8R8'.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , Y is CR8R8 , wherein R8 and R8 are both H, i.e., Y is CH2.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present, and is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -{CR8R8')n- (C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-{C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, - (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8)n-0- (CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, — (CR8R8,)n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0- (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8', and— (CR8R8')n-OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8 )n- C(0)OH, wherein n is 1-6, and in one embodiment, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8')n- C(0)OH, which is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)i-5C(0)OH, -
CH(CH3)-(CH2)2-3-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-3C(CH3)2C(0)OH, -(CH2)3CH(CH(CH3)2)- -(CD2)3C(0)OH,
Figure imgf000017_0001
CH(CH3)-(CH2)2-
Figure imgf000017_0002
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8)n- C(0)NR8R9 wherein n is 1-6, and in one embodiment, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8)n- C(0)NR8R9 which is -(CH2)i-4-C(0)NH-S(0)2CH3 or -(CH2)3-4-C(0)NH-S(0)2- cyclopropyl.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -{CR8R8 )n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9 wherein said (C3-C8)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted (C3- C8)cycloalkyl or (C3-C8)cycloalkyl that is substituted with an alkyl group. In another embodiment, said -(CR8R8' -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9 is -
cyclopentyl-C(0)NH-S(0)2-CH3 or
Figure imgf000018_0001
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -{CR8R8)n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH wherein each n is independently 0 or 1. In another embodiment, said -(CR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyi-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-cyclopentyl-C(0)OH, -cyclobutyl- C(0)OH, -cyclopentyi-C{0)OH, -cyclohexyl-C(0)OH, and -cyclopentyt-CH2- C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8 )n-0- (CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH wherein each n is 0. In another embodiment, said -(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is -0-cyclopenyl-C(0)OH or -0-cyclobutyl-C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is— (CR8R8 )n-0- (CR8R8 )n-C(0)OH wherein the first n is 0 or 1, and the second n is 3. In another embodiment, said— (CReR8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-(CH2)3-C(0)OH, -0-(CH2)2-C(CH3)2-C{0)OH, and -0- <CH2)3-C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8')n- NH-iCR8R8')n-C(0)OH wheretn the first n i 0 and the second n is 3. In another embodiment, said— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is -NH(CH2)3C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is— (CR8R8)n-0- (CR8R8)n-CH3 wherein the first n is 0 and the second n i s 0. In another embodiment, said— (CR8R8VO-(CR8R8')n-CH3 is -{CH2)2-0-CH3.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is -(CR8R8')n-CH3 wheretn n is 0. In another embodiment, said— (CR8R8 )n-CH3 is -CH3.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is— (CR8R8 )n- heteroaryl wherein said n is 2. In another embodiment, said heteroaryl is pyrazolyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with an alkyl. In another embodiment, said— (CR8R8)n-heteroaryl is -(Chk alkyl substituted pyrazolyl).
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is— (CR8R8 )n- P(0)OR8OR8' wherein said n is 3. In another embodiment, said— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8' is -(CH2)3P(O)(OH)(0H) or -(CH2)3P(0)(OCH3)(OCH3).
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , G is present and is— (CR8R8 )n-OH wherein n is 2. Inother embodiment, said— (CR8R8')n-OH is -(CH2)2-OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , Y is O and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -iCR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-{CR8R8')n-CH3)— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, and— (CR8R8')n-P{0)OR8OR8'.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , Y is S and G is -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH or -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , Y is S02 and G is— (CR8R8 )n-NH- (CR8R8')n-C(0)OH.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1 , Y is CR8R8 and G is selected from the group consisting of— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8)n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-0- (CR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')„-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- OH,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, and -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1, R4 is hydrogen and R4 is 1 -propyl, such that Formula 1 is represented by Formula 1A:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula 1A
wherein R1, R2, R5, R5', R6, R6', R7, R7', and X are as set forth in Formula 1. In another embodiment, in Formula 1A, R5, R5 , R6, R6', R7, and R7' are all hydrogen, i.e., Formula 1 or 1 A is represented by Formula 1 B:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0002
; and either (i) each J in R is H, or (ii) one J in R is halo, and the remaining three Js are H, i.e., Formula 1 , 1A, or 1 B is represented by Formula 1C or 1 D as set forth below:
Figure imgf000021_0001
Formula 1C
Figure imgf000021_0002
Formula 1D.
In another embodiment, in Formula 1B, R is is
Figure imgf000021_0003
and each J in R is H; i.e., i.e., Formula 1, 1A, or 1B is represented by Formula 1 E as set forth below:
Figure imgf000021_0004
Formula 1E.
Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 1 include:
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds illustrated as Formula 2, as described above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2 wherein R4 or R4 , which may be the same or different, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl,
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein R5, R5 , R6, R6', R7 and Rr are each independently H.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein J may or may not be present, when J is present it is halo.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, G is selected from the group consisting of-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, -(CR8R8)n- C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R , -{CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— {CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— {CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3,~(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')„-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrC6)alkyl, or further wherein R8 and R8' together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein R8 and R8 are independently H or (CrCe)alkyl.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein G is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000044_0001
C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH1 -(CH2)0_5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C{0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)1-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)^-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl, -(CH2)i-6-C(0)-N-S02-(Ci-C6)alkyl, -(CD2)i-e-C(0)OH,
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000045_0001
, -(Ci-C6)alkyl, -NH-(CH2)1-3- C(0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i^-0-(CH2)i-4-C{0)OH, -(CH2)i-5- (0)0((C1-C6)alkyl)2, -(CH2)i.6-OH, (Ca-CeJicycloalkylJ-CiOJ-NiSOjXd-CeJalkyt, and -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein J is F.
In another embodiment the compound of Formula 2, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, -SH, (CrC6)alkoxy, -(C2- C6)alkenoxy, -(Ci-C6)alkyl, -(C2-C6)alkenyl, haloalkoxy, -C(O)NR10R11, - C(0)OR10, -OC(0)R10, -NR^CtOJR11, -NR10R11, -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S-haloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl- G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, -{CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n- (C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')t1-C(0)OH1— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-S-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH)— (CR8R8')n- NH-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8 )n-0-{CR8R8,)n-CH3,— (CR8R8)n-S-{CR8Re')n- CH3,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8 )n-CH3,— {CR8R8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8)n-heteroaryl, - -(CR8R8')n-P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl, FT is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC6)alkyl groups.
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R1 is
Figure imgf000046_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8Rs')n-heteroaryl, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -{CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9 J -(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8 )n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH)— (CR8R8')n- S-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8)n-NH-(CR8R8 )n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— {CR8R8')n-S-{CR8R8')n-CH3>— (CR8R8 )n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8)n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8)n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrC6)alkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(CrC6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloaikyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to
O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups, still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloatkyi, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R1 is
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, SO2 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -{CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloaikyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-{CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-iCR8R8')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3)— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3,-— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8)n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-C6)alkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyl in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups, still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000048_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, -iCR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-{C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycioalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C{0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH, — (CR8R8)n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8,)n-CH3>— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— {CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8)n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (CrCeJalkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-Ce)alkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000049_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, SO2 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C{0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, -(CR8R8,)n-C{0)NR8R9 l -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8Re')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— {CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-{CR8R8')n-C(O)0H, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3)— <CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CRsR8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (d-Ce)alkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycIoalkyl,
R9 is S02(CrC6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-C6)alkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alky!, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')„-heteroaryl, -iCR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3- Ce)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-(CR8R8VC(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8)n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
{CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— {CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- {CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— {CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8' together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(C -C6)alkyl or S02{C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to
O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (Ci-C6)alky! groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R1 is
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CHaJi-e-CiOJOH. -iCHsJtMCHitCi-Ceialky -iCHzJvs-CiOJOH. -iCHzJi-s-CHtiC C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)i-6-C(0)OH) -(CH2)i-6-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl1 -(CHzii-e-CiOJ-N-SOz-tCrCeJalkyl, -(CD2)1-6-C(0)OH,
(CrC6)alkyl
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000051_0003
-(C C6)alkyl, -NH-(CH2)1-3- C(0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CHah-e-O-tCH^-CtC OH, -(CH2)i-5- (0)0((C1-C6)alkyl)2, -(CH2)i-6-OH, (Cs-CBjtcycloalkylJ-CiOJ-NiSOzJtC CeJalkyl, and -(C3-C8)cycloaIkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that 0 is linked to 0, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R1 is
Figure imgf000052_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, SO2 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
-{CH2)i-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)(MCH((Ci-C6)alkyl)-(CH2)i-5-C(0)OH, -{CH2)i-5-CH((C1- CeJalky -CtOJOH. -tCHzJo-s-tCa-CeJcycloalkyl-CiOJOH. -tCHsJo-s-iCs- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)i-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-6-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl, -(CHzJi-e-CtOJ- ^-fCi-CeJalkyl. -tCDzJi-e-CiOiOH,
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000052_0003
-(CHjii-e-O-id-CeJalkyl, -(C CeJalkyl, -NH-(CH2)i-3- C(0)OHt -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-e-0-(CH2)i-4-C(O)0H, -(CH2)1-5- (0)0((C1-C6)alkyl)2, -(CH2)1-6-OH, (Ca-CeXcycloalky -CtOJ-NiSOzJid-CeJalkyl, and -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000053_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)i-6-C(0)OH, -(CHzJo^CH C CeJalkylHCHzii-s-CtOJOH. -tCHaii-s-CHiiCi- C6)alkyi)-C(0)OH, -(CH2)^5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -{CH2)o-5-(C3-
Figure imgf000053_0002
- -C(0)-N-S02-(Ci-C6)alkyl, -(002)1-6-0(0)ΟΗ,
Figure imgf000053_0003
Figure imgf000053_0004
-(Ci-C6)alkyl, -NH-(CH2)1-3- C(0)OH, -0-{C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH,
Figure imgf000053_0005
-(CH2) -5- (0)0((C C6)alkyl)2, -(CH2)1-6-OH, (C3-C8)(cycloalkyl)-C(0)-N(S02)(Ci-C6)alkyl, and -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to 0, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)i-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)c CH((Ci-C6)alkylHCH2)1-5-C(0)OH, -(CH2)1-5-CH((Cr C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C{0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)1^-C(0)OHl -(CH2)1.6-C{0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000054_0002
-(CH2)i-6-0-(C C6)alkyl, -(C C6)alkyl, -NH-(CH2)1-3-
C{0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH,
Figure imgf000054_0003
-(CH2)1-5-
(0)0((C C6)alkyl)2,
Figure imgf000054_0004
(C3-C8)(cycloalkyl)-C(0)-N(S02)(CrC6)alkyl, and -{C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02. In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R is
Figure imgf000055_0001
, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR , S02 and CH2 and G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)i-6-C{0)OH, -(CHzJo^CHtid-CeJalkylHCHzJi-s-CiOJOH. -tCHajLs-CH Ci- C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o.5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)i-6-C{0)OH) -(CH2)i_6-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl, - -CtOJ-N-SOHCi-CeJalkyl. -tCDsJ^-CiOiOH,
Figure imgf000055_0002
t .(CH2)i-6-0-(Ci-C6)alkylf -(CrC6)alkyl, -NH-(CH2)1-3- C(0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycioalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-6-0-(CH2)i^-C(0)OH, -{Ο ζ) .5- (OJOifd-CeJalkylh.
Figure imgf000055_0003
(C3-C8)(cycloalkyl)-C(0)-N(S02)(CrC6)alkyl, and -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to 0, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02.
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R2 is
Figure imgf000055_0004
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, R2 is
Figure imgf000056_0001
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, X is
Figure imgf000056_0002
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, X is
Figure imgf000056_0003
In another embodiment, in Formula 2, Y is O, S, NR8, S02, or CR8R8'. In another embodiment, the compounds are represented by Formula 2A below:
Figure imgf000056_0004
Formula 2A
wherein E, Y, G and X, are selected independently of each other and wherein:
E is selected from the group consisting of H, hato, OH, CN, -0-(Ci- C6)alkyl, (d-CeJalkyl, -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR8R8', -(C C6)-C(0)OH, -(C C6)- C{0)NR8R8', -(C2-C6)alkenyl, -(C2-C6)alkynyl or heterocyclyl;
J, G and Y may or may not be present,
wherein when Y is not present, G is not present,
when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of OtS, NR8, S02, and CR8R8', further wherein, when J is present, it is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of halo;
Figure imgf000057_0001
G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, ~{CR8R8,)n- heteroaryl, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, - (CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8 )n- C(0)OH,— (CR8R8)n-S-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, — (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— {CR8R8)n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-NH- {CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8)n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8)n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3- C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
n is 0-10,
providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl in Formula 2A, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (C-i-CeJalkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl or spirocycloalkyl, in Formula 2A, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
In another embodiment, the compounds are represented by
Formula 2B below:
Figure imgf000058_0001
Formula 2B
wherein E, Y, G and X, are selected independently of each other and wherein:
E is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CN, -0-(Ci-C6)alkyl, - C(0)OH, -C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)-C(0)OH, and -(C C6)-C(0)NR8R8';
G and Y may or may not be present,
wherein when Y is not present, G is not present,
when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, S02, NR8 and CR8R8';
Figure imgf000058_0002
G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n- heteroaryl, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloa!kyl-C(0)NR8R9, - (CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8 )n-0-(CR8R8')n- C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-S-(CRsR8')n-C(0)OH , C(0)OH, — (CR8R8')n-NH- {CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8 )n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3t— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8 )n- heteroaryl,—
(CR8R8')n-P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, — (CR8R8')n-OH,
wherein each R8 and R8' is independently selected from the group consisting of H and {Ci-C6)alkyl,
or further wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached can cyclicize to form (C3-C8)spirocycloalkyl,
R9 is S02(Ci-C6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyi,
n is 0-10 providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or S02,
further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or N, and
still further providing that when n is 0, G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02,
further wherein, any spirocycloalkyi or cycloalkyi in Formula 2, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more (CrC6)alkyl groups,
still further wherein, any Hydrogen atom that is substituted on any alkyl, cycloalkyi, heterocycloalkyi or spirocycloalkyi, in Formula 2, can be replaced by a Deuterium atom.
In another embodiment, the compounds are represented by Formula 2C below:
Figure imgf000059_0001
Formula 2C
wherein E, Y, G and X, are selected independently of each other and wherein:
E is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0-(Ci- C6)alkyl, (C Ce)alkyl. -C(0)OH, -C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)-C{0)OH, -(C C6)- C(0)NR8R8', -(C2-C6)alkenyl, -(C2-C6)aikynyi or heterocyclyl;
J, G and Y may or may not be present,
wherein when Y is not present, G is not present,
when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, NR8, S02, and CR8R8 , further wherein, when J is present, it is one or more moiettes independently selected from the group consisting of halo;
Figure imgf000060_0001
G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CHzjLe-C^OH. -iCH^CH d-CeJalkylHCH^Ls-CtOJOH. -tCHzJi-s-CHtiCi- C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(CH2 (C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -<CH2)0-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)1-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-6-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl,
-(CHzJi-e-CtOi-N-SOs-iC CeJalkyl. -iCDsJi-e-CtO H,
Figure imgf000060_0002
C{0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH,
Figure imgf000060_0003
-(CH2)1-5- (0)0((Ci-C6)alkyl)2, -(CH2)1-6-OH, (C3-C8)(cycloalkyl)-C(0)-N(S02)(C1-C6)alkyl, and -(C3-C8)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to O, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02.
In another embodiment, the compounds are represented by Formula 2D below:
Figure imgf000061_0001
Formula 2D
wherein E, Y, G and X, are selected independently of each other and wherein:
E is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CN, -0-(Ci-C6)alkyl, - C(0)OH, -C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)-C{0)OH, and -(Ci-C6)-C(0)NR8R8';
G and Y may or may not be present,
wherein when Y is not present, G is not present,
when Y is present it is selected from the group consisting of 0,S, SO2, NR8 and CR8R8';
Figure imgf000061_0002
G is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)1-6-C(0)OH, -(CHa^CHtid-CeJalky -fCH^Ls-CiOJOH, -(C^ s-CHKd- C6)alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-5-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CH2)i-6-C(0)OH, -(CH2)i-6-C(0)-NH-S02-(C3-C8)cycloalkylI
Figure imgf000061_0003
Figure imgf000062_0001
-(CHzJi-e-O-id-CeJalkyl, -(C C6)alkyt, -NH-(CH2)i-3- C(0)OH, -0-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C{0)OH,
Figure imgf000062_0002
-(CH2)i-5- (OOiid-CeJalky z. -tCHzjLe-OH, (Ca-CsXcycloalky -CiOJ-NtSOzXC CeJalkyl, and -(C3-Ce)cycloalkyl
providing that G is not attached to Y such that O is linked to O, S, N, or
S02,
further providing that G is not attached to Y such that N is linked to 0, S or
N, and
still further providing that G is not attached to Y such that S is linked to O, N or S02.
Non-limiting examples of compounds of the present invention of Formula 2 include:
Figure imgf000062_0003
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings. Any additional needed definition is understood to be the same as those disclosed in WO2008/005268 (equivalent of US Patent Publication US 2008/0004287 A1).
"Patient" includes both human and animals. "Mammal" means humans and other mammalian animals.
"AlkyI" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain.
Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl" means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. "Alkyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), - NH(cycloaikyl), -N(aikyl>2, carboxy and -C(0)0-alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
"Alkenyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 2 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. "Lower alkenyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. "Alkenyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl. aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl). Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
"Alkylene" means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkylene include methylene, ethylene and propylene. "Alkynyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 2 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. "Lower alkynyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl. "Alkynyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
"Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
"Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The "heteroaryl" can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. "Heteroaryl" may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above. Non- limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyt, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyi, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinoliny!, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl and the like. The term "heteroaryr also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.
"Aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Alkylaryl" means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
"Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalky!s include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like.
"Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cycloalkylalkyls include cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyi and the like.
"Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloatkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cyc!oalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable mutticyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
"Cycloalkenylalkyl" means a cycloalkenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cyctoalkenylalkyls include cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl and the like.
"Halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
"Ring system substituent" means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araikyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl,
heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, -C(=N-CN)-NH2) -C(=NH)-NH2> -C(=NH)-NH(alkyl), ΥιΥ2Ν-, Υ,ΥζΝ- alkyl-, Y1Y2NC(0)-, YiY2NS02- and -S02NYiY2, wherein Yi and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and araikyl. "Ring system substituent" may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CH3)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
Figure imgf000086_0001
"Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls "include 2-pyridinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl and the like.
"HeteroalkyI" is a saturated or unsaturated chain (unsaturated chain may also be interchangeably referred to as heteroalkenyl) containing carbon and at least one heteroatom, wherein no two heteroatoms are adjacent. HeteroalkyI chains contain from 2 to 15 member atoms (carbon and heteroatoms) in the chain, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5. For example, alkoxy (i.e., -O- alkyl or -O-heteroalkyl) radicals are included in heteroalkyl. HeteroalkyI chains may be straight or branched. Preferred branched heteroalkyl have one or two branches, preferably one branch. Preferred heteroalkyl are saturated.
Unsaturated heteroalkyl have one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and/or one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Preferred unsaturated heteroalkyls have one or two double bonds or one triple bond, more preferably one double bond. Heteroalkyl chains may be unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents. Preferred substituted heteroalkyl are mono-, di-, or tri-substituted. Heteroalkyl may be substituted with lower alkyl, haioalkyl, halo, hydroxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyloxy, carboxy, monocyclic aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, spirocycle, amino, acylamino, amido, keto, thioketo, cyano, or any combination thereof.
"Heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), - N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable bicyclic heterocyclyl rings include decahydro-isoquinoline, decahydro- [2,6]naphthyridine, and the like. "Heterocyclyl" may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
Figure imgf000087_0001
"Heterocyclylalkyl" means a heterocyclyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclylalkyls include piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl and the like.
"Heterocyclenyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 15 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 13 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocycienyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyctenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclenyl groups include 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6- tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- isoquinolinyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like. "Heterocyclenyl" may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidinone:
Figure imgf000088_0001
"Heterocyclenylalkyl" means a heterocyclenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
Figure imgf000088_0002
there is no -OH attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.
It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
Figure imgf000089_0001
are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.
"Alkynylalkyl" means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.
"Heteroaralkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyts contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include
pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Hydroxyalkyl" means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
"Spiro ring systems" have two or more rings linked by one common atom. Preferred spiro ring systems include spiroheteroaryl, spiroheterocyclenyl, spiroheterocyclyl, spirocycloalkyl, spirocyclenyl, and spiroaryl. The spiro ring systems can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above. Non-limiting examples of
suitable spiro ring systems include
Figure imgf000089_0002
spiro[4.5]decane,
Figure imgf000089_0003
and
spiro[4.4]nona-2,7-diene.
"Acyl" means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C{0)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl. "Aroyl" means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl.
"Alkoxy" means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen. An alkoxy linked directly to another alkoxy is an "alkoxyalkoxy".
"Aryloxy" means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aralkyloxy" means an aralkyl-O- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Alkylthio" or "thioalkoxy" means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Arylthio" means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthy!thio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Aralkytthio" means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkytthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Alkoxycarbonyl" means an alkyl-O-CO- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aryloxycarbonyl" means an aryl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and
naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. "Aralkoxycarbonyl" means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Alky!sulfonyl" means an alkyl-S{02)- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl-S(C>2)- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
The term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By "stable compound' or "stable structure" is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "optionally substituted" means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.
The term "purified", "in purified form" or "in isolated and purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof. Thus, the term "purified", "in purified form" or "in isolated and purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like) , in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.
When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.
When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R2, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula 1 or 2, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press. The term "prodrug" means a compound (e.g, a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula 1 or 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For example, if a compound of Formula 1 or 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-Ci2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyi-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N- (alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4- crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(Ci-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(CrC2)alkyl, N,N-di (Ci- C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C2- C3)alkyl, and the like.
Similarly, if a compound of Formula 1 or 2 contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (CrC6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1- ((Ci-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, l-methyl-l-ftd-CeJalkanoyloxyJethyl, (C
C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, {CrC6)alkanoyl, a-amino(Ci-C4)alkanyl, arylacyl and a-aminoacyl-a-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(0)(OH)2, -P(0)(0(Ci-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.
If a compound of Formula 1 or 2 incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbony!, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (Ci-Ci0)aikyl, (C3-C7)
cycloalkyi, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural a-aminoacyl, — C(OH)C(0)OY1 wherein Y is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl or benzyl,— C(OY2)Y3 wherein Y2 is (C1-C4) alky! and Y3 is (C CeJalkyl, carboxy (CrC6)alkyl, amino(Ci-C )alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N-(Ci-C6)alkylaminoalkyl,— C(Y4)Y5 wherein Y4 is H or methyl and Y5 is mono-N— or di-N,N-(Ci-C6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.
One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanot, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. "Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanotates, and the like. "Hydrate" is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H20.
One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known. Thus, for example, M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Set., 93(3). 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 5(1), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example I. R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the above-noted diseases and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect. The compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula 1 or 2 herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula 1 or 2 contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein.
Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula 1 or 2 may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula 1 or 2 with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates.) and the like.
Additionally, acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al, Camille G. (eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use. (2002) Zurich: Wiley-VCH; S. Berge ef al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto. Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexy!amines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be
quarternized with agents such as lower alkyi halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, tauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyi halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyi (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyi (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen,
Figure imgf000096_0001
or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyi- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4) phosphonate esters and (5) mono-, di- or triphosphate esters. The phosphate esters may be further esterified by, for example, a C1-20 alcohol or reactive derivative thereof, or by a 2,3-di (Ce-24)acyl glycerol.
Compounds of Formula 1 or 2, and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention. The compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of Formula 1 or 2 incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.
Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual
diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may be atropisomers {e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column.
It is also possible that the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.
All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyI). (For example, if a compound of Formula 1 or 2 incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.) Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the lUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms "salt", "solvate", "ester", "prodrug" and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
The present invention also embraces isotopicaily-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 70, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36CI, respectively.
Certain isotopicaily-labelled compounds of Formula 1 or 2 (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
The term "Deuterated" in describing the compounds of this invention means that the deuterium-to-hydrogen ratio in the deuterated areas of the molecule substantially exceeds the naturally occurring deuterium-to-hydrogen ratio. Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deuterium) suggests that deuterium has a natural abundance in the oceans of Earth of approximately one atom in 6500 of hydrogen (-154 PPM). Deuterium thus accounts for approximately 0.015% (on a weight basis, 0.030%) of all naturally occurring hydrogen in the oceans on Earth. However, other sources suggest a much higher abundance of e.g. 6-10"4 (6 atoms in 10,000 or 0.06% atom basis).
Deuteration of molecules and preparation of deuterated drugs are known. See, for example, M. Tanabe et al, "The Pharmacologic Effect of Deuterium Substitution on 5-n-Butyl-5-ethyl Barbituric Acid', Life Sciences (1969) Vol. 8, part I, pp. 1123-1128; N. J. Haskins, The Application of Stable Isotopes in
Biomedical Research", Biomedical Mass Spectrometry (1981), Vol. 9 (7), pp. 2690277; and the announcements from Concert Pharma
fhttp://www.concertpharma.com/ConcertAnnou ncesPreclinicalResultslCAAC.htm) regarding preclinical results of their deuterated antibiotic, C-20081, and
http:/ www.concertpharma.com/news/ConcertBeginsCTP347Phasel.htm regarding Phase I clinical trials of their deuterium-containing serotonin modulator, CTP-347.
Isotopically labelled compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopical!y labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent. For example,
deuteration is specifically exemplified in representative Examples 63 and 64.
Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2, are intended to be included in the present invention.
HDM2, Hdm2, hDM2, and hdm2 are all equivalent representations of the Human Double Minute 2 protein. Likewise, MDM2, Mdm2, mDM2, and mdm2 are all equivalent representations mouse Double Minute 2 protein.
The compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be inhibitors or antagonists of the Human or Mouse Double Minute 2 protein interaction with p53 protein and it can be activators of the p53 protein in cells. Furthermore, the pharmacological properties of the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be used to treat or prevent cancer, treat or prevent other disease states associated with abnormal cell proliferation, and treat or prevent diseases resulting from inadequate levels of p53 protein in cells.
Those skilled in the art will realize that the term "cancer" to be the name for diseases in which the body's cells become abnormal and divide without control.
Cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: Cardiac: sarcoma
(angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma), myxoma, rhabdomyoma, fibroma, lipoma and teratoma; Lung: bronchogenic carcinoma (squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell,
adenocarcinoma), alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, sarcoma, lymphoma, chondromatous hamartoma, mesothelioma;
Gastrointestinal: esophagus (squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, lymphoma), stomach (carcinoma, lymphoma,
leiomyosarcoma), pancreas (ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, vipoma), small bowel (adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Karposi's sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, fibroma), large bowel (adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, leiomyoma) colorectal; Genitourinary tract: kidney (adenocarcinoma, Wilm's tumor [nephroblastoma], lymphoma, leukemia), bladder and urethra (squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma), prostate (adenocarcinoma, sarcoma), testis (seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, lipoma); Liven hepatoma (hepatocellular carcinoma), cholangiocarcinoma,
hepatobiastoma, angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, hemangioma; Bone: osteogenic sarcoma (osteosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous
histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant lymphoma
(reticulum cell sarcoma), multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochronfroma (osteocartilaginous exostoses), benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma and giant cell tumors; Nervous system: skull (osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, osteitis deformans), meninges (meningioma, meningiosarcoma, gliomatosis), brain (astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma [pinealoma], glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, congenital tumors), spinal cord neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, sarcoma); Gynecological: uterus (endometrial carcinoma), cervix (cervical carcinoma, pre-tumor cervical dysplasia), ovaries (ovarian carcinoma [serous
cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma], granulosa-thecal cell tumors, Sertoli-Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, malignant teratoma), vulva (squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, melanoma), vagina (clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, botryoid sarcoma (embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma), fallopian tubes (carcinoma), breast; Hematologic: blood (myeloid leukemia [acute and chronic], acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, myelodysplastic syndrome), Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma [malignant lymphoma]; Skin:
malignant melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Karposi's sarcoma, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, keloids, psoriasis; and Adrenal glands: neuroblastoma. Thus, the term "cancerous cell" as provided herein, includes a cell afflicted by any one of the above-identified conditions.
In one embodment, cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, myeloid leukemias, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, thyroid cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome, bladder carcinoma, epidermal carcinoma, melanoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, head and neck cancers, ovarian cancer, brain cancers, cancers of mesenchymal origin, sarcomas, tetracarcinomas, nuroblastomas, kidney carcinomas, hepatomas, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, multiple myeloma, and anaplastic thyroid carcinoma.
In another embodiment, cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to: breast, prostate, colon, colorectal, lung, brain, testicular, stomach, pancrease, skin, small intestine, large intestine, throat, head and neck, oral, bone, liver, bladder, kidney, thyroid and blood.
In another embodiment, cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include breast, prostate, colon, ovary, endometrium and thyroid.
In another embodiment, cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention include breast and prostate.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in preparing a
medicament that is useful in treating cancer.
The instant compounds are also useful in combination with therapeutic, chemotherapeutic and anti-cancer agents. Combinations of the presently disclosed compounds with therapeutic, chemotherapeutic and anti-cancer agents are within the scope of the invention. Examples of such agents can be found in Cancer Principles and Practice of Oncology by V.T. Devita and S. Hellman (editors), 61h edition (February 15, 2001), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Publishers. A person of ordinary skill in the art would be able to discern which combinations of agents would be useful based on the particular characteristics of the drugs and the cancer involved. Such agents include the following: estrogen receptor modulators, androgen receptor modulators, retinoid receptor
modulators, cytotoxic/cytostatic agents, antiproliferative agents, prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors, HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and other angiogenesis inhibitors, HIV protease inhibitors, reverse transcriptase inhibitors, inhibitors of cell proliferation and survival signaling, bisphosphonates, aromatase inhibitors, siRNA therapeutics, v-secretase inhibitors, agents that interfere with receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) and agents that interfere with cell cycle checkpoints. The instant compounds are particularly useful when co-administered with radiation therapy.
"Estrogen receptor modulators" refers to compounds that interfere with or inhibit the binding of estrogen to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
Examples of estrogen receptor modulators include, but are not limited to, tamoxifen, raloxifene, idoxifene, LY353381, LY117081, toremifene, fuivestrant, 4- [7-(2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropoxy-4-methyl-2-[4-[2-{1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-2H- 1 -benzopyran-3-yl]-phenyl-2,2-dimethylpropanoate, 4,4'- dihydroxybenzophenone-2,4-dinitrophenyl-hydrazone, and SH646.
"Androgen receptor modulators" refers to compounds which interfere or inhibit the binding of androgens to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
Examples of androgen receptor modulators include finasteride and other 5a- reductase inhibitors, nilutamide, flutamide, bicalutamide, liarozole, and
abiraterone acetate.
"Retinoid receptor modulators" refers to compounds which interfere or inhibit the binding of retinoids to the receptor, regardless of mechanism.
Examples of such retinoid receptor modulators include bexarotene, tretinoin, 13- cis-retinoic acid, 9-cis-retinoic acid, α-difluoromethylornithine, ILX23-7553, trans- N-(4'-hydroxyphenyl) retinamide, and N-4-carboxyphenyl retinamide.
"Cytotoxic/cytostatic agents" refer to compounds which cause cell death or inhibit cell proliferation primarily by interfering directly with the cell's functioning or inhibit or interfere with cell myosis, including alkylating agents, tumor necrosis factors, intercalators, hypoxia activatable compounds, microtubule
inhibitors/microtubule-stabilizing agents, inhibitors of mitotic kinesins, histone deacetylase inhibitors, inhibitors of kinases involved in mitotic progression, inhibitors of kinases involved in growth factor and cytokine signal transduction pathways, antimetabolites, biological response modifiers, hormonal/anti- hormonal therapeutic agents, haematopoietic growth factors, monoclonal antibody targeted therapeutic agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, proteosome inhibitors, ubiquitin ligase inhibitors, and aurora kinase inhibitors. Examples of cytotoxic/cytostatic agents include, but are not limited to, platinum coordinator compounds, sertenef, cachectin, ifosfamide, tasonermin, lonidamine, carboplatin, altretamine, predntmustine, dibromodulcitoi, ranimustine, fotemustine, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, temozolomide, heptaplatin, estramustine, improsulfan tosilate, trofosfamide, nimustine, dibrospidium chloride, pumitepa, !obaplatin, satraplatin, profiromycin, cisplatin, irofulven, dexifosfamide, cis- aminedichloro(2-methyl-pyridine)platinum, benzylguanine, glufosfamide,
GPX100, (trans, trans, trans)-bis-mu-(hexane-1 ,6-diamine)-mu-[diamine- platinum(tl)]bis[diamine(chloro)platinum (M)]tetrachloride, diarizidinylspermine, arsenic trioxide, 1-(1 1-dodecylamino-10-hydroxyundecyl)-3,7-dimethylxanthine, zorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin, bisantrene, mitoxantrone, ptrarubicin, pinafide, valrubicin, amrubicin, antineoplaston, 3'-deamino-3'-morpholino-13- deoxo-10-hydroxycarminomycin, annamycin, galarubicin, elinaftde, MEN10755, 4-demethoxy-3-deamino-3-aziridinyi-4-methylsulphonyl-daunorubicin (see WO 00/50032).
An example of a hypoxia activatable compound is tirapazamine.
Examples of proteosome inhibitors include but are not limited to
lactacystin and MLN-341 (Velcade).
Examples of microtubule inhibitors/microtubule-stabilising agents include taxanes in general. Speicific compounds include paclitaxel (Taxol®), vindesine sulfate, 3',4'-didehydro-4'-deoxy-8'-norvincaleukoblastine, docetaxol (Taxotere®), rhizoxin, dolastatin, mivobulin isethionate, auristatin, cemadotin, RPR109881 , B S184476, vinflunine, cryptophycin, 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-(3-fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl) benzene sulfonamide, anhydrovinblastine, N,N-dimethyI-L-valyl- L-valyl-N-methyl-L-valyl-L-prolyl-L-proline-t-butylamide, TDX258, the epothilones (see for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,284,781 and 6,288,237) and BMS188797. In an embodiment the epothilones are not included in the microtubule
inhibitors/microtubule-stabilising agents.
Some examples of topoisomerase inhibitors are topotecan, hycaptamine, irinotecan, rubitecan, 6-ethoxypropionyl-3',4'-0-exo-benzylidene-chartreusin, 9- methoxy-N.N-dimethyl-S-nitropyrazolo ^.S-kllacridine^-teH) propanamine, 1- amino-9-ethyl-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-9-hydroxy-^methyl-1 H,12H- benzo[de]pyrano[3'I4':b,7]-indolizino[1 ,2b]quinoline-10,13(9H,15H)dione, lurtotecan, 7-[2-(N-isopropylamino)ethyl]-(20S)camptothecin, BNP1350,
BNPI1100, BN80915, BN80942, etoposide phosphate, teniposide, sobuzoxane, 2'-dimethylamino-2'-deoxy-etoposide, GL331 , N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-9- hydroxy-5,6-dimethyl-6H-pyrido[4,3-b]carbazole-1 -carboxamide, asulacrine, (5a, 5aB, 8aa,9b)-9-[2-[N-[2-(dtmethyIamino)ethyl]-N-methylamirio]ethyl]-5-[4- hydro0xy-3,5-dimethoxyphenyf]-5,5a,6,8,8a,9- hexohydrofuro(3',4':6,7)naphtho(2,3-d)-1 ,3-dioxol-6-one, 2,3-(methylenedioxy)-5- methyl-7-hydroxy-8-methoxybenzo[c]-phenanthridinium, 6,9-bis[(2- aminoethyl)amino]benzo[g]isoguinoline-5,10-dione, 5-(3-aminopropylamino)- 7,10-dihydroxy-2-(2-hydroxyethylaminomethyl)-6H-pyrazolo[4,5,1-de]acridin-6- one, N-[1-[2{diethylamino)ethylamino]-7-methoxy-9-oxo-9H-thioxanthen-4- ylmethyl]formamide, N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)acridine-4-carboxamide, 6-[[2- (dimethylamino)ethyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-7H-indeno[2,1-c] quinolin-7-one, and dimesna.
Examples of inhibitors of mitotic kinesins, and in particular the human mitotic kinesin KSP, are described in Publications WO03/039460, WO03/050064, WO03/050122, WO03/049527, WO03/049679, WO03/049678, WO04/039774, WO03/079973, WO03/099211 , WO03/105855, O03/106417, WO04/037171 , WO04/058148, WO04/058700, WO04/126699, WO05/018638, WO05/019206, WO05/019205, WO05/018547, WO05/017190, US2005/0176776. In an embodiment inhibitors of mitotic kinesins include, but are not limited to inhibitors of KSP, inhibitors of MKLP1 , inhibitors of CENP-E, inhibitors of MCAK and inhibitors of Rab6-KIFL.
Examples of "histone deacetylase inhibitors" include, but are not limited to, SAHA, TSA, oxamflatin, PXD101 , MG98 and scriptaid. Further reference to other histone deacetylase inhibitors may be found in the following manuscript; Miller, T.A. et al. J. Med. C em. 46(24):5097-5116 (2003).
"Inhibitors of kinases involved in mitotic progression" include, but are not limited to, inhibitors of aurora kinase, inhibitors of Polo-like kinases (PLK; in particular inhibitors of PLK-1), inhibitors of bub-1 and inhibitors of bub-R1. An example of an "aurora kinase inhibitor" is VX-680.
"Antiproliferative agents" includes antisense RNA and DNA
oligonucleotides such as G3139, ODN698, RVASKRAS, GE 231, and INX3001 , and antimetabolites such as enocitabine, carmofur, tegafur, pentostatin, doxifluridine, trimetrexate, fludarabine, capecitabine, galocitabine, cytarabine ocfosfate, fosteabine sodium hydrate, raltitrexed, paltitrexid, emitefur, tiazofurin, decitabine, nolatrexed, pemetrexed, nelzarabine, 2'-deoxy-2'- methylidenecytidine, 2'-fluoromethylene-2'-deoxycytidine, N-[5-(2,3-dihydro- benzofuryl)sulfonyl]-N'-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)urea, N6-[4-deoxy-4-[N2-[2(E),4(E)- tetradecadienoyl]glycylamino]-L-glycero-B-L-manno-heptopyranosyl]adenine, aplidine, ecteinascidin, troxacitabine, 4-[2-amino-4-oxo-4,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3H- pyrimidino[5,4-b][1 ,4]thiazin-6-yl-(S)-ethyl]-2,5-thienoyl-L-glutamic acid, aminopterin, 5-flurouracil, alanosine, 11-acetyl-8-(carbamoyloxymethyl)-4-formyl- 6-methoxy-14-oxa-1 ,11-diazatetracyclo(7A1.0.0)-tetradeca-2,4,6-trien-9-yl acetic acid ester, swainsonine, lometrexol, dexrazoxane, methioninase, 2'-cyano- 2'-deoxy-N4-palmitoyl-1-B-D-arabino furanosyl cytosine, 3-aminopyridine-2- carboxaldehyde thiosemicarbazone and trastuzumab.
Examples of monoclonal antibody targeted therapeutic agents include those therapeutic agents which have cytotoxic agents or radioisotopes attached to a cancer cell specific or target ceil specific monoclonal antibody. Examples include Bexxar.
"HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors" refers to inhibitors of 3-hydroxy-3- methylglutaryl-CoA reductase. Examples of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors that may be used include but are not limited to lovastatin (MEVACOR®; see U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,231,938, 4,294,926 and 4,319,039), simvastatin (ZOCOR®; see U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,784, 4,820,850 and 4,916,239), pravastatin
(PRAVACHOL®; see U.S. Patent Nos. 4,346,227, 4,537,859, 4,410,629,
5,030,447 and 5,180,589), fluvastatin (LESCOL®; see U.S. Patent Nos.
5,354,772, 4,911,165, 4,929,437, 5,189,164, 5,118,853, 5,290,946 and 5,356,896), atorvastatin (LIPITOR®; see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,273,995, 4,681 ,893, 5,489,691 and 5,342,952) and cerivastatin (also known as rivastatin and
BAYCHOL®; see US Patent No. 5,177,080). The structural formulas of these and additional H G-CoA reductase inhibitors that may be used in the instant methods are described at page 87 of M. Yalpani, "Cholesterol Lowering Drugs", Chemistry & Industry, pp. 85-89 (5 February 1996) and US Patent Nos.
4,782,084 and 4,885,314. The term HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor as used herein includes all pharmaceutically acceptable lactone and open-acid forms (i.e., where the lactone ring is opened to form the free acid) as well as salt and ester forms of compounds which have HMG-CoA reductase inhibitory activity, and therefor the use of such salts, esters, open-acid and lactone forms is included within the scope of this invention.
"Prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor" refers to a compound which inhibits any one or any combination of the prenyl-protein transferase enzymes, including farnesyl-protein transferase (FPTase), geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I (GGPTase-l), and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type-!l (GGPTase-ll, also called Rab GGPTase).
Examples of prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors can be found in the following publications and patents: WO 96/30343, WO 97/18813, WO 97/21701 , WO 97/23478, WO 97/38665, WO 98/28980, WO 98/29119, WO 95/32987, U.S. Patent No. 5,420,245, U.S. Patent No. 5,523,430, U.S. Patent No. 5,532,359, U.S. Patent No. 5,510,510, U.S. Patent No. 5,589,485, U.S. Patent No.
5,602,098, European Patent Publ. 0618221 , European Patent Publ. 0675 112, European Patent Publ. 0604 181 , European Patent Publ. 0696593, WO 94/19357, WO 95/08542, WO 95/11917, WO 95/12612, WO 95/12572, WO 95/10514, U.S. Patent No. 5,661 ,152, WO 95/10515, WO 95/10516, WO
95/24612, WO 95/34535, WO 95/25086, WO 96/05529, WO 96/06138, WO 96/06193, WO 96/16443, WO 96/21701, WO 96/21456, WO 96/22278, WO 96/24611 , WO 96/24612, WO 96/05168, WO 96/05169, WO 96/00736, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,792, WO 96/17861 , WO 96/33159, WO 96/34850, WO
96/34851, WO 96/30017, WO 96/30018, WO 96/30362, WO 96/30363, WO 96/31111 , WO 96/31477, WO 96/31478, WO 96/31501 , WO 97/00252, WO 97/03047, WO 97/03050, WO 97/04785, WO 97/02920, WO 97/17070, WO 97/23478, WO 97/26246, WO 97/30053, WO 97/44350, WO 98/02436, and U.S. Patent No. 5,532,359. For an example of the role of a prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor on angiogenesis see European J. of Cancer, Vol. 35, No. 9, pp.1394- 1401 (1999).
"Angiogenesis inhibitors" refers to compounds that inhibit the formation of new blood vessels, regardless of mechanism. Examples of angiogenesis inhibitors include, but are not limited to, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as inhibitors of the tyrosine kinase receptors Flt-1 (VEGFR1) and Flk-1/KDR
(VEGFR2), inhibitors of epidermal-derived, fibroblast-derived, or platelet derived growth factors, MMP (matrix metalloprotease) inhibitors, integrin blockers, interferon-a, interleukin-12, pentosan polysulfate, cyclooxygenase inhibitors, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatories (NSAIDs) like aspirin and ibuprofen as well as selective cyclooxy-genase-2 inhibitors like celecoxib and rofecoxib (PNAS, Vol. 89, p. 7384 (1992); JNCI, Vol. 69, p. 475 (1982); Arch. Opthalmol., Vol. 108, p.573 (1990); Anat Rec, Vol. 238, p. 68 (1994); FEBS Letters, Vol. 372, p. 83 (1995); Clin, Orthop. Vol. 313, p. 76 (1995); J. Mol. Endocrinol., Vol. 16, p.107 (1996); Jpn. J. Pharmacol., Vol. 75, p. 105 (1997); Cancer Res., Vol. 57, p. 1625 (1997); Cell, Vol. 93, p. 705 (1998); Intl. J. Mol. Med., Vol. 2, p. 715 (1998); J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 274, p. 9116 (1999)), steroidal anti-inflammatories (such as corticosteroids, mineralocorticoids, dexamethasone, prednisone, prednisolone, methylpred, betamethasone), carboxyamidotriazole,
combretastatin A-4, squalamine, 6-0-chloroacetyl-carbonyl)-fumagillol, thalidomide, angiostatin, troponin-1, angiotensin II antagonists (see Fernandez et al., J. Lab. Clin. Med. 105:141-145 (1985)), and antibodies to VEGF (see, Nature Biotechnology, Vol. 17, pp.963-968 (October 1999); Kim et al., Nature, 362, 841-844 (1993); WO 00/44777; and WO 00/61186).
Other therapeutic agents that modulate or inhibit angiogenesis and may also be used in combination with the compounds of the instant invention include agents that modulate or inhibit the coagulation and fibrinolysis systems (see review in Clin. Chem. La. Med. 38:679-692 (2000)). Examples of such agents that modulate or inhibit the coagulation and fibrinolysis pathways include, but are not limited to, heparin (see Thromb, Haemost. 80:10-23 (1998)), low molecular weight heparins and carboxypeptidase U inhibitors (also known as inhibitors of active thrombin activatable fibrinolysis inhibitor [TAFIa]) (see Thrombosis Res. 101 :329-354 (2001)). TAFIa inhibitors have been described in U.S. Ser. Nos. 60/310,927 (filed August 8, 2001) and 60/349,925 (filed January 18, 2002).
"Agents that interfere with cell cycle checkpoints" refer to compounds that inhibit protein kinases that transduce cell cycle checkpoint signals, thereby sensitizing the cancer cell to DNA damaging agents. Such agents include inhibitors of ATR, ATM, the CHK11 and CHK12 kinases and cdk and cdc kinase inhibitors and are specifically exemplified by 7-hydroxystaurosporin, flavopiridol, CYC202 (Cyclacel) and BMS-387032.
"Agents that interfere with receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs)" refer to compounds that inhibit RTKs and therefore mechanisms involved in oncogenesis and tumor progression. Such agents include inhibitors of c-Kit, Eph, PDGF, Flt3 and c-Met. Further agents include inhibitors of RTKs as described by Bume- Jensen and Hunter, Nature, 411 :355-365, 2001.
"Inhibitors of cell proliferation and survival signalling pathway" refer to compounds that inhibit signal transduction cascades downstream of cell surface receptors. Such agents include inhibitors of serine/threonine kinases (including but not limited to inhibitors of Akt such as described in WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
2004/096135, WO 2004/096130, WO 2005/100356, WO 2005/100344, US 2005/029941, US 2005/44294, US 2005/43361 , 60/734188, 60/652737,
60/670469), inhibitors of Raf kinase (for example PLX-4032 ), inhibitors of MEK (for example Arry-162, RO-4987655 and GSK-1120212), inhibitors of mTOR (for example AZD-8055, BEZ-235 and everolimus), and inhibitors of PI3K (for example GDC-0941, BKM-120). As described above, the combinations with NSAID's are directed to the use of NSAID's which are potent COX-2 inhibiting agents. For purposes of this specification an NSAID is potent if it possesses an IC50 for the inhibition of COX- 2 of 1μΜ or less as measured by cell or microsomal assays.
The invention also encompasses combinations with NSAID's which are selective COX-2 inhibitors. For purposes of this specification NSAID's which are selective inhibitors of COX-2 are defined as those which possess a specificity for inhibiting COX-2 over COX-1 of at least 100 fold as measured by the ratio of IC50 for COX-2 over IC50 for COX-1 evaluated by cell or microsomal assays. Such compounds include, but are not limited to those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,474,995, U.S. Patent 5,861,419, U.S. Patent 6,001,843, U.S. Patent 6,020,343, U.S. Patent 5,409,944, U.S. Patent 5,436,265, U.S. Patent 5,536,752, U.S.
Patent 5,550,142, U.S. Patent 5,604,260, U.S. 5,698,584, U.S. Patent 5,710,140, WO 94/15932, U.S. Patent 5,344,991 , U.S. Patent 5,134,142, U.S. Patent 5,380,738, U.S. Patent 5,393,790, U.S. Patent 5,466,823, U.S. Patent 5,633,272 and U.S. Patent 5,932,598, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Inhibitors of COX-2 that are particularly useful in the instant method of treatment are: 3-phenyl-4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)-2-(5H)-furanone; and 5- chloro-3-(4-methyisulfonyl)phenyl-2-(2-methyl-5-pyridinyl)pyridine; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Compounds that have been described as specific inhibitors of COX-2 and are therefore useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following: parecoxib, BEXTRA® and CELEBREX® or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Other examples of angiogenesis inhibitors include, but are not limited to, endostatin, ukrain, ranpirnase, IM862, 5-methoxy-4-[2-methyl-3-{3-methyl-2- butenyl)oxiranyi]-1-oxaspiro[2,5]oct-6-yl(chloroacetyl)carbamate,
acetyldinanaline, 5-amino-1-[i3,5-dichloro-4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenyl]methyl]-1H- 1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,C 101, squalamine, combretastatin, RPI4610, NX31838, sulfated mannopentaose phosphate, 7,7-(carbonyl-bis[imino-N-methyl- 4,2-pyrrolocarbonylimino[N-methyi-4,2-pyrrole]-carbonylimino]-bis-{1 ,3- naphthalene disulfonate), and 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone (SU5416).
As used above, "integrin blockers" refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the α β3 integrin, to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the ανβ5 integrin, to compounds which antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to both the ανβ3 integrin and the ανβ5 integrin, and to compounds which antagonize, inhibit or counteract the activity of the particular integrin(s) expressed on capillary endothelial cells. The term also refers to antagonists of the β6. « βδ. «1β1. <*2β1. α5βΐ - «6βΐ and 6β4 integrins. The term also refers to antagonists of any combination of ανβ3, ανβ5,ανβ6. <*νβ8. αΐβ1» <*2β1 , αδβΐ , α6β1 and α6β4 integrins.
Some specific examples of tyrosine kinase inhibitors include N- (trifluoromethylphenylJ-S-methylisoxazoW-carboxamide, 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5- yl)methylidenyl)indolin-2-one, 17-(alIylamino)-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, 4-(3- chloro-4-fluorophenylamino)-7-methoxy-6-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxyl]quinazoline, N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-quinazolinamine, BIBX1382, 2,3,9, 0,11 ,12-hexahydro-10-(hydroxymethyl)-10-hydroxy-9-methyl-9,12-epoxy- IH-diindoioII ^.S-fgiS'^M'-kllpyrrolo^^-illl .eibenzodiazocin-l-one, SH268, genistein, STI571 , CEP2563, 4-(3-chlorophenylamino)-5,6-dimethyl-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidinemethane sulfonate, 4-(3-bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)amino- 6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline, 4-(4'-hydroxyphenyl)amino-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline, SU6668, STI571A, N-4-chlorophenyl-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-1-phthalazinamine, and EMD121974.
Combinations with compounds other than anti-cancer compounds are also encompassed in the instant methods. For example, combinations of the instantly claimed compounds with PPAR-γ (i.e., PPAR-gamma) agonists and PPAR-δ {i.e., PPAR-delta) agonists are useful in the treatment of certain malingnancies.
PPAR-γ and PPAR-δ are the nuclear peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors γ and δ. The expression of PPAR-γ on endothelial cells and its involvement in angiogenesis has been reported in the literature (see J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 1998; 31:909-913; J. Biol. Chem. 1999;274:9116-9121 ; Invest. Ophthalmol Vis. Sci. 2000; 41 :2309-2317). More recently, PPAR-γ agonists have been shown to inhibit the angiogenic response to VEGF in vitro; both troglitazone and
rosiglitazone maleate inhibit the development of retinal neovascularization in mice. (Arch. Ophthamol. 2001; 1 19:709-717). Examples of PPAR-γ agonists and PPAR- γ/α agonists include, but are not limited to, thiazoiidinediones (such as DRF2725, CS-011 , troglitazone, rosiglitazone, and pioglitazone), fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, clofibrate, GW2570, SB219994, AR-H039242, JTT-501 , MCC-555, GW2331 , GW409544, NN2344, KRP297, NP0110, DRF4158, NN622, GI262570, PNU182716, DRF552926, 2-[{5,7-dipropyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1,2-benzisoxazol-6- yl)oxy]-2-methylpropionic acid (disclosed in USSN 09/782,856), and 2(R)-7-(3-(2- chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenoxy)propoxy)-2-ethylchromane-2-carboxylic acid (disclosed in USSN 60/235,708 and 60/244,697).
Another embodiment of the instant invention is the use of the presently disclosed compounds in combination with gene therapy for the treatment of cancer. For an overview of genetic strategies to treating cancer see Hall et al {Am. J. Hum. Genet. 61 :785-789, 1997) and Kufe et al (Cancer Medicine, 5th Ed, pp 876-889, BC Decker, Hamilton 2000). Gene therapy can be used to deliver any tumor suppressing gene. Examples of such genes include, but are not limited to, p53, which can be delivered via recombinant virus-mediated gene transfer (see U.S. Patent No. 6,069,134, for example), a uPA/uPAR antagonist ("Adenovirus-Mediated Delivery of a uPA uPAR Antagonist Suppresses
Angiogenesis-Dependent Tumor Growth and Dissemination in Mice," Gene Therapy, August 1998;5(8):1 105-13), and interferon gamma {J. Immunol.
2000;164:217-222).
The compounds of the instant invention may also be administered in combination with an inhibitor of inherent multidrug resistance (MDR), in particular MDR associated with high levels of expression of transporter proteins. Such MDR inhibitors include inhibitors of p-glycoprotein (P-gp), such as LY335979, XR9576, OC 144-093, R101922, VX853 and PSC833 (valspodar). A compound of the present invention may be employed in conjunction with anti-emetic agents to treat nausea or emesis, including acute, delayed, late- phase, and anticipatory emesis, which may result from the use of a compound of the present invention, alone or with radiation therapy. For the prevention or treatment of emesis, a compound of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other anti-emetic agents, especially neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists, 5HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron, granisetron, tropisetron, and zatisetron, GABAB receptor agonists, such as baclofen, a corticosteroid such as Decadron (dexamethasone), Kenalog, Aristocort,
Nasalide, Preferid, Benecorten or others such as disclosed in U.S.Patent Nos. 2,789,118, 2,990,401, 3,048,581, 3,126,375, 3,929,768, 3,996,359, 3,928,326 and 3,749,712, an antidopaminergic, such as the phenothiazines (for example prochlorperazine, fluphenazine, thioridazine and mesoridazine), metoclopramide or dronabinol. In another embodiment, conjunctive therapy with an anti-emesis agent selected from a neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist, a 5HT3 receptor antagonist and a corticosteroid is disclosed for the treatment or prevention of emesis that may result upon administration of the instant compounds.
Neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists of use in conjunction with the compounds of the present invention are fully described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,162,339, 5,232,929, 5,242,930, 5,373,003, 5,387,595, 5,459,270, 5,494,926, 5,496,833, 5,637,699, 5,719,147; European Patent Publication Nos. EP 0360390, 0394 989, 0428434, 0429366, 0430771 , 0436334, 0443 132, 0482 539, 0498 069, 0499313, 0 512 901 , 0 512 902, 0 514 273, 0514 274, 0514275, 0 514276, 0515681, 0 517589, 0 520555, 0 522 808, 0528 495, 0532456, 0533280, 0536 817, 0 545478, 0558 156, 0577 394, 0585 913,0590 152, 0599538, 0 610793, 0634402, 0686629, 0693489,
0694 535, 0699655, 0699674, 0 707 006, 0 708 101 , 0 709 375, 0 709 376, 0714891 , 0 723959, 0733632 and 0 776893; PCT International Patent Publication Nos. WO 90/05525, 90/05729, 91/09844, 91/18899, 92/01688, 92/06079, 92/12151 , 92/15585, 92/17449, 92/20661, 92/20676, 92/21677, 92/22569, 93/00330, 93/00331, 93/01159, 93/01165, 93/01169, 93/01170, 93/06099, 93/09116, 93/10073, 93/14084, 93/14113, 93/18023, 93/19064, 93/21155, 93/21 181 , 93/23380, 93/24465, 94/00440, 94/01402, 94/02461 , 94/02595, 94/03429, 94/03445, 94/04494, 94/04496, 94/05625, 94/07843, 94/08997, 94/10165, 94/10167, 94/10168, 94/10170, 94/11368, 94/13639, 94/13663, 94/14767, 94/15903, 94/19320, 94/19323, 94/20500, 94/26735, 94/26740, 94/29309, 95/02595, 95/04040, 95/04042, 95/06645, 95/07886, 95/07908, 95/08549, 95/11880, 95/14017, 95/15311 , 95/16679, 95/17382, 95/18124, 95/18129, 95/19344, 95/20575, 95/21819, 95/22525, 95/23798, 95/26338, 95/28418, 95/30674, 95/30687, 95/33744, 96/05181 , 96/05193, 96/05203, 96/06094, 96/07649, 96/10562, 96/16939, 96/18643, 96/20197, 96/21661 , 96/29304, 96/29317, 96/29326, 96/29328, 96/31214, 96/32385, 96/37489, 97/01553, 97/01554, 97/03066, 97/08144, 97/14671 , 97/17362, 97/18206, 97/19084, 97/19942 and 97/21702; and in British Patent Publication Nos. 2 266 529, 2 268 931, 2 269 170, 2 269 590, 2 271 774, 2 292 144, 2 293 168, 2 293 169, and 2 302 689. The preparation of such compounds is fully described in the aforementioned patents and publications, which are incorporated herein by reference.
In an embodiment, the neurokinin- 1 receptor antagonist for use in conjunction with the compounds of the present invention is selected from: 2-(R)- (1-(R)-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy)-3-(S)-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-(5-oxo- 1 H,4H-1 ,2,4-triazolo)methyl)morpholine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,719,147.
A compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an agent useful in the treatment of anemia. Such an anemia treatment agent is, for example, a continuous eythropoiesis receptor activator (such as epoetin alfa).
A compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an agent useful in the treatment of neutropenia. Such a neutropenia treatment agent is, for example, a hematopoietic growth factor which regulates the production and function of neutrophils such as a human granulocyte colony stimulating factor, (G-CSF). Examples of a G-CSF include filgrastim. A compound of the instant invention may also be administered with an immunologic-enhancing drug, such as levamisole, isoprinosine and Zadaxin.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with P450 inhibitors including: xenobiotics, quinidine, tyramine, ketoconazote, testosterone, quinine, methyrapone, caffeine, phenelzine, doxorubicin, troleandomycin, cyclobenzaprine, erythromycin, cocaine, furafyline, cimetidine, dextromethorphan, ritonavir, indinavir,
amprenavir, diitiazem, terfenadine, verapamil, Cortisol, itraconazole, mibefradil, nefazodone and nelfinavir.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with Pgp and/or BCRP inhibitors including: cyclosporin A, PSC833, GF120918, cremophorEL, fumitremorgin C, Ko132, Ko134, Iressa, Imatnib mesylate, EKI-785, CM 033, novobiocin, diethylstilbestroi, tamoxifen, resperpine, VX-710, tryprostatin A, flavonoids, ritonavir, saquinavir, nelfinavir, omeprazole, quinidine, verapamil, terfenadine, ketoconazole, nifidepine, FK506, amiodarone, XR9576, indinavir, amprenavir, Cortisol, testosterone, LY335979, OC144-093, erythromycin, vincristine, digoxin and talinolol.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer, including bone cancer, in combination with bisphosphonates (understood to include bisphosphonates, diphosphonates, bisphosphonic acids and diphosphonic acids). Examples of bisphosphonates include but are not limited to: etidronate (Didronel), pamidronate (Aredia), alendronate (Fosamax), risedronate (Actonel), zoledronate (Zometa), ibandronate (Boniva), incadronate or cimadronate, clodronate, EB-1053, minodronate, neridronate, piridronate and tiludronate including any and all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives, hydrates and mixtures thereof.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing breast cancer in combination with aromatase inhibitors. Examples of aromatase inhibitors include but are not limited to: anastrozole, letrozole and exemestane. A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with siRNA therapeutics.
The compounds of the instant invention may also be administered in combination with γ-secretase inhibitors and/or inhibitors of NOTCH signaling. Such inhibitors include compounds described in WO 01/90084, WO 02/30912, WO 01/70677, WO 03/013506, WO 02/36555, WO 03/093252, WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251 , WO 03/093253, WO 2004/039800, WO 2004/039370, WO 2005/030731, WO 2005/014553, USSN 10/957,251, WO 2004/089911 , WO 02/081435, WO 02/081433, WO 03/018543, WO 2004/031137, WO
2004/031139, WO 2004/031138, WO 2004/101538, WO 2004/101539 and WO 02/47671 (including LY-450139).
Inhibitors of Akt, as disclosed in the following publications; WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
2004/096135, WO 2004/096130, WO 2005/100356, WO 2005/100344, US 2005/029941, US 2005/44294, US 2005/43361, 60/734188, 60/652737,
60/670469, and including compounds of the instant invention, are also useful in combination with potassium salts, magnesium salts, beta-blockers (such as atenolol) and endothelin-a (ETa)antagonists with the goal of maintaining cardiovascular homeostasis.
Inhibitors of Akt, as disclosed in the following publications; WO 02/083064, WO 02/083139, WO 02/083140, US 2004-0116432, WO 02/083138, US 2004- 0102360, WO 03/086404, WO 03/086279, WO 03/086394, WO 03/084473, WO 03/086403, WO 2004/041162, WO 2004/096131 , WO 2004/096129, WO
2004/096135, WO 2004/096130, WO 2005/100356, WO 2005/100344, US 2005/029941, US 2005/44294, US 2005/43361, 60/734188, 60/652737,
60/670469, and including compounds of the instant invention, are also useful in combination with insulin, insulin secretagogues, PPAR-gamma agonists, metformin, somatostatin receptor agonists such as octreotide, DPP4 inhibitors, sulfonylureas and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors with the goal of maintaining glucose homeostasis.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating or preventing cancer in combination with PARP inhibitors: olaparib, MK-4827 and veliparib.
A compound of the instant invention may also be useful for treating cancer in combination with the following chemotherapeutic agents: abarelix (Plenaxis depot®); aldesleukin (Prokine®); Aldesleukin (Proleukin®); Alemtuzumabb (Campath®); alitretinoin (Panretin®); ailopurinof (Zyloprim®); altretamine (Hexalen®); amifostine (Ethyol®); anastrozole (Arimidex®); arsenic trioxide (Trisenox®); asparaginase (Elspar®); azacitidine (Vidaza®); bendamustine hydrochloride (Treanda®); bevacuzimab (Avastin®); bexarotene capsules (Targretin®); bexarotene gel (Targretin®); bleomycin (Blenoxane®); bortezomib (Velcade®); brefeldin A; busulfan intravenous (Busulfex®); busulfan oral
( yleran®); calusterone (Methosarb®); capecitabine (Xeloda®); carboplatin (Paraplatin®); carmustine (BCNU®, BiCNU®); carmustine (Gliadel®); carmustine with Polifeprosan 20 Implant (Gliadel Wafer®); celecoxib (Celebrex®); cetuximab (Erbitux®); chlorambucil (Leukeran®); cisplatin (Platinol®); cladribine
(Leustatin®, 2-CdA®); clofarabine (Clolar®); cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®); cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan Injection®); cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan Tablet®); cytarabine (Cytosar-U®); cytarabine liposomal (DepoCyt®);
dacarbazine (DTIC-Dome®); dactinomycin, actinomycin D (Cosmegen®);
dalteparin sodium injection (Fragmin®); Darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp®); dasatinib (Sprycel®); daunorubicin liposomal (DanuoXome®); daunorubicin, daunomycin (Daunorubicin®); daunorubicin, daunomycin (Cerubidtne®); degarelix
(Firmagon®); Denileukin diftitox (Ontak®); dexrazoxane (Zinecard®);
dexrazoxane hydrochloride (Totect®); didemnin B; 17-D AG; docetaxel
(Taxotere®); doxorubicin (Adriamycin PFS®); doxorubicin (Adriamycin®, Rubex®); doxorubicin (Adriamycin PFS Injection®); doxorubicin liposomal (Doxil®); dromostanolone propionate (Dromostanolone ®); dromostanolone propionate (Masterone Injection®); eculizumab injection (Soliris®); Elliott's B Solution {Elliott's B Solution®); eltrombopag (Promacta®); epirubicin (Ellence®); Epoetin alfa (epogen®); erlotinib (Tarceva®); estramustine (Emcyt®); ethinyl estradiol; etoposide phosphate (Etopophos®); etoposide, VP-16 (Vepesid®); evero!imus tablets (Afinitor®); exemestane (Aromasin®); ferumoxytol (Feraheme Injection®); Filgrastim (Neupogen®); floxuridine (intraarterial) (FUDR®);
fludarabine (Fludara®); fluorouracil, 5-FU (Adrucil®); fulvestrant (Faslodex®); gefitinib (Iressa®); geldanamycin; gemcitabine (Gemzar®); gemtuzumab ozogamicin (Mylotarg®); goserelin acetate (Zoladex Implant®); goserelin acetate (Zoladex®); histrelin acetate (Histrelin implant®); hydroxyurea (Hydrea®);
Ibritumomab Tiuxetan (Zevalin®); idarubicin (Idamycin®); ifosfamide (IFEX®); imatinib mesylate (Gleevec®); interferon alfa 2a (Roferon A®); Interferon alfa-2b (Intron A®); iobenguane 1 123 injection (AdreView®); irinotecan (Camptosar®); ixabepilone (Ixempra®); lapatinib tablets (Tykerb®); lenalidomide (Revlimid®); letrozole (Femara®); leucovorin (Wellcovorin®, Leucovorin®); Leuprolide Acetate (Eligard®); levamisole (Ergamisol®); lomustine, CCNU (CeeBU®);
meclorethamine, nitrogen mustard (Mustargen®); megestrol acetate (Megace®); meiphalan, L-PAM (Alkeran®); mercaptopurine, 6-MP (Purinethol®); mesna (Mesnex®); mesna (Mesnex tabs®); methotrexate (Methotrexate®); methoxsalen (Uvadex®); 8-methoxypsoralen; mitomycin C (Mutamycin®); mitotane
(Lysodren®); mitoxantrone (Novantrone®); mitramycin; nandrolone
phenpropionate (Durabolin-50®); nelarabine (Arranon®); nilotinib (Tasigna®); Nofetumomab (Verluma®); ofatumumab (Arzerra®); Oprelvekin (Neumega®); oxaliplatin (Eloxatin®); paclitaxel (Paxene®); paclitaxel (Taxol®); paclitaxel protein-bound particles (Abraxane®); palifermin (Kepivance®); pamidronate (Aredia®); panitumumab (Vectibix®); pazopanib tablets (Votrienttm®);
pegademase (Adagen (Pegademase Bovine)®); pegaspargase (Oncaspar®); Pegfilgrastim (Neulasta®); pemetrexed disodium (Alimta®); pentostatin
(Nipent®); pipobroman (Vercyte®); plerixafor (Mozobil®); plicamycin,
mithramycin (Mithracin®); porfimer sodium (Photofrin®); pralatrexate injection (Folotyn®); procarbazine (Matulane®); quinacrine (Atabrine®); rapamycin;
Rasburicase (Elitek®); raloxifene hydrochloride (Evista®); Rituximab (Rituxan®); romidepsin (Istodax®); romiplostim (Nplate®); sargramostim (Leukine®);
Sargramostim (Prokine®); sorafenib (Nexavar®); streptozocin (Zanosar®);
sunitinib maleate (Sutent®); talc (Sclerosol®); tamoxifen (Nolvadex®);
temozolomide (Temodar®); temsirollmus (Torisel®); teniposide, VM-26
(Vumon®); testolactone (Teslac®); thioguanine, 6-TG (Thioguanine®);
thiopurine; thiotepa (Thtoplex®); topotecan (Hycamtin®); toremifene (Fareston®); Tositumomab (Bexxar®); Tositumomab/l-131 tositumomab (Bexxar®); trans- retinoic acid; Trastuzumab (Herceptin®); tretinoin, ATRA (Vesanoid®);
triethylenemelamine; Uracil Mustard (Uracil Mustard Capsules®); va!rubicin (Valstar®); vinblastine (Velban®); vincristine (Oncovin®); vinorelbine
(Navelbine®); vorinostat (Zolinza®); wortmannin; and zoledronate (Zometa®).
Methods for the safe and effective administration of most of these chemotherapeutic agents are known to those skilled in the art. In addition, their administration is described in the standard literature. For example, the
administration of many of the chemotherapeutic agents is described in the "Physicians' Desk Reference" (PDR), e.g., 1996 edition (Medical Economics Company, Montvale, NJ 07645-1742, USA), the Physician's Desk Reference, 56m Edition, 2002 (published by Medical Economics company, Inc. Montvale, NJ 07645-1742), and the Physician's Desk Reference, 57th Edition, 2003 (published by Thompson PDR, Montvale, J 07645-1742); the disclosures of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
The compounds of Formula 1 or 2 can be useful to the treatment of a variety of cancers, including, but not limited to: carcinoma, including, but not limited to, of the bladder, breast, colon, rectum, endometrium, kidney, liver, lung, head and neck, esophagus, gall bladder, cervix, pancreas, prostrate, larynx, ovaries, stomach, uterus, sarcoma and thyroid cancer;
hematopoietic tumors of the lymphoid lineage, including leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphobtastic leukemia, B-celi lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins lymphoma, non- Hodgkins lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, myeloma, and Burkett's lymphoma;
hematopoetic tumors of myeloid lineage, including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia; tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and
rhabdomyosarcoma;
tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, including
astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas; and
other tumors, including melanoma, skin (non-melanomal) cancer, mesothelioma (cells), seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma.
Due to the key role of p53 in the regulation of cellular apoptosis (cell death), the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 could act as agent to induce cell death which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal celllular proliferation eg, cancers of various origin and tissue types, inflammation, immunological disorders.
Due to the key role of HD 2 and p53 in the regulation of cellular proliferation, the compounds of Formula 1 or 2 could act as reversible cytostatic agents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal celllular proliferation, inhibitors could act as reversible cytostatic agents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process which features abnormal cell proliferation, e.g., benign prostrate hyperplasia, familial adenomatosis polyposis, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis following angioplasty, or vascular surgery, hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, endotoxic shock, and fungal infections. Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may also be useful in the chemoprevention of cancer. Chemoprevention is defined as inhibiting the development of invasive cancer by either blocking the initiating mutagenic event or by blocking the progression of pre-malignant cells that have already suffered an insult or inhibiting tumor relapse.
Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may also be useful in inhibiting tumor angiogenesis and metastasis.
Another aspect of this invention is a method of treating a mammal (e.g., human) having a disease or condition associated with HDM2 by administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound to the mammal.
A preferred dosage is about 0.001 to 500 mg/kg of body weight/day of the compound of Formula 1 or 2. An especially preferred dosage is about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg of body weight/day of a compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound.
The compounds of this invention may also be useful in combination (administered together or sequentially) with one or more of anti-cancer treatments such as radiation therapy, and/or one or more anti-cancer agents different from compound of Formula 1 or 2. The compounds of the present invention can be present in the same dosage unit as the anticancer agent or in separate dosage units.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with HDM2, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent different from the compounds of the present invention, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect. Non-limiting examples of suitable anti-cancer agents include cytostatic agents, cytotoxic agents, targeted therapeutic agents (small molecules, biologies, siRNA and microRNA) against cancer and neoplastic diseases,
1) anti-metabolites (such as methoxtrexate, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine,
fludarabine, capecitabine);
2) alkylating agents, such as temozolomide, cyclophosphamide,
3) DNA interactive and DNA damaging agents, such as cisplatin, oxaliplatin, doxorubicin,
4) Ionizing irradiation, such as radiation therapy,
5) topoisomerase II inhibitors, such as etoposide, doxorubicin,
6) topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as irinotecan, topotecan,
7) tubulin interacting agents, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel, Abraxane,
epothilones,
8) kinesin spindle protein inhibitors,
9) spind!e checkpoint inhibitors,
10) Poiy(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitors, such as olaparib, MK- 4827 and veliparib
11) atrix metalloprotease (MMP) inhibitors
12) Protease inhibitors, such as cathepsin D and cathepsin K inhibitors
13) Proteosome or ubiquitination inhibitors, such as bortezomib,
14) Activator of mutant p53 to restore its wild-type p53 activity
15) Adenoviral-p53
16) Bc)-2 inhibitors, such as ABT-263
17) Heat shock protein (HSP) modulators, such as geldanamycin and 17-AAG
18) Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors, such as vorinostat (SAHA),
19) sex hormone modulating agents,
a. anti-estrogens, such as tamoxifen, fulvestrant,
b. selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERM), such as raloxifene, c. anti-androgens, such as bicalutamide, flutamide
d. LHRH agonists, such as leuprolide,
e. 5<x-reductase inhibitors, such as finasteride, f. Cytochrome P450 C17 lyase (CYP450c17, also called 17a- hydroxylase/17,20 lysase) inhibitors, such as Abiraterone acetate, VN/124-1. TAK-700
g. aromatase inhibitors, such as letrozole, anastrozole, exemestane,) EGFR kinase inhibitors, such as geftinib, erlotinib, laptinib
) dual erbB1 and erbB2 inhibitors, such as Lapatinib
) multi-targeted kinases (serine/threonine and/or tyrosine kinase) inhibitors, a. ABL kinase inhibitors, imatinib and nilotinib, dasatinib
b. VEGFR-1 , VEGFR-2, PDGFR, KDR, FLT, c-Kit, Tie2, Raf, MEK and ERK inhibitors, such as sunitinib, sorafenib, Vandetanib, pazopanib, PLX-4032, Axitinib, PTK787, GSK-1120212
c. Polo-like kinase inhibitors,
d. Aurora kinase inhibitors,
e. JAK inhibitor
f. c-MET kinase inhibitors
g. Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors, such as CDK1 and CDK2
inhibitor SCH 727965
h. PI3K and mTOR inhibitors, such as GDC-0941 , BEZ-235, BK -120 and AZD-8055
i. Rapamycin and its analogs, such as Temsirolimus, everoltmus, and deforolimus
) and other anti-cancer (also know as anti-neoplastic) agents include but are not limited to ara-C, adriamycin, Cytoxan, Carboplatin, Uracil mustard, Clormethine, Ifosfsmide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman,
Triethylenemelamine, Triethylenethiophosphoramine, Busulfan,
Carmusttne, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, Floxuridine,
Cytarabine, 6- ercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, Pentostatine, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Vinorelbine, Navelbine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, teniposide, cytarabine, pemetrexed, Idarubicin, ithramycin,
Deoxycoformycin, itomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Teniposide 17D- Ethinytestradiol, Diethylstitbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone,
Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone,
Megestrolacetate, Methylpredniso!one, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone,
Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Flutamide
Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Toremifene, goserelin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone,
Levamisole, Drolloxafine, Hexamethylmelamine, Bexxar, Zevalin,
Trisenox, Profimer, Thiotepa, Altretamine, Doxil, Ontak, , Depocyt, Aranesp, Neupogen, Neulasta, Kepivance.
24) Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors, such as, SARASAR™(4-[2-[4-
[(11R)-3,10-dibromo-8-chloro-6, 11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1 ,2- b]pyridin-11-yl-]-1-piperidinyl]-2-oxoethyl]-piperidinecarboxamide, tipifarnib
25) interferons, such as Intron A, Peg-lntron,
26) anti-erbB1 antibodies, such as cetuximab, panitumumab,
27) anti-erbB2 antibodies, such as trastuzumab,
28) anti-CD52 antibodies, such as Alemtuzumab,
29) anti-CD20 antibodies, such as Rituximab
30) anti-CD33 antibodies, such as Gemtuzumab ozogamicin
31) anti-VEGF antibodies, such as Avastin,
32) TRIAL ligands, such as Lexatumumab, mapatumumab, and AMG-655
33) Anti-CTLA-4 antibodies, such as ipilimumab
34) antibodies against CTA1, CEA, CDS, CD19, CD22, CD30, CD44,
CD44V6, CD55, CD56, EpCAM, FAP, HCII, HGF, IL-6, MUC1, PSMA, TAL6, TAG-72, TRAILR, VEGFR, IGF-2, FGF,
35) anti-IGF-1R antibodies, such as dalotuzumab (MK-0646) and
robatumumab (SCH 717454)
If formulated as a fixed dose such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the dosage range described herein and the other pharmaceutically active agent or treatment within its dosage range.
Compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a combination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of Formula 1 or 2 may be administered either concurrent with, prior to or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent. Such techniques are within the skills of the persons skilled in the art as well as attending physicians.
Accordingly, in an aspect, this invention includes combinations comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formula 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof, and an amount of one or more anti-cancer treatments and anti-cancer agents listed above wherein the amounts of the compounds/ treatments result in desired therapeutic effect.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of protecting normal, healthy cells of a mammal from cytotoxic induced side-effects comprising administering at least one compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof to a cancer patient, in particular those carrying mutated p53, prior to administration of anticancer agents other than the compounds of the invention, such as paclitaxel.
A method of inhibiting one or more HDM2 proteins in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of a disease associated with one or more HDM2 proteins in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of a disease associated with inadequate p53 levels in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof. Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with HDM2, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating one or more diseases associated with inadequate p53 levels, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a first compound, which is a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof; and an amount of at least one second compound, the second compound being an anti-cancer agent, wherein the amounts of the first compound and the second compound result in a therapeutic effect.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of, a disease associated with a HDM2 protein comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising in combination at least one
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one compound according to the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating, or slowing the progression of, a disease associated with inadequate p53 levels in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising in combination at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one compound according to the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug thereof.
The term "pharmaceutical composition" is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents". The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
Another embodiment of the invention discloses a method of making the substituted compounds disclosed above. The compounds may be prepared by several processes well known in the art. In one method, the starting material, 1- benzyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-piperidine-3-carboxylic acid is converted to its diisopropylethyl ammonium salt of the dicarboxylic acid ester. This ester is combined with 1-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazine forming the HCL salt of 4-(2- methoxy-phenyl)-piprazinl-yl]-[3-(4-trifluormethylphenoxy)-piperidin-3-yl]- methanone, which combined with 4-trifluromethyl-nicotinic acid to form the target compound. Other substituted compounds of this invention can be made.
Isolation of the compound at various stages of the reaction may be achieved by standard techniques such as, for example, filtration, evaporation of solvent and the tike. Purification of the product, intermediate and the like, may also be performed by standard techniques such as recrystallization, distillation, sublimation, chromatography, conversion to a suitable derivative, which may be recrystallized and converted back to the starting compound, and the like. Such techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
The compounds of this invention may be analyzed for their composition and purity as well as characterized by standard analytical techniques such as, for example, elemental analysis, NMR, mass spectroscopy, and IR spectra. In another embodiment, this invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the above-described inventive substituted compounds as an active ingredient. The pharmaceutical compositions generally additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier diluent, excipient or carrier (collectively referred to herein as carrier materials). Because of their HDM2 or MDM2 antagonist activity, such pharmaceutical compositions possess utility in treating cancer, abnormal cell proliferation, and the like diseases.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention discloses methods for preparing pharmaceutical compositions comprising the inventive compounds as an active ingredient. In the pharmaceutical compositions and methods of the present invention, the active ingredients will typically be administered in admixture with suitable carrier materials suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, i.e. oral tablets, capsules (either solid-filled, semi-solid filled or liquid filled), powders for constitution, oral gels, elixirs, dispersible granules, syrups, suspensions, and the like, and consistent with conventiona! pharmaceutical practices. For example, for oral administration in the form of tablets or capsules, the active drug component may be combined with any oral non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier, such as lactose, starch, sucrose, cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, talc, mannitol, ethyl alcohol (liquid forms) and the like. Moreover, when desired or needed, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents may also be incorporated in the mixture. Powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent inventive composition. Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars, com sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, carboxymethylcel!ulose, polyethylene glycol and waxes. Lubricants in these dosage forms include boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like.
Disintegrants include starch, methylcellulose, guar gum and the like.
Sweetening and flavoring agents and preservatives may also be included where appropriate. Some of the terms noted above, namely disintegrants, diluents, lubricants, binders and the like, are discussed in more detail below. Additionally, the compositions of the present invention may be formulated in sustained release form to provide the rate controlled release of any one or more of the components or active ingredients to optimize the therapeutic effects, i.e. anti-cell proliferation activity and the like. Suitable dosage forms for sustained release include layered tablets containing layers of varying disintegration rates or controlled release polymeric matrices impregnated with the active components and shaped in tablet form or capsules containing such impregnated or
encapsulated porous polymeric matrices.
Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. For example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions may be included for parenteral injections or sweeteners and pacifiers may be added for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides such as cocoa butter is first melted, and the active ingredient is dispersed homogeneously therein by stirring or similar mixing. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool to solidify.
Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions may take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
Preferably the compound is administered orally. Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active components, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
The quantity of the inventive active composition in a unit dose of preparation may be generally varied or adjusted from about 1.0 milligram to about 1 ,000 milligrams, preferably from about 1.0 to about 500 milligrams, and typically from about 1 to about 250 milligrams, according to the particular application. The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the patient's age, sex, weight and severity of the condition being treated. Such techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
Generally, the human oral dosage form containing the active ingredients can be administered 1 or 2 times per day. The amount and frequency of the administration will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician. A generally recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration may range from about 1.0 milligram to about 1 ,000 milligrams per day, in single or divided doses.
Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at !east one compound of Formula 11 or 2, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent.
Yet another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising an amount of at least one compound of Formulas 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug of said compound and an amount of at least one anticancer therapy and /or anti-cancer agent listed above, wherein the amounts of the two or more ingredients result in desired therapeutic effect. Capsule - refers to a special container or enclosure made of methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, or denatured gelatins or starch for holding or containing compositions comprising the active ingredients. Hard shell capsules are typically made of blends of relatively high ge! strength bone and pork skin gelatins. The capsule itself may contain small amounts of dyes, opaquing agents, plasticizers and preservatives.
Tablet- refers to a compressed or molded solid dosage form containing the active ingredients with suitable diluents. The tablet can be prepared by compression of mixtures or granulations obtained by wet granulation, dry granulation or by compaction.
Oral gels- refer to the active ingredients dispersed or solubilized in a hydrophillic semi-solid matrix.
Powders for constitution refer to powder blends containing the active ingredients and suitable diluents which can be suspended in water or juices.
Diluent - refers to substances that usually make up the major portion of the composition or dosage form. Suitable diluents include sugars such as lactose, sucrose, mannitol and sorbitol; starches derived from wheat, corn, rice and potato; and celluloses such as microcrystalline cellulose. The amount of diluent in the composition can range from about 10 to about 90% by weight of the total composition, preferably from about 25 to about 75%, more preferably from about 30 to about 60% by weight, even more preferably from about 12 to about 60%.
Disintegrants - refers to materials added to the composition to help it break apart (disintegrate) and release the medicaments. Suitable disintegrants include starches; "cold water soluble" modified starches such as sodium carboxymethyl starch; natural and synthetic gums such as locust bean, karaya, guar, tragacanth and agar; cellulose derivatives such as methylcetlulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose; microcrystalline celluloses and cross-linked microcrystalline celluloses such as sodium croscarmellose; alginates such as alginic acid and sodium alginate; clays such as bentonites; and effervescent mixtures. The amount of disintegrant in the composition can range from about 2 to about 15% by weight of the composition, more preferably from about 4 to about 10% by weight.
Binders - refers to substances that bind or "glue" powders together and make them cohesive by forming granules, thus serving as the "adhesive" in the formulation. Binders add cohesive strength already available in the diluent or bulking agent. Suitable binders include sugars such as sucrose; starches derived from wheat, corn rice and potato; natural gums such as acacia, gelatin and tragacanth; derivatives of seaweed such as alginic acid, sodium alginate and ammonium calcium alginate; cellulosic materials such as methylcellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose;
polyvinylpyrrolidone; and inorganics such as magnesium aluminum silicate. The amount of binder in the composition can range from about 2 to about 20% by weight of the composition, more preferably from about 3 to about 10% by weight, even more preferably from about 3 to about 6% by weight.
Lubricant - refers to a substance added to the dosage form to enable the tablet, granules, etc. after it has been compressed, to release from the mold or die by reducing friction or wear. Suitable lubricants include metallic stearates such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate or potassium stearate; stearic acid; high melting point waxes; and water soluble lubricants such as sodium chloride, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium oleate, polyethylene glycols and d.l-leucine. Lubricants are usually added at the very last step before compression, since they must be present on the surfaces of the granules and in between them and the parts of the tablet press. The amount of lubricant in the composition can range from about 0.2 to about 5% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.5 to about 2%, more preferably from about 0.3 to about 1.5% by weight.
Glidents - materials that prevent caking and improve the flow
characteristics of granulations, so that flow is smooth and uniform. Suitable glidents include silicon dioxide and talc. The amount of glident in the composition can range from about 0.1 % to about 5% by weight of the total composition, preferably from about 0.5 to about 2% by weight. Coloring agents - excipients that provide coloration to the composition or the dosage form. Such excipients can include food grade dyes and food grade dyes adsorbed onto a suitable adsorbent such as clay or aluminum oxide. The amount of the coloring agent can vary from about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1 to about 1%.
Bioavailability - refers to the rate and extent to which the active drug ingredient or therapeutic moiety is absorbed into the systemic circulation from an administered dosage form as compared to a standard or control.
Conventional methods for preparing tablets are known. Such methods include dry methods such as direct compression and compression of granulation produced by compaction, or wet methods or other special procedures.
Conventional methods for making other forms for administration such as, for example, capsules, suppositories and the tike are also well known.
The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
The following abbreviations have the following meanings unless defined otherwise:
ACN Acetonitrile
AcOH Acetic acid
DAST (diethyiamino)sulfur trifluoride
DCC Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCU Dicyclohexylurea
DCM Dichloromethane
Dl Deionized water
DIAD Diisopropylazodicarboxylate
DIEA Diisopropylethylamine
DMAP 4-Dimethylaminopyridine
DME Dimethoxyethane DMF Dimethylformamide
DMFDMA Ν,Ν-Dimethylformamide dimethylacetal
DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide
DTT Dithiothreitol
EDCI 1-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide
hydrochloride
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
EtOH Ethanol
HATU N.N.N'.N'-Tetramethyl-O-ty-Azabenzotriazol-l-ylJUronium hexafluorophosphate
Hex hexanes
HOBt 1-Hydroxylbenzotriazole
HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography
LC S Liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
LDA Lithium diisopropylamide
mCPBA meia-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid
MeOH Methanol
MTT (3-[4,5-dimethyl-thiazol-2-yl]-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide, Thiazolyl blue)
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
PFP Pentafluorophenol
PMB p-methoxybenzyl
Pyr Pyridine
Rb Round bottom flask
Rbt Round bottom flask
RT Room temperature
SEMCI 2-(Trimethylsily)ethoxy methyl chloride
TBTU 0-(Benzotriazol-1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium
tetrafluoroborate
TEA Triethylamine
Tr Triphenyl methane Trt Triphenyl methane
TrCI Triphenyl methane chloride
TFA Triftuoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TLC Thin layer chromatography
TMS Trimethylsilyl
Representative procedures to prepare substituted piperidines used in the synthesis of HDM2 inhibitors included in table 1
Representative example 1: Preparation of 4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)piperidin-4-ol 3.
Figure imgf000136_0001
3
Stepl: At RT, n-BuLi (1.6M, 20 mL, 32 mmol, in hexanes) was added to Et20 (30 mL). At RT, was added dropwise 2-Bromophenol (1.8 mL, 16 mmol). During addition, refluxed was observed. Large condenser was placed on to flask and addition was resumed. After addition, stirring was maintained for 45 min. At RT, n-Benzyl piperidione (3 mL, 16 mmol) was added fast. After 1.5 h, NH4CI was added and reaction extracted with EtOAc. Organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to a viscous oil that crystallized upon standing. Hexanes was added and crystalline material filtered off. Boilling Hexanes was added to the first drop of crystalline 2. Slurry was stirred and crystalline material filtered off and dried under Nitrogen. After drying, 2.32g of crystalline product was obtained with LCMS purity >99.5%.
Step2: To 2 (2,04g, 5.46mmol) in 25mL of MeOH was added 20% Pd(OH)2/C (1g, 50%w/w). The mixture was stirred at RT under H2 overnight. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 1.03g (100% yield) of solid product 3. Representative example 2: Preparation of 4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine-4- carbonitrile hydrochloride 8.
Figure imgf000137_0001
Step 1: To the amine, 4 (80g, 45 mmol, 1 equi.) dissolved in acetonitrile/ water (800/80mL) was added sodium hydroxide (2 equi., 291 mmol, 36g) and to the stirring solution, Boc anhydride (1.02 equi, 46 mmol, 101 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (200m L) was added drop wise and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. Volatile was removed to 300ml_ and solid residue was filtered out. Washed the solid with dichloromethane and evaporated off the solvent to provide 102g of intermediate 5.
Step 2: Nitrile 6 (15g, 1equi.) was dissolved in DMF (100 mL) and was cooled to 0 °C. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 2.1 equi.) was added and the reaction was warmed to 23 °C and stirred for 10 min. Dichloride. 5 (1equi) was added and the reaction was heated to 80 °C and stirred overnight. The reaction was cooled to 23 °C and was quenched with aqueous saturated. NH CI (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x100mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (1x50ml), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated down to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 21.4 g of intermediate 7 ( 74% yield).
Step 3: Intermediate 7 (15.6gm, lequiv.) dissolved in MeOH (150 mL). The solution was degassed with N2 few times. Pd/C (20%, 3 mg) was added and H2 was bubbled in for a few minutes. The reaction was stirred under a H2 balloon at 23 °C for 4hrs. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 11.8g (98% yield) of product to which 4 M HCt/dioxane (120 mL) was added. Slurry was stirred at 23 °C for 1.5 h. The solution was concentrated to yield hydrochloride 8 (9g, 96% yield over 2 steps).
Representative example 3: Preparation of 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-4- methylpiperidine 11 and 4-ethynyl-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine 13.
Figure imgf000138_0001
Intermediate 10 was prepared according a published procedure (J. Org.Chem., 2001 , 4, 1434) from corresponding aldehyde 9. Piperidine 11 was obtained following same procedure described in example 2, step3. Intermediate 12 was prepared from same aldehyde 9 using Ohira's phosphonate. Piperidine 13 was obtained following same procedure described in example 2, step3.
Representative example 4: Preparation of 2-methoxyethyl 4-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate hydrochloride 18.
Figure imgf000139_0001
Step 1 : To a stirring suspension of 14 (3.3 mmol, 0.8 g) in dichloromethane and triethylamine (8.25mmol, 1.15ml) at room temperature was added di-t-butyl dicarbonate (4.0 mmol, 0.87 g) followed by DMAP (0.33mmol, 40 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours and then diluted with EtOAc (200ml), washed with water (2x40ml), brine (40ml), then dried (Na2S04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product 15 (0.97 g) was obtained as colorless oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2: To a stirring solution of 15 (0.33 mmol, 100 mg) in THF (1ml) was added 10% NaOH (2ml) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 0.5 N HCf to PH ~4, then extracted with EtOAc (2x25ml). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated. The crude product 16 (110 mg) was obtained as white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3: To a stirring solution of 16 (0.44 mmol, 0.140 g) in DMF (5ml) at room temperature was added cesium carbonate (4.4 mmol, 1.43 g) followed by 2-Bromoethyl methyl ether (4.4 mmol, 0.42 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50ml), washed with water (2x10ml), brine (10ml), and dried (Na2S04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 0~25%) to yield pure 17.
Step4: To a solution of 17 in acetonitrile at room temperature was added 4.0 M hydrochloride in 1 ,4-dioxane. After 10 min, the solvent and volatile were removed by lyophi!ization, to give 18 as yellowish oil.
Representative example 5: Preparation of ethyl 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 22.
Figure imgf000140_0001
22
Step 1 : Nitrtle 19 (1.0 g, 5.10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and was cooled to 0 °C. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 449 mg, 11.22 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 23 °C and was stirred for 10 min. Dichloride {5, 1.3 g, 5.36 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 80 °C overnight. The reaction was cooled to 23 °C and was quenched with aqueous sat'd NH4CI (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic layers were washed with brine (1x), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was recrystallized with EtOAc hexanes to obtain pure ferf-butyl 4-(2- bromophenyl)-4-cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate as an off-white solid (20, 1.1 g, 59% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.70-7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.21 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.27 (m, 2H), 3.29 (bt, 2H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 2H), 1.98 {td, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
Step 2: Te/t-butyl 4-(2-bromophenyl)-4-cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate (20, 100 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (7.0 mg, 0.030 mmol) were added to a vial, followed by tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (14 mg, 0.047 mmol). The reaction vial was purged with Ar (3x). Dry CH3CN (1.4 ml_) and Et3N (103 μΙ_, 0.74 mmol) were added, followed by ethylacrylate (36 μΙ_, 0.33 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 85 °C overnight. The reaction was concentrated. Ε.20 (2 ml_) was added to the mixture and was then filtered through Celite. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield (£)-iert-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1 -enyl)phenyl)piperidine-1 - carboxylate as a pale yellow oil (21, 102 mg, 96% yield). H N R (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.51 (d, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (td, 1 H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.31 (d, 1H), 4.29 (q, 1H), 3.29 (bt, 2H), 2.35-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.90 (dt, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.35 (t, 3H).
Step 3: (E)-ieAf-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (21, 278 mg, 0.72 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (7 ml_). The solution was degassed with Ar for 2 min. Pd/C (10%, 30 mg) was added and H2 was bubbled in for a few minutes. The reaction was stirred under a H2 balloon at 23 °C overnight. The solution was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to yield ie/f-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1 - carboxylate. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.32-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 2H), 4.28 (bd, 2H), 4.17 (q, 2H), 3.29-3.25 (m, 4H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.91 (td, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.26 (t, 3H). LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.19 min. Mass observed: 287.22 (M-Boc+H).
Step 4: 4 M HCI/dioxane (905 μΙ_, 3.62 mmol) was added to neat ferf-butyl 4- cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate at 23 °C and was stirred for 2 h. The solution was concentrated to yield ethyl 3-(2-{4- cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride (22, 230 mg, 99% yield over 2 steps). Representative example 6: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2-(piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 24.
Figure imgf000142_0001
Step 1: To Methyl 3-(2-bromophenyl)propanoate (715 mg, 2.94 mmol) and 3,6- dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-N-Boc-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (1.0 g, 3.23 mmol) were added to a flask, followed by Pd(dppf)Cl2 (151 mg, 0.21 mmol) and K2C03 (1.22 g, 8.82 mmol). The reaction flask was purged with Ar (3x). Dry DMF (22 ml.) was added and the solution was degassed for 10 min. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 °C overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give fert-butyl 4-(2-(3-methoxy-3- oxopropyl)phenyl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (23) as a pale yellow oil (970 mg, 96% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCfe): δ 7.21-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.06 (m, 1H), 5.57-5.55 (m, 1H), 4.03 (q, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.63 (t, 2H), 2.95-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.33 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H). LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.10 min. Mass observed: 246.19 (M-Boc+H).
Step 2: 23 (310 mg, 0.90 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH/AcOH (4 mlJ4 ml_). The solution was degassed with Ar for 2 min. Pt02 (61 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added to the mixture and H2 was bubbled in for 2 min. The reaction was stirred under a H2 balloon overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to yield fert-butyl 4-(2-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.47 min. Mass observed: 248.21 (M- Boc+H).
4 M HCI/dioxane (2.2 ml_, 8.97 mmol) was added to neat terf-butyl 4-(2-{3- methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate at 23 °C and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to yield methyl 3-(2-(piperidin- 4-yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride (24, 250 mg, 98% yield). LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 1.14 min. Mass observed: 248.16 (M+H).
Representative example 7: Preparation
hydroxypropyl)phenyl)piperidin-4-ol 27.
Figure imgf000143_0001
Step 1: To 3-(2-Br-phenyl)propionic acid (2.0g, 8.73mmol) in THF was added LAH (8.73mL, 8.73mmol, 1eq.) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. Reaction was quenched by addition of Na2SO4.10H2O and stirred for 15min. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1N HCI and brine. Filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 1.16g of crude product alcohol 25 (62% yield).
Step 2: To 25 (0.46g, 2.14mmol) in 8mL of THF was added nBuLi (2.9mL, 4.28mmol, 2.0eq.) slowly at -78°C. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 30min, followed by the addition of 1-Benzy-4-piperidone 1 (405mg, 2.14mmol, 1eq.) in 3mL of THF. The mixture was stirred at -78°C and warmed up to -10°C in 1 hour, then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Reaction mixture was MS showed the reaction quenched with water. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO-t, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 0.154g of product 26 (22% yield). Step 3: To 26 (90mg, 0.28mmol) in 2mL of MeOH at room temperature was added 20% Pd(OH)/C (72mg, 80%w/w). . The reaction was stirred under a H2 balloon overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to yield 57mg of product 27 (85% yield).
Representative example 8: Synthesis of 3-(2-(piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanenitrile hydrochloride 28.
Figure imgf000144_0001
28
Step 1; ierf-butyl 4-(2-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate obtained in step 3 of representative example 6 (300 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH/H20 (6.0 mL/5 drops). KOH (121 mg, 2.16 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 70 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in H20 and acidified to pH ~ 4 with 1 M HCI. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL), dried over Na2S04 and concentrated.
Step 2: The crude acid (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3.0 mL) and then DMF (2 drops) was added. Oxalyl chloride {34 μί, 0.36 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 23 °C under Ar for 1 h. NH4OH (28%) was added to the reaction mixture and was stirred for 15 min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (1 x 20 mL), and brine (1 x 20 mL). The solution was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. Step 3:The crude amide (96 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (700 μί) under Ar. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and POCI3 (28 μΙ_, 0.30 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to 23 °C and was further stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 2 M HCi (~1 mL) and was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was washed with sat'd CuS04 (2 x 15 mL) and brine (1 x 15 mL). The solution was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated.
Step 4:To the crude Boc-piperidine nitrile, 4 M HCI/dioxane (725 μί, 2.90 mmol) was added under Ar at 23 °C and was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain 3-(2-(piperidin- -yl)phenyl)propanenitrile hydrochloride 28. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 0.92 min. Mass observed: 215.15 (M+H).
Representative example 9: Synthesis of W-{methylsulfony))-3-(2-(piperidin-4- yi)phenyl)propanamide hydrochloride 29.
Figure imgf000145_0001
Acid 3-(2-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin- -yl)phenyl)propanoic acid obtained in step 1 of representative example 8 (40 mg, 0.12 mmol) and methane sulfonamide (17 mg, 0.18 mmol) were dissolved in THF/CH2CI2 (0.5 ml_/1.0 mL). DMAP (22 mg, 0.18 mmol) and EDC^HCI (35 mg, 0.18 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at 23 °C overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture and was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated.
Representative example 10: Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)-N- (methylsulfonyl)propanamide hydrochloride 30.
Figure imgf000146_0001
Hydrolysis of the ester tert-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3- oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate obtained from representative example 5, step3, to the carboxylic acid ierf-butyl 4-cyano-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3- oxopropyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate was followed similarly to the aforementioned procedures. Acylsulfonamide formation, followed by Boc- deprotection was followed by the synthesis of amine 29 to yield 3-(2-(4- cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)-W-(methylsulfonyl)propanamtde hydrochloride 30.
Representative example 11: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluorophenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 34.
Figure imgf000146_0002
34
Procedure to prepare ethyl 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluorophenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 34 (LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 1.19 min. Mass observed: 305.16 (M +H). is identical to the procedure used to prepare ethyl 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyi)propanoate hydrochloride 22 from Representative example 5 by replacing in step 1 , nitrile 19 with nitrite 31.
Representative example 12: Preparation of ethyl 5-(4-phenylpiperidin-4- yl)pentanoate hydrochloride 41.
Figure imgf000147_0001
Step 1 : To a stirring suspension of 35 (4.5 mmol, 1.0 g) in dichloromethane and triethylamine (11 mmol, 1.6ml) at room temperature was added di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.4 mmol, 1.2 g) followed by DMAP (0.45mmol, 55 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then diluted with EtOAc (50ml), washed with water (2x10ml), brine (10ml), then dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product (1.3 g) was obtained as brownish oil. To a solution of this crude product (4.5 mmol, 1.2 g) in dichloromethane at 0°C was added diisobuty!aluminum hydride (1.0 M in DCM, 5.0 ml, 5.0mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours Then Rochelle Salt solution was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 hour, then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried ( gS04), concentrated. The crude product 36 was obtained as slightly yellow oil (~1.2g), which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2: Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 200mg, 5mmol) was washed with hexane twice, then added THF, cooled to 0°C. Triethylphosphoro acetate (1ml, 5.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, then a solution of 36 in THF was added, warmed to room temperature, and stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4CI, extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04), concentrated, purified on Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 10-25%) to give 37 as colorless oil (0.6g). Step 3:To a stirring solution of 37 (1.67 mmol, 0.6 g) in EtOAc at room temperature was added catalytical amount of 10% palladium on carbon and the reaction mixture was purged with Hydrogen gas. After stirring at room temperature for 4h, the mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo, to give 38 (0.5 g) as orange oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4:To a solution of 38 in dichloromethane at 0°C was added diisobutylaluminum. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h. Then Rochelle Salt solution was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 30min, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc, dried ( gS04), concentrated. The crude product 39 was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 5:To a stirring solution of 39 in DCM at room temperature was added (carbethoxymethylene) triphenylphosphorane and the reaction mixture was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on Biotage (EtOAc in hexane: 10-25%) to give 40 as colorless oil. Step 6: To a stirring solution of 40 in EtOAc was added catalytical amount of 10% palladium on carbon and the reaction mixture was purged with Hydrogen gas. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo, to give a colorless oil to which was added 4.0 M hydrochloride in 1 ,4-dioxane. After 1 h, the solvent and volatile were removed by lyophitization, to give 41 as yellowish oil.
Representative example 13: Synthetic route to fluorinated cyanophenylpiperidines (5-Fluoro regioisomer) tert-butyl 4-cyano-4-(5-fluoro-2- hydroxyphenyl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate 48.
Figure imgf000149_0001
Step 1: To 42 (1 eq, 17.1 mmol, 2.6 g) in MeOH (68 ml_) at room temperature, added NaBH4 {1.2 eq, 20.5 mmol, 775 mg) and the reaction mixture stirred 18h, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1 N aqueous HCI then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 43 (2.8 g) as a pale yellow oil
Step 2: To 43 (1 eq, 17.9 mmol, 2.8 g) in CHCU (18 ml_) at room temperature, added HBr (22 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred 2h, then diluted with dichloromethan, washed with water then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 44 (3.3 g) as an off-white solid.
Step 3: To 44 (1 eq, 8.67 mmol, 1.9 g) in CH2CI2 (58 mL) at -78 °C, added BBr3 solution (1.5 eq, 13 mmol, 13 mL) dropwise over 5 min, stirred at -78 °C 3h, then warmed to room temperature and stirred 18h. The reaction was quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with dichloromethane then ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 45 (~2 g) as a brown oily solid.
Step 4: To 45 (1 eq, 8.5 mmol, 1.75 g) in D F (43 mL) at room temperature, added NaCN (1.1 eq, 9.30 mmol, 460 mg) and stirred at room temperature 3 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 46 (1.47 g) as a brown oil
Step 5: To NaH (2.2 eq, 2.05 mmol, 82 mg) under argon at room temperature with stirring, added a solution of 46 (1 eq, 0.93 mmol, 225 mg) and amine 5 (1.0 eq, 0.93 mmol, 225 mg) in DMF (9 mL) and stirred at room temperature 0.5h, then heated at 80 °C for 5h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water (~10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfated, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash silica gel chromatography (10% -> 20% 50% EtOAc/hexane) gave tert-butyl 4-(2-(benzyloxy)-5-fluorophenyl)-4- cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate (236 mg) as a sticky brown oil. To tert-butyl 4-(2- (benzyloxy)-5-fluorophenyl)-4-cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate {1 eq, 0.9 mmol, 370 mg) in ethyl acetate (9 mL), added Pd-C (100 mg), purged the reaction vessel with H2, and stirred at room temperature under an H2 atmosphere (balloon) for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give 48 (250 mg) as an orange foam.
Representative example 14: Synthetic route to fluorinated cyanophenylpiperidines (3-Fluoro regioisomer) tert-butyl 4-cyano-4-(5-fluoro-2- hydroxyphenyl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate 54.
Figure imgf000151_0001
Step 1 : To 49 (1 eq, 21 mmol, 3 g) in MeCN (107 mL) at room temperature, added BnBr (1.1 eq, 24 mmol, 2.8 mL) followed by K2C03 (1.5 eq, 32 mmol, 4.4 g) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature 18h, filtered through celite, and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in ether, washed with water then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 50 as a pale yellow oil (5 g).
Step 2: To 50 (1 eq, 22 mmol, 5 g) in MeOH (109 mL) at 0 °C, added NaBH4 (1.2 eq, 26 mmol, 0.99 g) and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred 18h, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N aqueous HCI then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 51 (4.1 g) as a colorless oil.
Step 3: To 51 (1 eq, 4.15 mmol, 963 mg) and CCI4 (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 441 uL) in THF (28 mL) at 0 °C under argon, added P(N e2)3 (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 829 uL) dropwise and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 2h, and stirred an additional 2h. After 51 was consumed as observed by TLC, the solvent was removed in vacuo, the crude residue 52 was dissolved in DMF (15 mL) and NaCN (1.1 eq, 4.56 mmol, 224 mg) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature 18h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 53 (733 mg) as a dark red oil.
Step 4: To NaH (2.2 eq, 2.74 mmol, 109 mg) under argon at room temperature with stirring, added a solution of 53 (1 eq, 1.24 mmol, 300 mg) and 5 (1.1 eq, 1.24 mmol, 300 mg) in DMF (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature 0.5h, then heated at 80 °C for 5h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water (-10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfated, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash silica gel chromatography (10%■ 20% - 40% EtOAc/hexane) gave tert- butyl 4-(2-(benzyloxy)-3-fluorophenyl)-4-cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate (189 mg) as an orange oil. To tert-butyl 4-(2-(benzyloxy)-3-fluorophenyl)-4- cyanopiperidine-1-carboxylate (1 eq, 5 mmol, 1.86 g) in ethyl acetate (45 mL), added Pd-C (300 mg), purged the reaction vessel with H2, and stirred at room temperature under an H2 atmosphere (balloon) for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give 54 (1.45 g) as a colorless oil.
Representative example 15: Preparation of ethyl 4-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluorophenoxy)butanoate 56.
Figure imgf000152_0001
Step 1 : To a stirring solution of 48 (1 eq, 0.78 mmol, 250 mg) and ethyl 4- bromobutanoate (1.1 eq, 0.86 mmol, 167 mg) in DMF at room temperature, added K2CO3 (2.5 eq, 2.34 mmol, 324 mg) and stirred the reaction mixture 18h. The mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (3X) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 55 (151 mg) as an orange oil.
Step 2: A solution of 55 (1 eq, 0.348 mmol, 151 mg) was stirred in HCI/dioxane (1 mL) at room temperature 2h, then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The crude reside was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with sodium bicarbonate (aqueous) then brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 56 (80 mg) as a pale brown oil.
Representative example 16: Preparation of methyl 4-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4- yl)benzyloxy)-2,2-dimethylbutanoate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 61.
Figure imgf000153_0001
Part A: Powdered potassium hydroxide (3.99 g, 60.5 mmol) was added in one portion to 3,3-dimethyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one (2.76 g, 24.2 mmol) and 2- bromobenzylbromide (13.3 g, 53.2 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (100 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h, cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 * 50 mL). The combined aqueous layers were washed with ether (50 mL, discard) then the pH was adjusted to ~1 with 2 N hydrochloric acid and extracted with ether (3 χ 60 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over gS04( filtered, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Compound 57 (2.10 g, 29% yield) was isolated as a light brown oil: H N R (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.51 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.12 (td, J = 7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 3.64 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (s, 1H), 1.97 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 6H).
Part B: Thionyl chloride (0.83 g, 6.97 mmol) was added dropwise to 57 (2.10 g, 6.97 mmol) in methanol (75 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue taken up in ether (100ml_) then washed with water (25 mL), saturated NaHC03 (25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 58 (1.23 g, 56% yield) as a clear oil: *H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.51 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (td, J = 7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 3.63-3.56 (m, 5H), 1.94 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (s, 6H).
Part C: Zinc fluoride (159 mg, 1.53 mmol) was added in one portion to 58 (646 mg, 2.05 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (75 mg, 0.082 mmol), tri-f-butylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (48 mg, 0.164 mmol), potassium carbonate (23 mg, 0.164 mmol), and trimethylsilyacetonitrile (348 mg, 3.07 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) in a heavy walled test tube with a threaded cap. The tube was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether (50 mL) then washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 59 (300 mg, 53% yield) as a light brown oil: *H NMR (300 MHz, CDCfe) 7.46-7.27 (m, 4H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.49 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.88 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
Part D: f-Butyi bis(2-chloroethyl)carbamate (572 mg, 2.36 mmol) and 59 (650 mg, 2.36 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) were added dropwise to sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 208 mg, 5.19 mmol) suspended in DMF (20 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min at 0 °C the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction was heated to 75 °C for 3 h and cooled back to room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and extracted with ether (3 * 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (3 * 20 mL) and brine (40 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 60 (683 mg, 65% yield) as a light yellow oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39- 7.37 (m, 3H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.52 (m, 5H), 3.36-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
Part E: Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added to 60 (222 mg, 0.50 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h then concentrated down to yield methyl 4-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)- 2,2-dimethylbutanoate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 61.
Representative example 17: Preparation of ethyl 4-(2-(piperidin-4- yl)phenylsulfonamido)butanoate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 66.
Figure imgf000155_0001
Part A: A mixture of 2-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (62, 1.39 g, 5.43 mmol), ethyl-4-aminobutyrate*HCI (1.27 g, 7.60 mmol), and triethylamine (1.54 g, 15.2 mmol) in methylene chloride (27.1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 21 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with sat'd aq. NH4CI (3 * 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide sulfonamide 63 (1.67 g, 88%) as a yellow solid which was used in the next step without further purification: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb 8.13 (dd, J - 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 2H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 4.11 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.81 (pentet, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.30-1.19 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
Part B: A mixture of ferf-butyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6- dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (264 mg, 0.854 mmol), compound 63 (272 mg, 0.776 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (44.8 mg, 38.8 umol), 2 M aq. Na2C03 (1.17 mL), and D E (5.17 mL) we place in a sealed microwave vial and heated at 80 °C for 3 d. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (250 mL), washed with sat'd aq. NH4CI (3 * 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by CombiFlash (40 g, Hex EtOAc) to provide pure product 64 (325 mg, 93%) as a yellow oil: *H N R (300 MHz, CDCb 7.97 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.52, (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.20- 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.66 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.36 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.79 (pentet, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.63-1.46 (m, 10H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 3H).
Part C: A solution of compound 64 (320 mg, 0.708 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was degassed with nitrogen, added 10% Pd/C (75.3 mg, 35.4 Dmol) then hydrogenated at 45 psi overnight. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through Celite, washing with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide compound 65 (277 mg, 86%) as a yellow oil which was used in the next step without further purification: H NMR (300 MHz, CDC|3 7.93 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 1H), 4.85 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.06 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.90-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.40 (m, 11 H), 1.24 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
Part D: Trifluoroacetic acid was added to 65 in methylene chloride (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h then concentrated down to yield 4-(2-(piperidin-4-yl)phenylsulfonamido)butanoate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 66.
Representative example 18: Preparation of ethyl (1R,3R)-methyl 3-{2-(4- cyanopiperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 71.
Figure imgf000157_0001
Part A: Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 8.51 g, 212 mmol) was added in portions to 67 (10.0g, 76.2 mmol) and i-butyl bis(2-chloroethyl)carbamate (20.3 g, 83.8 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) over a 3 h period under nitrogen. After the addition was complete the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature then 2 h at 70 °C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the volume was reduced to -60 mL in vacuo. Saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) was added with vigorous stirring. The aqueous layer was decanted and the oily solid residue taken up in methylene chloride. The reaction was repeated and combined for purification by chromatography on silica gel (methylene chloride/ethyl acetate) to provide 68 (15.0 g, 33% yield) as a light brown solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 7.27-7.22 (m, 4H), 4.42-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.90 (td, J = 9.8, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
Part B: Bromine (0.72 g, 4.49 mmol) was added to 68 (300 mg, 1.00 mmol) in a mixture of water/chlorobenzene (4:1, 5 mL) at 0 °C in a heavy walled screw cap test tube. Six identical sealed tubes were set up and irradiated with a tungsten lamp for 1 h. The lamp was turned off and stirring was continued for 20 min. The crude reaction mixtures were combined and partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated sodium thiosulfate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over MgS04l filtered, evaporated and purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide compound 69 (0.84 g, 37% yield) as light brown oil contaminated with 68 (~15%): H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.61-7.56 (m, 1 H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 3H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.29 (t, J = 12.9 Hz, 2H), 2.45-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
Part C: Potassium i-butoxide (1 M in THF, 0.4 mL, 0.4 mmol) was added dropwise to methyl fra/?s-3-hydroxycyclobutanecarboxylate (52 mg, 0.399 mmol) and 69 (150 mg, 0.395 mmol) in anhydrous THF (3.6 mL). After 2.5 h the reaction mixture was cooled to 0-5 °C and quenched with 0.5 M hydrochloric acid to a pH of ~2. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water/ethyl acetate (1 :1 , 20 mL) and extracted further with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide 70 (36 mg, 21 % yield) as a clear oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.58-7.53 (m, 1 H), 7.41-7.27 (m, 3H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.07 (quint, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.27 (t, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.75-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.23 (m, 4H), 2.02-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
Part D: Trifiuoroacetic acid was added to 70 in methylene chloride (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h then concentrated down to yield (1R,3R)-methyl 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4- yl)benzyloxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 71.
Representative example 19: Preparation of ethyl tert-butyl 4-(2-(4- hydroxypiperidin-4-yl)phenethoxy)butanoate 75.
Figure imgf000159_0001
Part A: n-Butyl lithium (1.6 in hexanes, 65.2 ml_, 104 mmol) was added dropwise to 72 (10 g, 49.7 mmol) in a mixture of ether/THF (1:1, 150 ml_) at -78 °C. After the addition was complete stirring was continued at -78 °C for 3 h. 1- Benzyl-4-piperidone (10.2 g, 53.6 mmol) in a mixture of ether/THF (1 :1, 50 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and after addition is completed the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 4 h. The reaction was quenched with ice cold water (200 mL) then extracted with ether (3 χ 150 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over Na2S04 and filtered. The volume of the solvent was reduced by 80% in vacuo at which time a white solid precipitates. The remaining mixture was cooled in an ice water bath and the white solid was filtered to give 73 (7.00 g, 46% yield) as a crystalline solid: H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 7.40-7.15 (m, 9H), 3.91 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 3.29 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.17 (t, J = 12.8, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 1.93-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.74 (br, 2H).
Part B: 18-Crown-6 (896 mg, 3.39 mmol) was added to 73 (480 mg, 1.54 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) and the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 X. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 h then continue stirring for an additional 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched with saturated ammonium chloride (10 mL). Extract with ethyl acetate (3 χ 20 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with brine (20 ml_), dried over MgSC>4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (methanol/methylene chloride) to provide 74 (50 mg, 7% yield) as a clear oil: H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.40-7.24 (m, 6H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 3H), 3.88 (br, 1H), 3.68 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.57 (t, J - 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.23-2.06 (m, 4H), 1.84 (dd, J = 13.7, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 1.74 (quint, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.67-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
Part C: A solution of palladium hydroxide (25 mg) and 74 (66 mg, 0.145 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was hydrogenated under a hydrogen balloon for 6 h. The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and the catalyst was removed by filtration. The solvent was removed in vacuo to provide 75 (55 mg, quantitative) as a clear oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD-cf3) 7.45-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.11 (m, 2H), 3.67 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.35- 3.18 (m, 4H), 3.05-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.23 (t, J ~ 2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.17-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.00- 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.78 (quint, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Representative procedures for amide formation, sidechain modification, and ester formation or hydrolysis
Figure imgf000160_0001
Preparation of (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1 -(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid 76 has been described in the previous publication (US 2008/0004287 A1). (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)prperidine-3- carboxylic acid 77 was prepared in a similar manner to 76 by replacing CF3- nicotinic acid with commercially available CF3-picolinic acid.
Figure imgf000161_0001
76-A 77-A
Preparation of (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1 -(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid 76-A has been described in the previous publication (US 2008/0004287 A1). (2R,3S)-2-propyl-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid 77-A was prepared in a similar manner to acid 76-A by replacing CF3- nicotinic acid with commercially available CF3-picolinic acid.
Generate procedure 1 :
Representative example 20: Synthesis of (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl chloride 78 and (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl chloride 79
Figure imgf000162_0001
To a 0°C solution of acid 77 (1.71 mmol, 0.9g) in DCM (10 mL) was added oxalylchloride (2 equiv, 3.5 mmoi, 0.3 mL) followed by DMF (2 drops). Reaction was stirred at 0°C for 30 min then concentrated to dryness and stored under high vacuum. The resulting (2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyt)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl chloride 78 was used without further purification.
(2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl chloride 79 was prepared in similar fashion using acid 76 as starting materia! instead of acid 77.
General procedure 2:
Representative example 21: Synthesis of 4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethy})thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)pipertdine-4-carbonitrile 80 and4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)- 1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoy[)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl) thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile 81
Figure imgf000163_0001
To the phenol 8 (1.36gm, 5.69mmol, 1.5 equi.) in DCM(100 mL) was added the DIPEA (10 equi., 7mL) followed by the acid chloride 79 (2gm, 1 equi., 4.54mmol) under nitrogen. Reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with ethyl acetate, then washed with sat ammonium chloride, sodium bicarbonate and brine. Dried over Na2S04, .filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 2.49 g of intermediate 80. Intermediate 81 was prepared in similar fashion using acid chloride 78 as starting material instead of acid chloride 79.
General procedure 3:
Representative example 22: Synthesis of (4-hydroxy-4-(2- hydroxyphenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yl)methanone 82 and (4-hydroxy- 4-(2-hydroxyphenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propy!-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3- yl)methanone 83.
Figure imgf000164_0001
To a -50°C internal temp solution of piperidine 3 (1.5 equiv, 22.5 mmol, 4.4g) in D F (100 mL) and DIPEA (5 equiv, 12.4 ml_) was added dropwise a DMF solution (100 mL) of acid chloride 78 (15 mmol). Cooling bath was removed and reaction was warmed-up to 23°C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted withEtOAc, wash with HCI 1.0N. dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 7.6 g (74% yield) of intermediate 83 as a white foam. Intermediate 82 was prepared in similar fashion using acid chloride 79 as starting material instead of acid chloride 78.
Representative example 23: Synthesis of (4-hydroxy-4-(2- mercaptophenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)- 3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yl)methanone 85.
Figure imgf000165_0001
Step 1 : Acid chloride 78 (2 mmol) was diluted in DCM {10 mL) and added DIPEA (1 mL) followed by piperidin-4-one hydrochloride (3 mmol, 400 mg). After 15' MS MS analysis showed that all starting material had been consumed. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with HCI 1.ON and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by C18 column using 60-95% CH3CN in water over 10 minutes. The product was lyophilized to yield 63% of 1-((2R,3S)-2-propyi-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-y!oxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-one 84. Step 2; To a -78°C solution of Bromothiophenol {0.6 g, 3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added n-BuLi (6 mmol, 2.4mL). After 30 min, reaction was added to 84 (2 mmol, in THF) at -78°C. After addition, reaction was warmed-up to RT. After 1 hours, NH4CI was added and reaction was extracted with EtOAc. Organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography 40g, 20-100% EtOAc in hexanes to provide 390 mg of 85 (30% yield).
General procedure 4: Representative example 24: Synthesis of 3-{2-(1- {(2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A135.
Figure imgf000166_0001
76 (80 mg, 0.16 mmol) and 3-(2-(piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 24 (66 mg, 0.20 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (1 mL). HATU (119 mg, 0.31 mmol) and DIPEA (280 μΙ_, 1.57 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 23 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The crude residue was dissolved in EtOH (1 mL). KOH (26 mg, 0.47 mmol) and water (5 drops) were added and the reaction was heated at 65 °C for 2 h. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in H20 (3 mL) and was acidified to pH ~ 4 with aqueous 1 M HCI. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to yield 3-(2-(1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4- trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A135. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 6.31 min. Mass observed: 726.23 (M+H).
Representative example 25: Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2f?,3S)-2-propyl-1- (4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A136.
Figure imgf000167_0001
Amide coupling of 76 and 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 22 followed by hydrolysis were performed by following general procedure 4. Reverse phase preparative HPLC purification yielded 3-(2-(4- cyano-1 -((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1 -{4-(trifluoromethyl) nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenyi)propanoic acid A136. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 4.55 min. Mass observed: 751.23 (M+H).
Representative example 26: Synthesis of 4-(2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile A138.
Figure imgf000167_0002
Acid A136 3-(2-(4-cyano-1 -((2 ,3S)-2-propyl-1 -(4-{trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoic acid (10 mg, 13.3 pmol) was dissolved in THF (0.5 mL). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and BH3*THF (30 μΙ_, 27.9 pmol) was added dropwise under Ar. The reaction was warmed to 23 °C and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1 Wl NaOH and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to yieid 4-(2-(3- hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile A138. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 6.04 min. Mass observed: 737.25 (M+H).
Representative example 27: Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A139.
Figure imgf000168_0001
Amide bond formation was followed by general procedure 2, Hydrolysis of the ester to the carboxylic acid was followed as described in general procedure 4. The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to yield 3-(2- (4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoic acid A139. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 4.54 min. Mass observed: 751.23 (M+H).
Representative example 28: Synthesis of 5-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyt)picolinoyI)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)pentanoic acid A141.
Figure imgf000169_0001
Step 1 : A mixture of DMSO (69 μΙ_, 0.98 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) was cooled to -78 °C. Oxalylchloride (46 pL, 0.49 mmol) was added to the mixture and was stirred for 10 min at -78 X. A solution of alcohol A139 4-(2-(3- hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile (180 mg, 0.24 mmol) obtained following a similar procedure used to prepare hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidine-4-carbonitrile from 3-{2-(4-cyano-1 -((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1 -(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenyl)propanoic acid in CH2CI2 (1.0 mL) was added and was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. Et3N (204 pL, 1.46 mmol) was added slowly at -78 °C and was warmed to 23 °C. The reaction was further stirred at 23 °C for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL) and was washed with aqueous sat'd NaHC03 (1 x 15 ml_), and brine (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and was concentrated to yield the aldehyde.
Step 2: NaH (60% in mineral oil, 10 mg, 0.26 mmol) was washed with hexanes (2x) and was kept under Ar. THF (2.0 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. Triethyl phosphonoacetate (56 pL, 0.28 mmol) was added and was further stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. A solution of the crude aldehyde (172 mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) was added at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed to 23 °C and was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous sat'd NH4CI (2 mL) and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (1 x 15 mL), dried over Na2S04 and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 20% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield the enone as a pale yellow oil. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.78 min. Mass observed: 805.28 (M+H).
Step 3: Hydrogenation, followed by hydrolysis of the ester to the carboxylic acid was followed similarly as shown above. Reverse phase preparative HPLC purification yielded 5-(2-{4-cyano-1-((2 3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-
(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl) thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)pentanoic acid A141. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 4.51 min. Mass observed: 779.26 (M+H).
Representative example 29: Synthesis of (4-(2-(2-(1 H-tetrazol-5- yl)ethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yl)methanone A133.
Figure imgf000171_0001
Amine 28 (26 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and reacted with acid 76 following general procedure 4. The nitrile obtained (10 mg, 14.2 μ ιοΙ) was dissolved in /-PrOH/H20 (50μϋ150μ1_). NaN3 (1.0 mg, 15.6 μηηοΙ) and ZnBr2 (3.0 mg, 14.2 μιηοΙ) were added. The reaction was heated at 100 °C overnight. The reaction was quenched with 1 M HCI (5 drops) and was then concentrated. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to yield (4-(2-(2-(1H- tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2/?,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4- (trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3- yl)methanone. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 5.97 min. Mass observed: 750.26 (M+H) A133.
Representative example 30: Synthesis of /V-tmethylsuifony -S-^-il-t^R.SS^- propyM-^-itrifluoromethy nicotinoy -S-^-itrffl^
yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanamide A134.
Figure imgf000172_0001
/V-(methylsulfonyl)-3-(2-(piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanamide hydrochloride 29 (13 mg, 42.5 μηιοΙ) was used as described in general procedure 2 using intermediate 79. The reaction was stirred overnight at 23 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated and was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to yield /V-(methylsulfonyl)-3-(2-(1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-
(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)propanamide A134. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 4.56 min. Mass observed: 803.23 (M+H).
Representative example 31 : Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (4 (trifluoromethyl)n)cotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)pipertdine-3- carbonyl)piperidtn-4-yl)phenyl)-N-(methylsulfonyl)propanamide A137.
Figure imgf000172_0002
Amide coupling of 76 and 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)-N- (methylsutfonyl)propanamide hydrochloride 30 was followed by general procedure 4. Reverse phase preparative HPLC purification yielded 3-(2-(4- cyano-1-{(2 3S)-2-propyI-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)-N- (methy!sulfonyl)propanamide A137. LC/MS RT {10 min method) = 5.89 min. Mass observed: 828.22 (M+H).
Representative example 32: Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)
Figure imgf000173_0001
Amide coupling of 77 and 3-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)propanoate hydrochloride 34, followed by hydrolysis were performed by following general procedure 4 replacing in step 1 , 76 by 77. Reverse phase preparative HPLC purification yielded 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-
(trifluoromethyl)picoIinoyl)-3-(5-(triftuoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)propanoic acid A140. LC/MS RT (10 min method) = 4.34 min. Mass observed: 769.22 (M+H).
Representative example 33: Synthesis of 5-(4-phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-{5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)pentanoic acid A81.
Figure imgf000174_0001
Step 1: Amide coupling of 77 and 9 (0.2 mmol, 70 mg) was performed by following general procedure 4 replacing in step 1, acid 76 by acid 77. The crude product was purified on Biotage {EtOAc in hexane: 25~50%), to give ethyl 5-(4- phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)pentanoate as white solid.
Step 2: To ethyl 5-{4-phenyl-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)- 3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyi)piperidin-4- yl)pentanoate in ethanol was added 2.0 M NaOH aqueous solution and the mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h. Then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in water, acidified with 6N HCI to PH ~4, then extracted with EtOAc (2x30ml), dried (MgS04), concentrated, purified on Gilson, treated with 4.0 M HCI in dioxane (2-3 drops), lyophiltzed, to give 5-(4-phenyl-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)pentanoic acid A81 as white solid.
General procedure 5:
Representative example 34: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-{(2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoic acid A91.
Stepl: To intermediate 82 (prepared according the aforementioned general procedure 3, 300mg, 0.44mmol) in 5mL of DMF was added K2C03 (608mg, 4.4mmol, 10eq.) followed by ethyl 4-bromobutyrate (94uL, 0.66mmol, 1.5eq.). The mixture was stirred at 60"C for 18 hours then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. Purified by Si02 column using a gradient 10~40% EtOAc in hexane to give 0.246g of ethyl 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4- (trifluoromethyl)nicotinoy])-3-(5-(trif!uoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoate 86.
Step2: To 86 (40mg, O.OSmmol, 1eq) in MeOH was added KOH (3.5N, 5 equiv). Reaction was brought to 65 °C for 1 hour then cooled down to 23°C. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with sat. NH4CI and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. HPLC purification, C18, CH3CN/H20, 70% to 100% CH3CN provided 37 mg (100% yield) of product A91.
Representative example 35: Synthesis of dimethyl 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propylphosphonate A85.
Figure imgf000176_0001
150 °C
Br-^-^Br — _ Br-^-^PO(OMe)2
P(O e)3
Step 1: To trimethyl phosphate (2.38ml, 20.1mmol) was added dibromopropane (10.2ml, 5 equi., 0.105mol). Reaction mixture was brought to 150 °C for 30min. Volatile were evaporated off excess dibromide was removed by distillation. 4.5g of dimethyl 3-bromopropylphosphonate 87 was isolated (98% yield).
Step 2: NaH ( 2 equiv.) was added to a DMF (2 mL) solution of intermediate 80 (prepared in general procedure 2, 60mg, 0.086 mmol). Reaction was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere for 10 minutes. To this was added 87 (3 equiv.). Reaction was brought to 60 °C and stirred overnight. Volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (10% to 100 % acetonitrile/water (0.1 % TFA) over 40min. Flow rate of lOmL/min), using a C18, 10 micron (19x250mm) column. Sample was lyophilized to yield 42 mg of product A85.
Generale procedure 6:
Representative example 36: Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propylphosphonic acid A89.
Figure imgf000177_0001
To intermediate 83 (prepared according the aforementioned general procedure 3, 120mg, 1 equi.) dissolved in DMF (5ml_ added bromo phosphonate 87 (1.5 equi.) and potassium carbonate (10equiv.). Reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. Volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (10% to 100 % acetonitrile/water (0.1 % TFA) over 40min. Flow rate of lOmlJmin), using a C18, 10 micron (19x250mm) column. Sample was lyophilized to yield 66 mg of product A89.
Representative example 37: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-fluoro-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyi)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoic acid A95.
Step 1 : To ethyl 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl) nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)pi
4-yl)phenoxy)butanoate 86 (40mg, O.OSmmol, 1eq) in DC at 0°C was added DAST (7.4uL, 0.06mmol, 1.2eq.). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. HPLC purification, C18, CH3CN/H20, 60% to 90% CH3CN provided 38 mg (99% yield) of ester ethyl 4-(2-(4-fluoro-1-((2R,3S)-
2- propyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)ptperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butanoate 88.
Step 2: To ester 88 {38mg, 0.047mmo!) in 1.0ml_ of MeOH was added aqueous KOH (0,2mL, 0.71mmol, 15equiv). Reaction was stirred at 45°C for 15 hours. Reaction was concentrated to a lower and 3mL of EtOAc was added. Water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was acidified with aqueous 1 N HCI to PH=3.5. EtOAc layer was separated and washed with brine. The Organic later was dried over MgS04 filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 36mg of product A95 (100% yield).
Representative example 38: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-
3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid A11.
Figure imgf000178_0001
Step 1: To alpha.alpha-dimethyl-gamma-butyrolactone (1.49g, 13.05mmol) in 10mL of anhydrous DCM was added BBr3 (3.7mL, 13.7mmol, 1.05eq.) slow!y at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. Reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH (1 mL) at 0°C. Reaction was further stirred at room temperature for 20min then diluted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with DCM. Organic layer was washed with aqueous Na2S204, brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% DCM) to provide 1.9 g (68% yield) of methyl 4-bromo-2,2-dimethylbutanoate 89.
Step 2: 89 was reacted as described in general procedure 6 to yield 4-(2-{4- hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)- 2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid. Hydrolysis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid was performed as described in general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A11.
Representative example 39: Synthesis of 5-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-{trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid A102.
Figure imgf000180_0001
Step 1 : To a 0°C solution of diisopropylamine (14.35mL, 0.102mol) in 70mL of THF was added n-BuLi (68mL, 0.102mol). The mixture was stirred at 0~5°C for 30min. After the mixture was cooled to -78°C, ethyl isobutyrate (13.7mL, 0.102mol, 1eq.) was added drop wise and stirring was maintained at -78°C for 1h. 1 ,3-Dibromopropane (1.01 equiv, 10.5 ml_) was added drop wise at -78°C and stirring was maintained at -78°C for 1 h. Reaction was then warmed up to 23°C over 2 hrs. Reaction mixture was added to an aqueous NH4CI solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 1 HCI and brine, dried over gS04, filtered and concentrated down to give 23g of crude product. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (5% to 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 17.4 g (73% yield) of ethyl 5-bromo-2,2-dimethylpentanoate 90.
Step 2: 90 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A102.
Representative example 40: Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-{3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A86.
Figure imgf000181_0001
THF, -78°C
Stepl: Procedure described in representative example A102 was used by replacing in stepl , ethyl isobutyrate with Ethyl cyclobutanecarboxylate to prepare ethyl 1-(3-bromopropyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 91.
Step 2: 91 was reacted with intermediate 83 as described in general procedure 6 to give ethyl 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate. Hydrolysis of ethyl 1 -(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1 -((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1 -(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate was performed as described in general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A86.
Representative example 41 : Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-methoxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A131.
Figure imgf000182_0001
To A86 prepared in representative example 40 (0.15g, 0.18mmol) in THF at 0°C was added NaH (35 mg, 1.5 mmol, 8eq.). After 5 minutes, Mel (45uL, 0.72mmol, 4eq.) was added slowly. Reaction was stirred for 2 hours then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to yield 1-(3-(2-(4-methoxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyi-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyt)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid. Hydrolysis of 1-(3-(2-(4-methoxy- 1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoy])-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid was performed as described in general procedure 5, step2 to yield, after HPLC purification, C18, CH3CN/H20, 60% to 90% CH3CN, 39.6 mg (26% yield) of product A131.
Representative example 42: Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A22.
Figure imgf000183_0001
THF, -78°C
Step 1: To a 0°C solution of DIPA (14.3 ml_,102 mmol) in THF (100 ml_) was added n-BuLi (2.5M, 102 mmol). The Rx was stirred for 30-45 min then cooled to -78°C. Ethyl cyclobutane carboxylate (102 mmol, 1 equiv) was added slowly and the enolate was allowed to form for ~ 30 min. At -78°C, above enolate was poured into 1 ,3-dibromobutane (2 equiv, 200 mmol) and Rx stirred at -78°C for 1h then warmed-up to RT. After 3 hours, NH4CI was added and reaction extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to give 25g of crude product. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0% to 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 11 g (42% yield) of racemic ethyl 1-(3- bromobutyl)cyciobutanecarboxylate 92.
Step 2: Ethyl 1-(3-bromobutyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 92 was used as described in general procedure 5 by replacing in step 1 , intermediate 82 by intermediate 80. Ethyl 1 -(3-(2-(4-cyano- 1 -((2R ,3S)-2-propyl- 1 -(4-(trifluoromethyl) nicoti noyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butyt)cyclobutanecarboxylate obtained was hydrolyzed following the conditions of general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A22 as a mixture of 2 diastereomers. Representative example 43: Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A21.
Figure imgf000184_0001
Compound A21 was synthesized in a fashion analogous to compound A22 of representative example 42 starting with intermediate 83 of general procedure 3.
Representative example 44: Synthesis of 1-((R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A31.
Figure imgf000185_0001
Step 1: To a 0°C DCM (100 mL) solution of (S)-(+)-1 ,3-Butanol (7g, 77.6 mmol) containing Et^N (14 mL, 1.3equiv) was added drop wise a DCM solution (60 mL) of TsCI (1.05 equiv, 15g). Reaction was warmed-up to Rt and stirred overnight. After 18 hours, the DCM layer was washed with HCI 1.0N (X2), then NaHC03, then brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to 15 g of crude oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 40% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 13 g (69% yield) of (S)-3-hydroxybutyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate 94.
Step 2: To a RT solution of 94 (4 mmol, 1g) in acetone (10 mL) was added Nal (5 equiv, 20mmol, 3g) and the reaction was brought to reflux. After 2 hours, TLC showed that reaction was completed. Insoluble was filtered off trough pad of celite. Filtrate was concentrated down and diluted with EtOAc and water. EtOAc layer was washed with NaHC03, then Na2S203 and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to a yellow oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 0.7 g (88% yield) of (S)-4-iodobutan-2-ol 95. Step 3: To a 0°C solution of alchool 95 (2.5 mmol, 0.5g) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (5 mmol, 0.83 ml ) followed by CH3S02CI (1.2 equiv, 3mmol, 0.25 mL). After 10 min, TLC showed showed that reaction was completed. Reaction was poured into water and EtOAc. Washed with HCI (1.0N) and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to a yellow oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% to 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 0.64g (92% yield) of (S)-4-iodobutan-2-yl methanesulfonate 96.
Step 4: To a solution of diisopropylamine (9.1 mL, 65 mmol) in 43 mL of THF was added n-BuLi (26mL, 65 mmol) at 0°C slowly (5min). The mixture was stirred at 0~5°C for 30min. After the mixture was cooled to -78°C (10min), Ethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (8 mL, 59.6 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added dropwise and stirred at -78°C for 30min. The enolate was added into the solution of (S)-4- iodobutan-2-yl methanesulfonate 96 (15g, 54mmol) in !OOmL of THF at -78°C. Cooling bath was removed to allow the reaction to warm up to RT. After 30 min at RT, reaction was quenched by addition of water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine then dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography first with (5% to 30% EtOAc in hexanes) then 100% DCM to (98% DCM/2% EtOAc) to provide 5.3g (36% isolated yield) of (S)-ethyl 1-(3- (methylsulfonyloxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 97.
Step 5: 97 was reacted as described in general procedure 6 to yield ethyl 1- ((R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate Hydrolysis of ethyl 1-((R)-3-(2-(4- hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate was performed as described in general procedure 5, step2 to yield A31. Representative example 45: Synthesis of 1-((S)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-{trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)pipertdine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)butyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A32.
Figure imgf000187_0001
Compound A32 can be prepared in a sequence analogous to the preparation of example A31 from (R)-(-)-1 ,3-Butanol instead of (S)-(+)-1 ,3-Butanol 93 in representative example 44, step 1.
Representative example 46: Synthesis of 1-(2-{2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A88.
Figure imgf000187_0002
THF, -78°C Stepi : Procedure described in representative example 40, step 1 , was used by replacing 1 ,3-Dibromopropane by 1,3-Dibromoethane to prepare ethyl 1-(2- bromoethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate 98.
Step 2: 98 was reacted according the general procedure 6 by replacing intermediate 83 with intermediate 81 to give ethyt 1-(2-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate. Hydrolysis of ethyl 1-(2-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate was performed as described in general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A88.
Representative example 47: Synthesis of (4-(2-(3-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4- yl)propoxy)phenyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(4- (trifluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3- yl)methanone A84.
Figure imgf000188_0001
Intermediate 82 was reacted with commercially available 4-(2-bromoethyl)-3,5- dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole according the general procedure 5, step 1, to yield A84.
Representative example 48: Synthesis of (1 R,3S)-3-((2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)- 2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trif!uoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)methyI)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A23.
Figure imgf000189_0001
Step 1 : (1S,3R)-3-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid (15.9gm, 92.3mmol, 1 equi.) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (250ml_) and cooled down to -78°C under nitrogen atmosphere. To this wass added borane dimethyl sulfide complex {2M solution in THF, 1.66 equi., 147.7mmol, 74ml_) and stirring was maintained for one hour allowing the temperature to raise to 0°C temperature and stirred at room temperature for another three hours. The mixture was cooled down to -20 °C and quenched with a slow addition of 1M KH2P04. Reaction was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for further 20 min and extracted with ether. Organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with (10% to 80% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 13g of (1 R,3S)-methyl 3- (hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanecarboxylate 99.
Step 2: To a 0°C solution of 99 (6.6gm, SOmmol, 1 equi.) in 60mL of DCM was added triphenyl phosphine (60mmol, 1.2 equi, 15.72gm) followed by carbon tetrabromide (60mmol, 1.2 equi. 19.86gm). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight allowing the temperature to rise to room temperature. Reaction was concentrated to dryness and the residue was diluted with ether/DCM {1:1, 20ml) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with (5% to 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 3.5g of (1R,3S)-methyl 3- (bromomethyl)cyclopentanecarboxylate 100.
Step 3: 100 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A23.
Representative example 49: Synthesis of 2-((1S,3R)-3-(2-{4-hydroxy-1- {(2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(triftuoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)cyclopentyl)acetic acid A117.
Figure imgf000190_0001
Step 1: To (1S,3R)-(3-hydroxy-cyclopentyl)acetic acid methyl ester {2.0g, 12.6mmol) in 10ml_ of DCM at 0°C was added PPh3 (3.49g, 13.3mmol, 1.05eq.), followed by CBr4 (4.41 g, 13.3mmol, 1.05eq.) slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through a thin layer silica gel and the filtrate was concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with (15% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 1.96g of methyl 2-((1 R,3S)-3-bromocyclopentyl)acetate 101.
Step 2: 101 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A117. Representative example 50: Synthesis of (1S,4r)-4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)cycIohexanecarboxylic acid A112.
Figure imgf000191_0001
Compound A112 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 49 by replacing in step 1 , (1S,3R)-(3-hydroxy- cyclopentyl)acetic acid methyl ester with trans- ethyl 4-hydroxy- cyclohexanecarboxylate.
Representative example 51 : Synthesis of {1S,3S)-3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyi)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidtne-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A40.
Figure imgf000192_0001
Stepi: To a 0°C solution of (1S,3R)-methyl 3-hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate (10 mmol, 1.45g) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (15 mmol, ) followed by CH3S02CI (1.2 equiv, 12 mmol, 0.93 mL) and cat DMAP. After 3h. reaction was washed with NH4CI, then HCI (0.5N) then brine. Organic layer dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to provide 102 as a yellowish oil that was used as it is for step 2.
Step 2: 102 was reacted according the general procedure 6 by replacing intermediate 83 with intermediate 81 to give. Hydrolysis of was performed as described in general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A40.
Representative example 52: Synthesis of (1R,3R)-3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-{5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A36.
Figure imgf000193_0001
Compound A36 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 51 by replacing in stepl , (1S,3R)-methyl 3- hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate with (1R,3S)-methyl 3- hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate.
Representative example 53: Synthesis of (1R,3R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)- 2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)pipertdin-4-yl)phenoxy)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A34.
Figure imgf000193_0002
Compound A34 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 52 by replacing intermediate 81 with intermediate 83.
Representative example 54: Synthesis of acid (1R,3R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yi)phenoxy)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A80.
Figure imgf000194_0001
Compound A80 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 53 by replacing acid 77, used in the preparation of intermediate 83 with acid 77-A.
Representative example 55: Synthesis of (1 R,3R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)- 2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-N- {methylsulfonyl)cyclopentanecarboxamide A127.
Figure imgf000194_0002
To A34 ( 40mg, 0.050mmol) in DCM/DMF was added methanesulfonamide (33mg, 0.35mmol, 7eq.), HATU (23mg, 0.060mmol, 1.2eq.) and DIPEA (O.OSOmL, 0.30mmol, 6eq.) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI, saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine. The organic layer was dried over gS04 and filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (60-90-40 % acetonitrile/ water with 0.1 % TFA in 35min, with a flow rate of 15ml/min using a sunfire prep C18 Column, 10 micron (19x250mm). The residue was lyophilized to provide 19mg of product A127 (43% yield).
Representative example 56: Synthesis of (1S,3R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-
2-propyl-1-(3-{trtfluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-1- methylcyclopentanecarboxylic acid A46 and (1R,3R)-3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)- 2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-1- methylcyclopentanecarboxylic acid A47.
Figure imgf000195_0001
trans-Λ 05 and cls-Λ 05 trans-Λ 06 and c/s-106 Step 1: To a RT solution of (1S,3S)-methyl 3-hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate (23.7 mmol, 3.45g) in DMF (10 ml_) was added imidazole (2.5 equiv, 60 mmol, 4g) followed by TBDMSCI (1.2 equiv, 4.3g). After 24h, reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with HCI (1.0N), twice, then NaHCC>3 and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgSO_j, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (5% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 6g of 103 (100% yield).
Step 2: To a -78°C solution of ester (3.23g, 12.5 mmol) was added 15 mmol of freshly prepared LDA (23 ml_). After 30 minutes, Mel (5 equiv) was added dropwise. After addition, reaction was let under stirring for 1 hour and warmed - up to RT. Reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with NH4CI and brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down to an oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0% to 5% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 2.67 g (71% yield) of trans-104 and cis-104 as an inseparable mixture of 2 diastereomers (3.4 (trans-104) / 1 (cis-104) ratio).
Step 3: To a 0°C solution of the diastereomeric mixture trans-104 and cis-104 (10 mmol, 2.65 g) in THF (30 ml) was added TBAF (1.2 equiv, 12 mmol, 12 ml_). After 1h, reaction was warmed-up to RT and stir overnight. After 18 hours, reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water, HCI (1.0N) and brine. Organic layer dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0% to 5% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 1.3g (83%) trans-105 and cis-105 as an inseparable mixture of 2 diastereomers.
Step 4: Compounds trans-106 and cis-106 were prepared according the procedure described in representative example 51 by replacing in stepl, (1S,3R)-methyl 3-hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate with trans-105 and cis-105. Compounds trans-106 and cis-106 were used as a mixture of 2 diastereomer in a ~3.4/1 ratio for step 5.
Step 5: The mixture trans-106 and cis-106 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A46 and A47 as a mixture of 2 diastereomers that can be separated by reverse phase HPLC using C18 sunfire prep 10 micron (18x250) column, 70% -100% CH3CN in water over 30 min at a flow rate of 15 mLmin. First pic (minor) is A47 Second pic (major) is A46.
Representative example 57: Synthesis of 1-{3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyciopropanecarboxylic acid A122.
Figure imgf000197_0001
107 108 109
Step 1 : To a solution of tert-butanol (1.16g, 15.6mmol) in THF at 0°C was added n-Bul_i(10.4ml_, 15.6mmol). After 15min, cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride 107 (1.5mL, 16.4mmol, 1.05eq.) was added slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous NH4CI. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. Organic layer was dried over MgS04. Filtered and concentrated down to give 1.91g (86% yield) of crude product 107.
Step 2: To a solution of diisopropylamine (2.06mL, 14.7mmol) in 20ml_ of THF was added n-BuLi (9.4ml_, 14.07mmol) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0~5°C for 30min. Then a solution of 107 (1.91g, 13.4mmol) in 5mL of THF at -78°C was added slowly, then followed by 1 ,3-dibromopropane (2.7ml_, 26.8mmoi, 2eq.). The mixture was stirred at -78°C and warmed-up to room temperature over 4 hours. The reaction mixture was added to an aqueous solution NH4CI and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with brine. Organic layer was dried over gS04, filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide 1.08g of 109. Step 4: 109 was reacted according the general procedure 6 by replacing intermediate 83 with intermediate 81 to give tert-butyl 1-(3-(2-(4-cyano-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)propyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate. To this intermediate (12mg, 0.014mmol) in DCM was added TFA. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04. Filtered and concentrated down. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (40-90-40 % acetonitrile/ water with 0.1 % TFA in 35min, with a flow rate of 15ml/min using sunfire prep C18, lOmicron (19x250mm)). The residue was lyophilized to provide 7mg of product A122. (61% yield).
Representative example 58: Synthesis of 2-(1-((2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidtn-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)cyclopropyl)acetic acid A128.
Figure imgf000199_0001
114
Step 1: To 1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropaneacetonitrile 110 (5.0g, 44.9mmol) in EtOH was added aqueous KOH (56ml_, 56mmol, 10eq.). The mixture was heated at reflux for overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated to remove solvent. The remaining aqueous solution was cooled to 0°C and acidified to PH~1 with concentrated aqueous HCI dropwise, then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 5.35g of product 111 (92% yield). Step 2: To 2-{1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyt)acetic acid 111 (5.35g, 41.1mmol) in EtOH was added concentrated sulfuric acid(1.3 ml_) . The mixture was heated at reflux for 2hrs. 35ml_ of saturated aqueous NaHC03 was added to the cooled mixture and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2. Organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 6.17g of product 113 (95% yield).
Step 3: To ethyl 2-(1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl)acetate 113 (1.0g, 6.3mmol) in 5mL of DCM at 0°C was added DIPEA (1.8mL, 10.7mmol, 1.7eq.), followed by MsCI {0.73mL, 9.48mmol, 1.5eq.) slowly. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. TLC indicated the reaction completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1N HCI and brine. The organic layer was dried over gS04, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give 1.33g of 114 (89% yield). Step 4: Ethyl 2-(1-((methylsulfonyloxy)methyl)cyclopropyl)acetate 114 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A128.
Representative example 59: Synthesis of (S)-4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-3-methylbutanoic acid A130.
Figure imgf000200_0001
115
Step 1: To (S)-beta-methyl-gamma-butyrolactone (1g, 9.99mmol) in 10ml_ of anhydrous DC was added BBr3 (10.5ml_, 10.5mmol, 1.05eq.) slowly at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then quenched by addition of MeOH (2 ml_) at 0°C. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20min then diluted with saturated aqueous. Organic layer was separated and washed with aqueous Na2S204 then brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to dryness to givel .Og of crude product 115 (51% yield).
Step 2: (S)-methyl 4-bromo-3-methylbutanoate 115 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 to yield A130. Representative example 60: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-{trifluorornethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)pentanoic acid A92.
Figure imgf000201_0001
Step 1: Preparation of intermediate 116 was done according representative example 59, step 1 , by replacing (S)-beta-methyl-gamma-butyro!actone with gamma-valerolactone.
Step 2: Intermediate 82 was reacted with methyl 4-bromopentanoate 116 according the general procedure 5 to yield A92.
Representative example 61 : Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(4-(trtfluoromethyl)nicotinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)pipertdin-4-yl)phenoxy)pentanoic acid A106.
Figure imgf000202_0001
Step 1 : Preparation of intermediate 117 was done according representative example 59, step 1 , by replacing (S)-beta-methyl-gamrna-butyrolactone with alpha-methyl-gamma-butyrolactone.
Step 2: Intermediate 82 was reacted with methyl 4-bromo-2-methylbutanoate 117 according the general procedure 5 to yield A106.
Representative example 62: Synthesis of 1-(3-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(tnfluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenylthio)propyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid A50.
85
Figure imgf000202_0002
Compound A50 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 40 by replacing in step 2, intermediate 83 with intermediate 85 of representative example 23.
Representative example 63: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yi)phenoxy)-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeuterobutanoic acid A18.
Figure imgf000203_0001
Step 1: Preparation of intermediate 119 was done according representative example 59, step 1, by replacing (S)-beta-methyl-gamma-butyrolactone with gama-butyrolactone-d6.
Step 2: Methyl 4-bromo-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeuterobutanoate 119 was reacted according the general procedure 6 by replacing intermediate 83 with intermediate 81 to give methyl 4-{2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trtfluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeuterobutanoate. Hydrolysis of methyl 4-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)- 2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeuterobutanoate was performed as described in general procedure 5, step 2 to yield A18. Representative example 64: Synthesis of 2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeutero-4-(2-(4- hydroxy-1-({2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-{3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenoxy)butanoic acid A20.
Figure imgf000204_0001
(Methyl 4-bromo-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexadeuterobutanoate 119 of representative example 63 was reacted as described in general procedure 5 with intermediate 83 to yield A20.
Representative example 65: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-Cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)-2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid A60.
Figure imgf000204_0002
Step 1: The intermediate TFA salt methyl 4-(2-(4-cyanopiperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)- 2,2-dimethylbutanoate 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 61 (170 mg, 0.50 mmol), 77 (255 mg, 0.50 mmol) and HATU (228 mg, 0.60 mmol) were taken up in D F (5 mL) followed by the addition of N-methyl morpholine (505 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic phase washed with sat NH4CI (30 mL), sat NaHCC>3 (30 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried over Na2S0 . The reaction mixture was filtered, evaporated to dryness, then purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford methyl 4-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifIuoromethy!)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)-2,2-dimethylbutanoate (312 mg, 77% yield) as a white solid: H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 8.80-8.81 (d, J - 4.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 - 8.07 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.06-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.55 (m, 1H),
4.52- 5.16 (m, 6H), 3.49-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.10-3.24 (m, 3H), 1.19 (s, 6H), 0.85-2.38 (m, 17H).
Step 2: 2 N Aqueous sodium hydroxide (5.5 mL) was added to methyl 4-(2-(4- cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)- 2,2-dimethylbutanoate (312 mg, 0.37 mmol) in THF/methanol (1:3, 12 mL). The reaction was stirred for 8 h at room temperature then concentrated. The residue was diluted ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the pH adjusted to 1 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by C18 semi-prep HPLC to obtain A60 (300 mg, 99% yield) as a white powder after lyophilization from water/acetonitrile: H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 8.81-8.82 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 - 8.08 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.84-6.87 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H),
6.53- 6.56 (m, 1H), 4.65-5.57 (m, 5H), 3.48-3.75 (m, 6H), 3.08-3.20 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 0.93-2.47 (m, 17H).
Representative example 66: Synthesis of 4-(2-(4-Cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1- (3-(trifiuoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yioxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)butanoic acid A59.
Figure imgf000206_0001
Compound A59 was synthesized in a fashion analogous to compound A60 starting with dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one as starting material instead of 3,3- dimethyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one and isolated as a white solid after lyophilization from water/acetonitrile. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC|3 9.75 (br, s, 1H), 8.79 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.57-7.00 (m, 6H), 6.53 (s, 1 H), 5.55-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.20-4.89 (m, 3H), 4.52-4.38 (m, 1 H), 3.72-2.70 (m, 6H), 2.58-0.78 (m, 19H).
Representative example 67: Synthesis of 4-(2-(1-((2R,3S)-2-Propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenylsulfonamido)butanoic acid A58.
Figure imgf000206_0002
Step 1: In an analogous procedure to representative example 65 step 1 , 66 was coupled to 77 to provide ethyl 4-(2-(1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenylsulfonamido)butanoate: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCbn 8.81 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98-7.84 (m, 1 H), 7.60-7.18 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.49 (m, 1 H), 5.60-5.40 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.01 (m, 2H), 4.90 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.51-1.02 (m, 28H).
Step 2: In an analogous procedure to representative example 65 step 2, ethy! 4- (2-{1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-{5- (trifiuoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3~carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenylsulfonamido)butanoate was saponified to provide A58 as a white solid after lyophilization from water/acetonitrile: H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI.3 8.80 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98-7.84 (m, 1 H), 7.60-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.99 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.50 (m, 1 H), 5.61-5.30 (m, 4H), 3.90-3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.43-0.70 (m, 25H).
Representative example 68: Synthesis of (1R,3R)-3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyloxy)cyclobutanecarboxytic acid A62.
Figure imgf000207_0001
Step 1 : In an analogous procedure to representative example 65 step 1 , 71 was coupled to 77 to provide (1S,3R)-methyl 3-(2-(4-cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yf)benzyloxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate (41 mg, 59% yield) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8.82 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 0.3H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 0.7H), 6.56-6.51 (m, 1 H), 5.58-5.48 (m, 0.7H), 5.42-5.34 (m, 0.3H), 5.26- 5.10 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.83 (dd, J = 11.9, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (t, J = 12.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.06 (quint, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.02 (m, 3H), 2.73- 1.20 (19H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, H).
Step 2: in an analogous procedure to representative example 65 step 2, (1S,3R)- methyl 3-(2-(4-cyano-1 -({2R,3S)-2-propyi-1 -(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)benzyloxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate was saponified to provide A62 (36 mg, 90% yield) as a white solid after tyophilization from water/acetomtriie: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8.81 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 1.3H), 7.44-7.18 (3H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 0.7H), 6.59-6.50 (m, 1H), 5.57-5.46 (m, 0.7H), 5.40-5.31 (m, 0.3H), 5.22-4.91 (m, 3H), 4.49 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 0.3H), 4.33 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 0.7H), 4.23-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.69 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 0.7H), 3.52 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H),3.33-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.95-2.05 (m, 10H), 1.99-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.28 (m, 3H), 1.08-0.83 (m, 3H).
Representative example 69: Synthesis of (S)-3-(2-(4-Cyano-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picoIinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-y!)benzyioxy)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid A61.
Figure imgf000208_0001
Compound A61 was prepared from intermediate 69 of representative example 18 and (S)-methyl 3-hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylate in a sequence analogous to the preparation of representative example 68 and was isolated as a white powder after lyophilization from water/acetonitrile: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8.86-8.76 (m, 1H), 8.13-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.59-6.85 (m, 5H), 6.60-6.51 (m, 1H), 5.58-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.25-4.38 (m, 7H), 4.26-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.32-1.15 (m, 20H), 1.18-0.81 (m, 3H).
Representative example 70: Synthesis of 4-{2-(4-Hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl- 1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenethoxy)butanoic acid A63.
Figure imgf000209_0001
Step 1: In an analogous procedure to general procedure 2, amine 75 was coupled to 78 to provide tert-butyl 4-(2-(4-hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3- carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenethoxy)butanoate {54 mg, 60% yield) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8.81 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J = 7.8, 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.42-7.27 (m, 0.6H), 7.25-7.04 (m, 2.8H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 0.6H), 6.64 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 0.6H), 6.54 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 0.4H), 5.57 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 0.6H), 5.45 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 0.4H), 4.87 (t, J - 13.4 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J = 11.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.59-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.49 (m, 3H), 3.43-3.01 (m, 6H), 2.59-1.20 (m, 27H), 1.02 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Step 2: Silica gel (230-400 mesh, 88 mg) was added to tert-butyl 4-(2-(4- hydroxy-1-((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-{trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-4- yl)phenethoxy)butanoate (15 mg, 0.018 mmol) in toluene (0.5 mL) and heated to reflux with vigorous stirring for 6 h. Additional silica gel (44 mg) and toluene (0.5 mL) were added and reflux was continued for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the silica gel was removed by filtration through Celite washing with methylene chloride/methanol (1 :1 , 10 mL) and methanol (10 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography (methanol/methylene chloride) to provide A63 (9.8 mg, 70% yield) as a white solid after lyophilization from water/acetonitrile: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCfe) 8.81 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.0, 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.23-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.71 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.68 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 0.7H), 6.54 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 0.3H), 5.57-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.93-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.45 (m, 2H), 3.95-3.01 (m, 9H), 2.81 (dt, J = 14.1, 3.67 Hz, 1H), 2.59-1.24 (m, 18H), 1.08-0.96 (m, 3H).
Representative example 71: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidin-2-yl)propanoate hydrochloride ( A143 )
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000211_0002
Figure imgf000211_0003
Figure imgf000211_0004
Step 1 : A reaction mixture of 2-methoxyphenylboronic acid 120 (600 mg, 4 mmol), Cs2C03 (2.6 g, 8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (200 mg, 0.2 mmol) and methyl 4- bromopicolinate 121 (864 mg, 4 mmol) in DMF ( 4 mL), was degassed and heated to 50 °C under Argon for 5 hr. The mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to give methyl 4-(2- methoxyphenyl)picolinate 122. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 1.703 min. Mass observed: 244.1 (M+H).
Step 2: To a solution of methyl 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)picolinate 122 (240 mg, 1 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and 1M HC! in ether (2 mL), Pt02 (10 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred under H2 at 60 psi overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite and was concentrated to give the crude product methyl 4- (2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxylate 123. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 1.114 min. Mass observed: 250.2 (M+H).
Step 3: To a solution of methyl 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxylate 123 (1.1 g, 4.1 mmol) in THF (10 mL), Boc20 (900 mg, 4.1 mmol) and 'Pr2NEt (1.4 mL, 8.2 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t overnight. After removal of solvent, the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to give a mixture of diasteremers of 1- fert-butyl 2-methyl 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylate 124. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.271 min. Mass observed: 250.1 (M-Boc+H).
Step 4: At 0 °C, to a solution of 1-fert-butyl 2-methyl 4-(2- methoxyphenyf)piperidine-1 ,2-dicarboxylate 124 (640 mg, 1.83 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH (0.5 mL), LiBH4 (60 mg, 2.74 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at r.t overnight, The reaction was quenched with water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product of iert-butyl 2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate 125 was obtained without further purification. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.027 min. Mass observed: 222.2 (M-Boc+H).
Step 5: At -78 °C, to a solution of Oxalyl Chloride (0.24 mL, 2.75 mmol) in DCM ( 4 mL), DMSO (0.43 mL, 6.04 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at the same temperature for 30 min and then a solution of fe/f-butyl 2- (hydroxymethyl)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate 125 (580 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min, followed by the addition of Ε¾Ν (1.1 mL, 7.32 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed up to r.t overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product of ierf-butyl 2-formyi-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate 126 was obtained without further purification. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.406 min. Mass observed: 264.1 (M- Buthyl + H). Step 6: At 0 °C, to a suspension of 60% NaH (100 mg, 2.5 mmol) in THF (3 ml_), triethy! phosphono acetate (0.5 ml_, 2.5 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0 °C for 30 min, a solution of fe/f-butyl 2-formyl-4-(2-methoxyphenyi)piperidine-1- carboxylate 126 (540 mg, 1.69 mmol)) in THF (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed up to r.t for 3 hr. The reaction was quenched with water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 25% EtOAc hexanes) to give a mixture of diasteremers of fe/f-butyl 2-(3-ethoxy-3- oxoprop-1-enyl)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate 127. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.655 min. Mass observed: 290.2 (M-Boc+H).
Step 7: To a solution of ierf-butyl 2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate 127 (540 mg, 1.4 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL), 10% Pd/C (50 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred under H2 overnight. LC/MS showed the completion of hydrogenation LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 2.514 min. Mass observed: 292.3 (M - Boc + H). After the filtration through Celite and removal of solvent, the residue was treated with 4N HCI in dioxane (3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t for 1 hr. After removal of solvent, the crude product of ethyl 3-(4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidin-2-yl)propanoate hydrochloride 128 was obtained without further purification. LC/MS RT (5 min method) = 1.239 min. Mass observed: 292.3 (M + H).
Step 8: Amide bond formation was done from intermediate 78 following the general procedure 2. Hydrolysis of the ester to the carboxylic acid was followed as described in general procedure 4. The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to yield ethyl 3-(4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-2- yl)propanoate hydrochloride (A143). LC/MS RT (7 min method) = 4.21 min. Mass observed: 756.2 (M+H).
Representative example 72: Synthesis of 3-(4-hydroxy-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1- ((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifiuoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen- 3-yloxy) piperidine- 3-carbonyl)piperidin-2-yl)propanoic acid ( A144 )
Figure imgf000214_0001
Step 1:
At -23 °C, to a solution of 4-methoxypyridine (5.45 g, 50 mmol) in THF (50 mL), 1.0 N Allyl- gBr (50 mL, 50 mmol) in ether was added to form a yellow suspension. 95% Cbz-CI (7.4 mL, 50 mmol) was then added dropwise. The yellow mixture was stirred at -23 °C for 30 mins and then poured into 10% HCI (100 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give benzyl 2-allyi-4-oxo-3,4-dihydropyridine- 1(2H)-carboxylate 129. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.090 min. Mass observed: 272.1 (M + H).
Step 2:
To a solution of benzyl 2-allyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate 129 (160 mg, 0.6 mmol) HOAc (2 ml_), Zn powder (113 mg, 1.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C for 16 hr. After removal of solvent, ethyl acetate and water was added. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give benzyl 2- allyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate 130. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.080 min. Mass observed: 274.0 (M + H).
Step 3:
At-78 °C, to a solution of benzyl 2-allyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate 130 (895 mg, 3.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL), 1.0 N of 2-methoxyphenyl Grignard reagent in ether (3.6 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 hr, and then quenched with water. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give benzyl 2-allyl-4-hydroxy-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate 131. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.330 min. Mass observed: 404.1 (M + Na).
Step 4:
To a solution of benzyl 2-allyl-4-hydroxy-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate 131 (220 mg, 0.58 mmol) in THF (2 mL), 0.5 M of 9-BBN in THF (3.5 mL) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at r.t for 16 hr and then 10% NaOH (3 mL) and H2O2 (3 mL) were added. After stirring for 30 mins, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 30% to 75% EtOAc/hexanes) to give benzyl 4-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate 132. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.228 min. Mass observed: 400.2 (M + H).
Step 5:
At 0 °C, to a solution of benzyl 4-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate 132 (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), catalytic amount of DMAP and Et3N (80 μΙ_, 0.57 mmol) was added followed by TBDMSCI (80 mg, 0.53 mmol). After addition, the reaction solution was warmed up to r.t for 16 hr and then quenched with water. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 10% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the silyl ether: benzyl 2-(3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)propyl)-4-hydroxy-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.653 min. Mass observed: 514.1 (M + H).
To a solution of the above product in ethyl acetate (10 mL), 10% Pd/C (10 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred under H2 atmosphere for 2 hr. After filtration off the Pd/C and removal of solvent, the crude product of 2-(3-(tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)propyl)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-4-ol 133 was obtained without further purification. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 0.960 min. Mass observed: 380.4 (M + H).
Step 6:
To a solution of acid chloride 78 (160 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was a solution of 2-(3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)propyl)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidin- 4-ol 133 (120 mg, 0.32 mmol) and iPr2NEt (0.17 mL, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (1 mL). The dark yellow reaction solution was stirred at r.t. for 16 hr. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 30% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to give (2-(3-{tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)propyl)-4-hydroxy- 4-(2-methoxyphenyI)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3- (trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)p!peridin-3- yl)methanone 134. LC/MS RT (2.25 min method) = 1.883 min. Mass observed: 872.2 (M + H).
Step 7:
To a solution of (2-(3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)propyl)-4-hydroxy-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yl)methanone 134 (140 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (1 ml_), 1.0 M of TBAF in THF (0.2 mL, 0.19 mmol) was added. The yellow reaction solution was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, 30% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to give de-silyl product (4-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)piperidin-1-yl)((2R,3S)-2-propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3-yloxy)piperidin-3-yI)methanone. LC/MS RT (7 min method) = 4.352 min. Mass observed: 758.2 (M + H).
To a solution of the above alcohol (25 mg, 0.03 mmol) in MeCN (0.5 mL), CCI4 (0.5 mL) and H20 (0.75 mL), RuCI3 (1.4 mg, 0.007 mmol) and Nal04 (14 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added. The bi-layer reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give 3-(4-hydroxy-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-((2R,3S)-2- propyl-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)picolinoyl)-3-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiophen-3- yloxy)piperidine-3-carbonyl)piperidin-2-yl)propanoic acid A144. LC/MS RT (7 min method) = 4.286 min. Mass observed: 772.1 (M + H).
Representative example 73: Synthesis of ( A145 )
Figure imgf000218_0001
Compound A1 5 was prepared according the procedure described in representative example 55 by replacing intermediate A34 with intermediate A46. LC/MS RT (4 min method) = 2.44 min. Mass observed: 889.1 (M + H).
The above compounds as well as other compounds prepared by essentially the same procedures given in the preparative examples above are shown below in Table 1.
Figure imgf000219_0001
A5 795.2 2.34
A6 810.2 2.39
A7 809.2 2.43
A8 795 2.37
HO
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
5.37 and
A43 871 (Na)
5.40 o
A44 871 (Na) 5.37
A45 871 (Na) 5.4
A46 834(Na) 4.54
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
The inventive compounds can readily be evaluated to determine activity at the HD 2 protein by known methods such as the fluorescence polarization screening assay that measures the inhibitory concentration that achieves 50% of maximal activity (FP IC50) and the dissociation constant for inhibitor binding (FP Ki). [Zhang et al., J. Analytical Biochemistry 331 : 138-146 (2004)].
Additionally, compounds are tested for activity at the HDM2 protein using the Cell Viability Assay, which measures the number of viable cells in culture after treatment with the inventive compound for a certain period of time e.g. 72 hours based on quantitation of the ATP present (Cell Viability. IC5o)- [CellTiter- Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay from Promega].
The compounds of the present invention have unexpectedly superior potency over the compounds disclosed in WO2008/005268 (equivalent to U.S. Patent Publication US 2008/0004287). They exhibit FP IC50 values of less than 0.5 μΜ. In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention exhibit FP IC50 values of less than 0.1 μΜ. Representative FP IC50 values for some of the compounds from Table 1 are shown in Table 2:
Table 2
Figure imgf000256_0001
In order to assess the potential for inhibition of Cytochrome P450s (CYPs) and therefore possible drug interactions, human liver microsomes were incubated with several concentrations (0.2, 2, and 20 uM) of compound of the present invention, 1 mM reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH) and substrates for various CYPs at 37°C for 13 mins. The substrate concentration was kept near the Km value for each CYP reaction. They were 100 μΜ testosterone (ββ-hydroxylase reaction) for CYP3A4. The concentrations of the metabolites formed from each substrate after incubation were determined by LC/MS/MS using a standard curve. The concentrations at which 50% of the initial enzyme activity was inhibited (IC50) were determined from the graph of the concentrations versus percent of inhibition.
The cytochrome P4503A4 enzyme inhibition studies of the compounds of the present invention also have an improved CYP3A4 profile. They have an IC5o CYP3A4 (pre and co incubation) or more than 1 μΜ, which is unexpectedly superior to the compounds disclosed in WO2008/005268 (U.S. Patent
Publication 2008/0004287).
From these test results, it would be apparent to the skilled artisan that the compounds of the invention have utility in treating cancer, diseases involving abnormal cell proliferation and diseases caused by inadequate functioning p53.
While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
Each and every reference, whether a published patent application, a granted/issued patent or a nonpatent scientific publication, mentioned herein is incorporated by reference for all purposes.

Claims

What is claimed is:
Figure imgf000258_0001
Formula 1
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is:
Figure imgf000258_0002
, wherein:
E is either present or absent, and when present is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(C C6)alkyl, -(Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(O)0H, -(Ci-C6)alkyl-OH, -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)NR8R8', - (C2-C6)alkenyl, -(C2-C6)alkynyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl;
each J independently is selected from the group consisting of H and halogen;
G, Y and R may or may not be present, wherein: when Y is not present, G is not present; when Y is present, it is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NR8, S02, and CR8R8';
R when present is one or more moieties independently selected from the group consisting of -{Ci-C6)alkyl, and -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH;
G when present is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8)n- C(0)OH, -<CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, - (CR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyi-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -{CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8)n-C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n- S-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, C(0)OH,— (CR8R8')n-NH-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH,—
(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-S-(CR8R8')n-CH3,— <CReR8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-CH3— (CR8R8)n-CH3,— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl,— (CR8R8')n- P(0)OR8OR8',— (CR8R8')n-P(0)02, and— (CR8R8')n-OH; wherein:
each R8 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, D, and (CrC6)alkyl; or wherein R8 and R8 together with the carbon to which each is attached form (C3-C8)cycloalkyl;
each R9 independently is S02(CrC6)alkyl or S02(C3-C8)cycloalkyl;
each n independently is 0-10; providing that when n is 0, any oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom of Y is not directly linked to any oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom of G;
represents a single or a double bond, providing that when E is presen = represents a single bond;
Figure imgf000259_0001
R4, R4 , R5, R5 , R6, R6', R7, and R7' independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci-Ce)alkyl; and
Figure imgf000259_0002
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R is absent and E is present.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein both R and E are absent.
4. The compound of claim 1 , wherein E is present and is selected from the goup consisting of H, halo, OH, CN, -0(CrC6)a!kyl, (d-C6)alkyl, -C(0)OH, - C(0)NR8R8', -(Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)OH, -(Ci-C6)alkyl-OH, -{Ci-C6)-C(0)NR8R8', and heteroaryl.
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein said -(Ci-Ce)alkyl-OH is hydroxymethyl; said -{Ci-C6)alkyl-C(0)NR8R8' is -C(0)NH2; said -(d-CeJalkyl- C(0)OH is -(CH2)4COOH; said halo is -F; said -0(Ci-C6)alkyl is methoxy; said - (Ci-C6)alkyl is methyl; and said heteroaryl is tetrazolyl.
6. The compound of claim 1 , wherein each J independently is H or Fluoro.
7. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Y is present and is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S02, and CR8R8'.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein G is present, and is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8*)n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -{CR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH, - (CR8R8')n-0-{CR8R8')„-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH) — (CR8R8')n-0- (CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, — (CR8R8 )n-NH-(CR8R8 )n-C(0)OH, — (CR8R8')n-0- (CR8R8)n-CH3, — (CRsR8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, — (CR8R8)n- P(0)OR8OR8', and— (CR8R8')n-OH.
9. The compound of claim 9, wherein said -(CR8R8)n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)i-5C(0)OH, -CH(CH3)-(CH2)2-3-C(0)OH, - (CH2)1-3C(CH3)2C(0)OH, -(CH2)3CH(CH(CH3)2)-C(0)OH -<CD2)3C(0)OH, -
Figure imgf000260_0001
and ; wherein said -
(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9 is -iCH2)1-4-C(0)NH-S(0)2CH3 or -(CH2)3-4-C(0)NH-S(0)2- cyclopropyl; said -( 8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9 is -cyclopentyl-
C(0)NH-S(0)2-CH3 or
Figure imgf000260_0002
sajd _(CR8R 8')n.(C3-
C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH2- cyclopentyl-C(0)OH, -cyclobutyl-C(0)OH, -cyclopentyl-C(0)OH, -cyclohexyl- C(0)OH, and -cyclopentyl-CH2-C(0)OH; said -(CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is -0-cyclopeny!-C(0)OH or -O-cyclobutyl- C(0)OH; said — (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-(CH2)3-C(0)OH, -0-(CH2)2-C(CH3)2-C(0)OH, and -O- (CH2)3-C(0)OH; said— (CR8R8')n-NH-(CR8R8,)n-C(0)OH is -NH(CH2)3C(0)OH; said— (CR8R8')n-0-(CR8R8')n-CH3 is -(CH2)2-0-CH3; said— (CR8R8')n-CH3 is - CH3; said— (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl is -(CH2)2-(alkyl substituted pyrazolyl); said— (CR8R8')n-P(0)OR8OR8' is ^CH2)3P(0)(OH)(OH) or -(CH2)3P(0)(OCH3)(OCH3); and said— (CR8R8')n-OH is -(CH2)2-OH.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is O and G is selected from the group consisting of -(CR8R8)n-C(0)OH, ~(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9, -<CR8R8')n-(C3- C8)cycloalkyl-C(0)NR8R9, -iCR8R8')n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, — (CR8R8 )n-0-(CR8R8 n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-CH3, — (CR8R8')n-heteroaryl, and — (CR8R8')n-P(0)OR8OR8'.
11. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is S and G is -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH or ~tCR8R8,)n-(C3-C8)cycloalkyl-{CR8R8')n-C(0)OH.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is S02 and G is— (CR8R8')n-NH- (CR8R8')n-C(0)OH.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is CR8R8' and G is selected from the group consisting of — (CR8R8)n-0-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8)n-0-(CR8R8')n- (C3-C8)cycloalkyl-(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, -(CR8R8')n-C(0)OH, — {CR8R8')n-OH, — (CR8R8)n-heteroaryl, and -(CR8R8')n-C(0)NR8R9
14. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R4 is hydrogen and R4< is 1-propyl, such that Formula 1 is represented by Formula 1A:
Figure imgf000261_0001
Formula 1A
wherein R1, R2, R5, R5', R6, R6', R7, R7', and X are as set forth in Formula 1.
15. The compound of claim 15, wherein R5, R5', R6, R6', R7, and R7' are all hydrogen.
16. The compound of claim 16, wherein:
Figure imgf000262_0001
either (i) each J in R is H, or (ii) one J in R1 is halo, and the reminaing three Js are H,
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein:
Figure imgf000262_0002
each J in R1 is H.
18. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
264
Figure imgf000265_0001
265
Figure imgf000266_0001
266
Figure imgf000267_0001
267
Figure imgf000268_0001
268
Figure imgf000269_0001
269
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000270_0002
270
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
272
Figure imgf000273_0001
273
Figure imgf000274_0001
274
Figure imgf000275_0001
275
Figure imgf000276_0001
276
Figure imgf000277_0001
277
Figure imgf000278_0001
278
Figure imgf000279_0001
279
Figure imgf000280_0001
280
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
282
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
20. A method of treating a cancer selected from the group consisting of selected from the group consisting of cancer of bladder, breast, colon, rectum, endometrium, kidney, liver, lung, head and neck, esophagus, gall bladder, cervix, pancreas, prostrate, larynx, ovaries, stomach, uterus, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, liposarcoma, thyroid cancer, hematopoietic tumors of the lymphoid lineage, hematopoetic tumors of myeloid lineage, myelogenous leukemias,
myelodysplastic syndrome, promyeiocytic leukemia, tumors of mesenchymal origin, tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, melanoma, skin (non-melanomal) cancer, mesothelioma (cells), seminoma, teratocarcinoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma, in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising
administering an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
PCT/US2010/051403 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF WO2011046771A1 (en)

Priority Applications (17)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP10823840.3A EP2488028B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
KR1020127012244A KR101485645B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
US13/501,685 US8859776B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
BR112012008849A BR112012008849A2 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound
AU2010307198A AU2010307198C9 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
CA2777043A CA2777043C (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
EA201270546A EA023838B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
UAA201205722A UA109417C2 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines, which improve activity of p53, and use thereof
JP2012534222A JP5099731B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and uses thereof
CN201080056354.8A CN102638981B (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
NZ599343A NZ599343A (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
MX2012004377A MX2012004377A (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF.
TNP2012000129A TN2012000129A1 (en) 2009-10-14 2012-03-23 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
IL219125A IL219125A0 (en) 2009-10-14 2012-04-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
ZA2012/02667A ZA201202667B (en) 2009-10-14 2012-04-12 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
MA34862A MA33745B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2012-05-11 Alternative pepperdines that increase the activity of p53 and the use of their compounds
US14/339,925 US20140336222A1 (en) 2009-10-14 2014-07-24 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US25160309P 2009-10-14 2009-10-14
US61/251,603 2009-10-14
US25246809P 2009-10-16 2009-10-16
US61/252,468 2009-10-16

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/501,685 A-371-Of-International US8859776B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
US14/339,925 Division US20140336222A1 (en) 2009-10-14 2014-07-24 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011046771A1 true WO2011046771A1 (en) 2011-04-21

Family

ID=43876442

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/051403 WO2011046771A1 (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-05 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF

Country Status (27)

Country Link
US (2) US8859776B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2488028B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5099731B1 (en)
KR (1) KR101485645B1 (en)
CN (2) CN104945382B (en)
AR (1) AR078622A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2010307198C9 (en)
BR (1) BR112012008849A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2777043C (en)
CL (1) CL2012000949A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6531452A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20120183A (en)
EA (1) EA023838B1 (en)
GT (1) GT201200111A (en)
IL (1) IL219125A0 (en)
IN (1) IN2012DN03085A (en)
MA (1) MA33745B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2012004377A (en)
MY (1) MY174452A (en)
NI (1) NI201200059A (en)
NZ (1) NZ599343A (en)
PE (1) PE20121172A1 (en)
TN (1) TN2012000129A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI507405B (en)
UA (1) UA109417C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2011046771A1 (en)
ZA (2) ZA201202667B (en)

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013062923A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. MACROCYCLES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
WO2013096150A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted piperidines as hdm2 inhibitors
US8536186B2 (en) 2008-08-04 2013-09-17 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US8846657B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted imidazopyridines as HDM2 inhibitors
US8883785B2 (en) 2010-01-25 2014-11-11 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US9012463B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2015-04-21 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP2934514A4 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-06-08 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
US9428464B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2016-08-30 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US9814721B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-11-14 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton'S tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US9885086B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-02-06 Pharmacyclics Llc Phospholipase C gamma 2 and resistance associated mutations
US9981918B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2018-05-29 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US10085999B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-10-02 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018227129A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Skin care formulations and skin cancer treatment
US10258621B2 (en) 2014-07-17 2019-04-16 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating HIV-related disorders
US10513497B2 (en) 2017-02-17 2019-12-24 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing AG-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof
WO2020072442A1 (en) 2018-10-01 2020-04-09 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatives of relebactam and uses thereof
EP3669881A1 (en) 2014-01-28 2020-06-24 Buck Institute for Research on Aging Compositions for use in the treatment of senescence-assiocated disease and disorders
US10815228B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2020-10-27 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aztreonam derivatives and uses thereof
US10954567B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2021-03-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Mutations associated with resistance to inhibitors of Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase (BTK)
US11008321B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2021-05-18 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline form of an avibactam derivative
US11058668B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2021-07-13 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating TTR amyloidosis using AG10
US11260047B2 (en) 2018-08-17 2022-03-01 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Formulations of AG10
US11565999B2 (en) 2019-04-25 2023-01-31 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of synthesizing aztreonam derivatives

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104797267A (en) * 2012-06-26 2015-07-22 德玛医药 Methods for treating tyrosine-kinase-inhibitor-resistant malignancies in patients with genetic polymorphisms or ahi1 dysregulations or mutations employing dianhydrogalactitol, diacetyldianhydrogalactitol, dibromodulcitol, or analogs or derivatives thereof
EP3781156A4 (en) * 2018-04-16 2022-05-18 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. Spirocyclic compounds
CN111072475A (en) * 2019-12-20 2020-04-28 牡丹江恒远药业股份有限公司 Synthesis method and application of 1-hydroxymethyl cyclopropyl acetic acid
US11944604B1 (en) 2023-03-10 2024-04-02 King Saud University Nanoformulation of spriooxindole and methods for treating hepatocellular carcinoma

Citations (349)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2789118A (en) 1956-03-30 1957-04-16 American Cyanamid Co 16-alpha oxy-belta1, 4-pregnadienes
US2990401A (en) 1958-06-18 1961-06-27 American Cyanamid Co 11-substituted 16alpha, 17alpha-substituted methylenedioxy steroids
US3048581A (en) 1960-04-25 1962-08-07 Olin Mathieson Acetals and ketals of 16, 17-dihydroxy steroids
US3126375A (en) 1964-03-24 Chioacyl
US3749712A (en) 1970-09-25 1973-07-31 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti Triamcinolone acetonide esters and process for their preparation
US3928326A (en) 1972-05-19 1975-12-23 Bofors Ab Process for the separation of stereoisomeric mixtures into their components and components obtained hereby
US3929768A (en) 1972-05-19 1975-12-30 Bofors Ab Steroids, processes for their manufacture and preparations containing same
US3996359A (en) 1972-05-19 1976-12-07 Ab Bofors Novel stereoisomeric component A of stereoisomeric mixtures of 2'-unsymmetrical 16,17-methylenedioxy steroid 21-acylates, compositions thereof, and method of treating therewith
US4231938A (en) 1979-06-15 1980-11-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Hypocholesteremic fermentation products and process of preparation
US4294926A (en) 1979-06-15 1981-10-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Hypocholesteremic fermentation products and process of preparation
US4319039A (en) 1979-06-15 1982-03-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Preparation of ammonium salt of hypocholesteremic fermentation product
US4346227A (en) 1980-06-06 1982-08-24 Sankyo Company, Limited ML-236B Derivatives and their preparation
US4444784A (en) 1980-08-05 1984-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Antihypercholesterolemic compounds
US4537859A (en) 1981-11-20 1985-08-27 Sankyo Company, Limited Process for preparing 3-hydroxy-ML-236B derivatives known as M-4 and M-4'
US4681893A (en) 1986-05-30 1987-07-21 Warner-Lambert Company Trans-6-[2-(3- or 4-carboxamido-substituted pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]-4-hydroxypyran-2-one inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
US4782084A (en) 1987-06-29 1988-11-01 Merck & Co., Inc. HMG-COA reductase inhibitors
US4820850A (en) 1987-07-10 1989-04-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for α-C-alkylation of the 8-acyl group on mevinolin and analogs thereof
US4885314A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-12-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Novel HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
US4911165A (en) 1983-01-12 1990-03-27 Ethicon, Inc. Pliabilized polypropylene surgical filaments
EP0360390A1 (en) 1988-07-25 1990-03-28 Glaxo Group Limited Spirolactam derivatives
US4916239A (en) 1988-07-19 1990-04-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for the lactonization of mevinic acids and analogs thereof
US4929437A (en) 1989-02-02 1990-05-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Coenzyme Q10 with HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
WO1990005525A1 (en) 1988-11-23 1990-05-31 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives as substance p antagonists
EP0394989A2 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-10-31 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compounds, process for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
EP0428434A2 (en) 1989-11-06 1991-05-22 Sanofi Compounds of aromatic amines and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0429366A1 (en) 1989-11-23 1991-05-29 Rhone-Poulenc Sante Isoindolone derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0430771A1 (en) 1989-11-23 1991-06-05 Rhone-Poulenc Sante Isoindolone derivatives, their preparation and their use as intermediates for the preparation of substance P antagonists
US5030447A (en) 1988-03-31 1991-07-09 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions having good stability
EP0436334A2 (en) 1990-01-04 1991-07-10 Pfizer Inc. 3-Aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
EP0443132A1 (en) 1989-12-22 1991-08-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides having tachykinin antagonist activity, a process for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO1991018899A1 (en) 1990-06-01 1991-12-12 Pfizer Inc. 3-amino-2-aryl quinuclidines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1992001688A1 (en) 1990-07-23 1992-02-06 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives
WO1992006079A1 (en) 1990-09-28 1992-04-16 Pfizer Inc. Fused ring analogs of nitrogen containing nonaromatic heterocycles
EP0482539A2 (en) 1990-10-24 1992-04-29 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compounds, processes for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US5118853A (en) 1988-10-13 1992-06-02 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of 3-disubstituted aminoacroleins
WO1992012151A1 (en) 1991-01-10 1992-07-23 Pfizer Inc. N-alkyl quinuclidinium salts as substance p antagonists
US5134142A (en) 1989-09-22 1992-07-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivatives, and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
EP0498069A2 (en) 1990-12-21 1992-08-12 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. New use of peptide derivative
EP0499313A1 (en) 1991-02-11 1992-08-19 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Azabicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1992015585A1 (en) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Pfizer Inc. 1-azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-amine derivatives
WO1992017449A1 (en) 1991-03-26 1992-10-15 Pfizer Inc. Stereoselective preparation of substituted piperidines
EP0512901A1 (en) 1991-05-03 1992-11-11 Sanofi Aminated polycyclic compounds and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0512902A1 (en) 1991-05-03 1992-11-11 Sanofi Dialkyleneperidino compounds and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0514273A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. New derivatives of perhydroisoindole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0514276A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Thiopyranopyrrole derivatives and their preparation
EP0514275A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Thiopyranopyrrole derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0514274A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives and their preparation
WO1992020676A1 (en) 1991-05-22 1992-11-26 Pfizer Inc. Substituted 3-aminoquinuclidines
WO1992020661A1 (en) 1991-05-22 1992-11-26 Merck & Co., Inc. N, n-diacylpiperazines
EP0515681A1 (en) 1990-02-15 1992-12-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compound
EP0517589A2 (en) 1991-06-04 1992-12-09 Adir Et Compagnie Tachykinin derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1992021677A1 (en) 1991-05-31 1992-12-10 Pfizer Inc. bibNUCLIDINE DERIVATIVES
WO1992022569A1 (en) 1991-06-19 1992-12-23 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides with tachykinin antagonist activity
EP0520555A1 (en) 1991-06-24 1992-12-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Azabicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5177080A (en) 1990-12-14 1993-01-05 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyridyl-dihydroxy-heptenoic acid and its salts
WO1993000331A1 (en) 1991-06-20 1993-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Fluoroalkoxybenzylamino derivatives of nitrogen containing heterocycles
WO1993000330A2 (en) 1991-06-21 1993-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Azanorbornane derivatives
EP0522808A2 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-01-13 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Aromatic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5180589A (en) 1988-03-31 1993-01-19 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pravastatin pharmaceuatical compositions having good stability
WO1993001159A1 (en) 1991-07-10 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Fused tricyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1993001165A2 (en) 1991-07-10 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1993001169A2 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1993001170A1 (en) 1991-07-01 1993-01-21 Pfizer Inc. 3-aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
US5189164A (en) 1989-05-22 1993-02-23 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of syn-(E)-3,5-dihydroxy-7-substituted hept-6-enoic and heptanoic acids and derivatives and intermediates thereof
EP0528495A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-02-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Azacyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0532456A1 (en) 1991-08-12 1993-03-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag 1-Acylpiperidine derivatives and their use as substance P antagonists
EP0533280A1 (en) 1991-09-20 1993-03-24 Glaxo Group Limited Novel medical use for tachykinin antagonists
WO1993006099A1 (en) 1991-09-16 1993-04-01 Pfizer Inc. Fused tricyclic nitrogen containing heterocycles as substance p receptor antagonists
EP0536817A1 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-04-14 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Azabicyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO1993009116A1 (en) 1991-11-07 1993-05-13 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Quinuclidine compound and medicinal use thereof
WO1993010073A1 (en) 1991-11-12 1993-05-27 Pfizer Inc. Acyclic ethylenediamine derivatives as substance p receptor antagonists
EP0545478A1 (en) 1991-12-03 1993-06-09 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Heterocyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO1993014084A2 (en) 1992-01-21 1993-07-22 Glaxo Group Limited Piperidine derivatives
WO1993014113A1 (en) 1992-01-10 1993-07-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides with tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1993018023A1 (en) 1992-03-03 1993-09-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1993019064A1 (en) 1992-03-23 1993-09-30 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives as substance p antagonists
WO1993021155A1 (en) 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as p substance antagonists
WO1993021181A1 (en) 1992-04-15 1993-10-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds
GB2266529A (en) 1992-05-01 1993-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives
WO1993023380A1 (en) 1992-05-18 1993-11-25 Pfizer Inc. Bridged aza-bicyclic derivatives as substance p antagonists
WO1993024465A1 (en) 1992-05-27 1993-12-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 2/3-(heterocyclic alkyl amino)-1-(subst.-phenyl-methoxy)-ethanes/propanes as tachykinin-receptor antagonists
US5273995A (en) 1989-07-21 1993-12-28 Warner-Lambert Company [R-(R*R*)]-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-β,δ-dihydroxy-5-(1-methylethyl-3-phenyl-4-[(phenylamino) carbonyl]- 1H-pyrrole-1-heptanoic acid, its lactone form and salts thereof
EP0577394A1 (en) 1992-06-29 1994-01-05 Merck & Co. Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994001402A1 (en) 1992-07-13 1994-01-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heterocyclic amide derivatives as tachykinin derivatives
GB2268931A (en) 1992-07-22 1994-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azabicyclic tachykinin-receptor antagonists
GB2269170A (en) 1992-07-29 1994-02-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azatricyclic tachykinin antagonists
WO1994002595A1 (en) 1992-07-17 1994-02-03 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method and reagent for treatment of animal diseases
WO1994002461A1 (en) 1992-07-28 1994-02-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds
GB2269590A (en) 1992-08-10 1994-02-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azabicyclic compounds
WO1994003445A1 (en) 1992-08-04 1994-02-17 Pfizer Inc. 3-benzylamino-2-phenyl-piperidine derivatives as substance p receptor antagonists
WO1994003429A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted amines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
US5290946A (en) 1988-10-13 1994-03-01 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of 3-(substituted indolyl-2-yl)propenaldehydes
WO1994004494A1 (en) 1992-08-13 1994-03-03 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin antagonists
WO1994004496A1 (en) 1992-08-19 1994-03-03 Pfizer Inc. Substituted benzylamino nitrogen containing non-aromatic heterocycles
EP0585913A2 (en) 1992-09-04 1994-03-09 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Condensed heterocyclic compounds, their production and use
WO1994005625A1 (en) 1992-09-10 1994-03-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alcohols and ethers with aromatic substituents as tachykinin-antagonists
WO1994007843A1 (en) 1992-09-25 1994-04-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl amine derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
GB2271774A (en) 1992-10-26 1994-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Piperazine derivatives
WO1994008997A1 (en) 1992-10-21 1994-04-28 Pfizer Inc. Substituted benzylaminoquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1994010170A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Pfizer Inc. Substituted quinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1994010167A1 (en) 1992-10-30 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tachykinin antagonists
WO1994010165A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-arylmethyloxymethyl piperidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994010168A1 (en) 1992-10-23 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Imidazolinone and oxazolinone derivatives as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994011368A1 (en) 1992-11-12 1994-05-26 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivative as substance p antagonist
EP0599538A1 (en) 1992-11-23 1994-06-01 The Standard Products Company Belt weatherstrip
WO1994013639A1 (en) 1992-12-14 1994-06-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-aminomethyl/thiomethyl/sulfonylmethyl-4-phenylpiperidines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994013663A1 (en) 1992-12-10 1994-06-23 Pfizer Inc. Aminomethylene substituted non-aromatic heterocycles and use as substance p antagonists
EP0604181A1 (en) 1992-12-21 1994-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Antitumor compositions and method of treatment
WO1994014767A1 (en) 1992-12-21 1994-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Phenyl derivatives useful as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994015932A1 (en) 1993-01-15 1994-07-21 G.D. Searle & Co. Novel 3,4-diaryl thiophenes and analogs thereof having use as antiinflammatory agents
WO1994015903A1 (en) 1993-01-04 1994-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 3,3 diphenyl prop-2-yl amino acid derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
EP0610793A1 (en) 1993-02-08 1994-08-17 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tetracyclic morpholine derivatives and their use or analgesics
US5342952A (en) 1993-03-03 1994-08-30 Warner-Lambert Company Process for trans-6-[2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]pyran-2-one inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
WO1994019357A1 (en) 1993-02-23 1994-09-01 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Farnesyl:protein transferase inhibitors as anticancer agents
WO1994019323A1 (en) 1993-02-18 1994-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds, compositions containing them and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994019320A1 (en) 1993-02-22 1994-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5344991A (en) 1993-10-29 1994-09-06 G.D. Searle & Co. 1,2 diarylcyclopentenyl compounds for the treatment of inflammation
WO1994020500A1 (en) 1993-03-04 1994-09-15 Pfizer Inc. Spiroazacyclic derivatives as substance p antagonists
EP0618221A2 (en) 1993-04-02 1994-10-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
US5354772A (en) 1982-11-22 1994-10-11 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. Indole analogs of mevalonolactone and derivatives thereof
US5356896A (en) 1991-12-12 1994-10-18 Sandoz Ltd. Stabilized pharmaceutical compositions comprising an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor compound
WO1994026740A1 (en) 1993-05-19 1994-11-24 Pfizer Inc. Heteroatom substituted alkyl benzylaminoquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1994026735A1 (en) 1993-05-06 1994-11-24 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted pyrrolidin-3-yl-alkyl-piperidines useful as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994029309A1 (en) 1993-06-07 1994-12-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-substituted azacycles as neurokinin antagonists
US5380738A (en) 1993-05-21 1995-01-10 Monsanto Company 2-substituted oxazoles further substituted by 4-fluorophenyl and 4-methylsulfonylphenyl as antiinflammatory agents
EP0634402A1 (en) 1993-07-14 1995-01-18 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Isochinolinone derivatives, their production and use
WO1995002595A1 (en) 1993-07-15 1995-01-26 Pfizer Inc. Benzyloxyquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
US5387595A (en) 1992-08-26 1995-02-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Alicyclic compounds as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995004042A1 (en) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-phenyl-4-phenylpropyl(enyl)-piperidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995004040A1 (en) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as p substance antagonists
US5393790A (en) 1994-02-10 1995-02-28 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted spiro compounds for the treatment of inflammation
WO1995006645A1 (en) 1993-08-26 1995-03-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzofuran derivatives as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995007886A1 (en) 1993-09-17 1995-03-23 Pfizer Inc. 3-amino-5-carboxy-substituted piperidines and 3-amino-4-carboxy-substituted pyrrolidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995007908A1 (en) 1993-09-17 1995-03-23 Pfizer Inc. Heteroarylamino and heteroarylsulfonamido substituted 3-benzylaminomethyl piperidines and related compounds
WO1995008542A1 (en) 1993-09-22 1995-03-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Farnesyltransferase inhibitor
WO1995008549A1 (en) 1993-09-22 1995-03-30 Glaxo Group Limited 3-(5-tetrazolyl-benzyl)amino-piperidine derivatives and antagonists of tachykinins
WO1995010514A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic sulfonamide compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1995010516A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1995010515A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic carbamate compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
US5409944A (en) 1993-03-12 1995-04-25 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Alkanesulfonamido-1-indanone derivatives as inhibitors of cyclooxygenase
WO1995011917A1 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Parke, Davis & Company Substituted tetra- and pentapeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
WO1995011880A1 (en) 1993-10-27 1995-05-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted amides as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995012572A1 (en) 1993-11-04 1995-05-11 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthetase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1995012612A1 (en) 1993-11-05 1995-05-11 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted di- and tripeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
WO1995014017A1 (en) 1993-11-17 1995-05-26 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptide tachykinin receptor antagonists
US5420245A (en) 1990-04-18 1995-05-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas Tetrapeptide-based inhibitors of farnesyl transferase
WO1995015311A1 (en) 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 A. Menarini Industrie Farmaceutiche Riunite S.R.L. Tachykinin antagonists
WO1995016679A1 (en) 1993-12-17 1995-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995017382A1 (en) 1993-12-21 1995-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptide tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995018124A1 (en) 1993-12-29 1995-07-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1995018129A1 (en) 1993-12-29 1995-07-06 Pfizer Inc. Diazabicyclic neurokinin antagonists
WO1995019344A1 (en) 1994-01-13 1995-07-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Gem-disubstituted azacyclic tachykinin antagonists
US5436265A (en) 1993-11-12 1995-07-25 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. 1-aroyl-3-indolyl alkanoic acids and derivatives thereof useful as anti-inflammatory agents
WO1995020575A1 (en) 1994-01-28 1995-08-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aralkylamino substituted azacyclic therapeutic agents
WO1995021819A1 (en) 1994-02-11 1995-08-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aralkoxy and aralkylthio substituted azacyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995022525A1 (en) 1994-02-17 1995-08-24 Merck & Co., Inc. N-acylpiperidine tachykinin antagonists
WO1995023798A1 (en) 1994-03-04 1995-09-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Prodrugs of morpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995024612A1 (en) 1994-03-07 1995-09-14 International Business Machines Corporation Fast process and device for interpolating intermediate values from periodic phase-shifted signals and for detecting rotary body defects
WO1995025086A1 (en) 1994-03-15 1995-09-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. Isoprenyl transferase inhibitors
EP0675112A1 (en) 1994-03-31 1995-10-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Imidazole-containing inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1995026338A1 (en) 1994-03-29 1995-10-05 Sanofi Neurokinin receptor antagonists
WO1995028418A2 (en) 1994-04-15 1995-10-26 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin antagonists
US5466823A (en) 1993-11-30 1995-11-14 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted pyrazolyl benzenesulfonamides
WO1995030674A1 (en) 1994-05-05 1995-11-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as antagonists of tachikinins
WO1995030687A1 (en) 1994-05-07 1995-11-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Neurokinine (tachykinine) antagonists
WO1995032987A1 (en) 1994-05-31 1995-12-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MODULATION OF raf GENE EXPRESSION
US5474995A (en) 1993-06-24 1995-12-12 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Phenyl heterocycles as cox-2 inhibitors
EP0686629A2 (en) 1994-06-10 1995-12-13 Eli Lilly And Company Cyclohexyl tachykinine receptor antagonists
WO1995033744A1 (en) 1994-06-06 1995-12-14 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin (nk1) receptor antagonists
WO1995034535A1 (en) 1994-06-10 1995-12-21 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
WO1996000736A1 (en) 1994-06-30 1996-01-11 Warner-Lambert Company Histidine and homohistidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
EP0693489A1 (en) 1994-07-12 1996-01-24 Eli Lilly And Company Heterocyclic tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0694535A1 (en) 1994-04-29 1996-01-31 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptidyl tachykinin receptor antagonists
GB2292144A (en) 1994-08-08 1996-02-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Piperidine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
EP0696593A2 (en) 1994-08-11 1996-02-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996005193A1 (en) 1994-08-09 1996-02-22 Pfizer Limited (azetidin-1-ylalkyl)lactams as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996005203A1 (en) 1994-08-08 1996-02-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiro-substituted azacyclic derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996005169A1 (en) 1994-08-12 1996-02-22 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. N,n-disubstituted amic acid derivative
WO1996005168A1 (en) 1994-08-11 1996-02-22 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Substituted amide derivative
WO1996005529A1 (en) 1994-08-09 1996-02-22 Micron Optics, Inc. Temperature compensated fiber fabry-perot filters
WO1996005181A1 (en) 1994-08-15 1996-02-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996006138A1 (en) 1994-08-19 1996-02-29 Skw Trostberg Aktiengesellschaft Method of extracting natural carotinoid dyes
WO1996006094A1 (en) 1994-08-25 1996-02-29 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. Novel substituted piperidines useful for the treatment of allergic diseases
WO1996006193A1 (en) 1994-08-20 1996-02-29 Anton More Converters and method of refining metal melts, in particular refining pig iron to steel
US5496833A (en) 1993-04-13 1996-03-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0699674A1 (en) 1994-07-22 1996-03-06 Eli Lilly And Company 1-Aryl-2-acetylamidopentanone derivatives for use as tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0699655A1 (en) 1994-08-29 1996-03-06 Akzo Nobel N.V. Process for the preparation of quaternary diesters
WO1996007649A1 (en) 1994-09-02 1996-03-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
GB2293168A (en) 1994-09-16 1996-03-20 Merck & Co Inc Polymorphic form of a tachykinin receptor antagonist
GB2293169A (en) 1994-09-15 1996-03-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme 1,2,4-Triazole derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996010562A1 (en) 1994-09-30 1996-04-11 Novartis Ag 1-acyl-4-aliphatylaminopiperidine compounds
EP0707006A1 (en) 1994-10-14 1996-04-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag Aroyl-piperidine derivatives
US5510510A (en) 1994-05-10 1996-04-23 Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
EP0708101A1 (en) 1994-10-21 1996-04-24 Adir Et Compagnie Novel piperidine derivatives, useful as neurokinin receptor antagonists
EP0709376A2 (en) 1994-10-27 1996-05-01 Zeneca Limited Therapeutic compounds
EP0709375A2 (en) 1994-10-25 1996-05-01 Zeneca Limited Therapeutic heterocycles
WO1996016443A1 (en) 1994-11-22 1996-05-30 Philips Electronics N.V. Semiconductor device with a carrier body on which a substrate with a semiconductor element is fastened by means of a glue layer and on which a pattern of conductor tracks is fastened
US5523430A (en) 1994-04-14 1996-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Protein farnesyl transferase inhibitors
EP0714891A1 (en) 1994-11-22 1996-06-05 Eli Lilly And Company Heterocyclic tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996016939A1 (en) 1994-11-30 1996-06-06 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as antagonists of substance p
WO1996017861A1 (en) 1994-12-09 1996-06-13 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted tetra- and pentapeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
WO1996018643A1 (en) 1994-12-13 1996-06-20 Novartis Ag Tachykinin antagonists
US5532359A (en) 1993-05-14 1996-07-02 Genentech, Inc. Ras farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO1996020197A1 (en) 1994-12-23 1996-07-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiroketal derivatives, compositions containing them and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996021661A1 (en) 1995-01-12 1996-07-18 Glaxo Group Limited Piperidine derivatives having tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1996021701A2 (en) 1995-01-09 1996-07-18 Magla International Ltd. Wear resistant image printing on latex surfaces
WO1996021456A1 (en) 1995-01-12 1996-07-18 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of prenyl transferases
WO1996022278A1 (en) 1995-01-18 1996-07-25 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
EP0723959A1 (en) 1995-01-30 1996-07-31 Sanofi Heterocyclic compounds as tachykinin receptor antagonists, process for their preparation and pharmaceuticals containing them
WO1996024612A1 (en) 1995-02-09 1996-08-15 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
WO1996024611A1 (en) 1995-02-09 1996-08-15 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
EP0733632A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-09-25 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Cyclic compounds, their production and use as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996029326A1 (en) 1995-03-21 1996-09-26 Glaxo Group Limited 3-benzylamino-2-phenylpiperidines as neurokinin antagonists
WO1996029304A1 (en) 1995-03-20 1996-09-26 Warner-Lambert Company Nonpeptides as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996029317A1 (en) 1995-03-18 1996-09-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds useful as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996029328A1 (en) 1995-03-18 1996-09-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives, compositions containing them and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996030343A1 (en) 1995-03-29 1996-10-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1996030362A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030018A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic carbamate compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030017A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030363A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996031478A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996031501A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Carbonyl-piperazinyl and piperidinil compounds which inhibit farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996031111A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cell proliferative disorders
WO1996031214A1 (en) 1995-04-06 1996-10-10 Eli Lilly And Company 2-acylaminopropanamides as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996031477A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996032385A1 (en) 1995-04-13 1996-10-17 Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. Novel substituted piperazine derivatives having tachykinin receptor antagonists activity
WO1996033159A1 (en) 1995-04-21 1996-10-24 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996034850A1 (en) 1995-05-03 1996-11-07 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives and their use as inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996034851A1 (en) 1995-05-03 1996-11-07 Abbott Laboratories Benzene, pyridine, naphtalene or benzophenone derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthetase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996037489A1 (en) 1995-05-25 1996-11-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 1-benzoyl-2-(indolyl-3-alkyl)-piperazine derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists
US5589485A (en) 1993-12-09 1996-12-31 Abbott Laboratories Dorrigocin antitumor agents
WO1997000252A1 (en) 1995-06-16 1997-01-03 Warner-Lambert Company Tricyclic inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
WO1997001553A1 (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine and morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1997001554A1 (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine and morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
GB2302689A (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme N-oxides of morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1997003066A1 (en) 1995-07-07 1997-01-30 Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted benzolactam compounds as substance p antagonists
WO1997002920A1 (en) 1995-07-11 1997-01-30 Datacon Schweitzer & Zeindl Gmbh System for automated hermetic sealing of casings
WO1997003050A1 (en) 1995-07-10 1997-01-30 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. 4,9-ethano-benzo(f)isoindole derivatives as farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO1997003047A1 (en) 1995-07-12 1997-01-30 Rhône-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing said inhibitors
US5602098A (en) 1993-05-18 1997-02-11 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibition of farnesyltransferase
WO1997004785A1 (en) 1995-07-28 1997-02-13 Symphar S.A. Use of phenol substituted diphosphonates as antineoplastic agents
US5604260A (en) 1992-12-11 1997-02-18 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. 5-methanesulfonamido-1-indanones as an inhibitor of cyclooxygenase-2
WO1997008144A1 (en) 1995-08-24 1997-03-06 Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted benzylaminopiperidine compounds
WO1997014671A1 (en) 1995-10-18 1997-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Cyclopentyl tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1997017070A1 (en) 1995-11-06 1997-05-15 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of protein isoprenyl transferases
WO1997017362A1 (en) 1995-11-06 1997-05-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel amino acid derivatives, methods of producing them, and pharmaceutical compounds containing these compounds
WO1997018206A1 (en) 1995-11-14 1997-05-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
US5633272A (en) 1995-02-13 1997-05-27 Talley; John J. Substituted isoxazoles for the treatment of inflammation
WO1997019084A1 (en) 1995-11-23 1997-05-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiro-piperidine derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1997018813A1 (en) 1995-11-22 1997-05-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
EP0776893A1 (en) 1995-12-01 1997-06-04 Sankyo Company Limited Azaheterocyclic compounds having tachykinin receptor antagonist activity; Nk1 and NK2
WO1997019942A1 (en) 1995-11-25 1997-06-05 Pfizer Limited 5-azabicyclo(3.1.0)hexylalkyl-2-piperidones and -glutarimides as neurokinin receptor antagonists
US5637699A (en) 1992-06-29 1997-06-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for preparing morpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1997021701A1 (en) 1995-12-08 1997-06-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibiting (imidazol-5-yl)methyl-2-quinolinone derivatives
WO1997021702A1 (en) 1995-12-11 1997-06-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 3-benzylaminopyrrolidines and -piperidines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1997023478A1 (en) 1995-12-22 1997-07-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amides useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1997026246A1 (en) 1996-01-16 1997-07-24 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted histidine inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
WO1997030053A1 (en) 1996-02-16 1997-08-21 Biomeasure Incorporated Farnesyl transferase inhibitors
US5661152A (en) 1993-10-15 1997-08-26 Schering Corporation Tricyclic sulfonamide compounds useful for inhibition of G-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1997038665A2 (en) 1996-04-03 1997-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1997044350A1 (en) 1996-05-22 1997-11-27 Warner-Lambert Company Inhibitors of protein farnesyl transferase
US5698584A (en) 1996-02-13 1997-12-16 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. 3,4-diaryl-2-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofurans as prodrugs to COX-2 inhibitors
WO1998002436A1 (en) 1996-07-15 1998-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Thiadioxobenzodiazepine inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
US5719147A (en) 1992-06-29 1998-02-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1998029119A1 (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1998028980A1 (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
US5861419A (en) 1996-07-18 1999-01-19 Merck Frosst Canad, Inc. Substituted pyridines as selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors
US5932598A (en) 1996-04-12 1999-08-03 G. D. Searle & Co. Prodrugs of benzenesulfonamide-containing COX-2 inhibitors
EP0947494A1 (en) 1998-03-30 1999-10-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Derivatives of phenoxy acetic acid and phenoxymethyltetrazole having antitumor activity
US6020343A (en) 1995-10-13 2000-02-01 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. (Methylsulfonyl)phenyl-2-(5H)-furanones as COX-2 inhibitors
WO2000015657A1 (en) 1998-09-12 2000-03-23 Astrazeneca Ab Piperizine-4-phenyl derivatives as inhibitors of the interaction between mdm2 and 53
US6069134A (en) 1991-03-06 2000-05-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions comprising DNA damaging agents and p53
WO2000044777A1 (en) 1999-01-29 2000-08-03 Imclone Systems Incorporated Antibodies specific to kdr and uses thereof
WO2000050032A1 (en) 1999-02-25 2000-08-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn S.P.A. Antitumour synergistic composition
WO2000061186A1 (en) 1999-04-08 2000-10-19 Arch Development Corporation Use of anti-vegf antibody to enhance radiation in cancer therapy
US6284781B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-09-04 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6288237B1 (en) 1995-11-17 2001-09-11 Gesellschaft Fur Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) Epothilons C and D, preparation and compositions
WO2001070677A1 (en) 2000-03-20 2001-09-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphonamido-substituted bridged bicycloalkyl derivatives
WO2001090084A1 (en) 2000-05-24 2001-11-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Benzodiazepine derivatives as app modulators
WO2002030912A1 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Benzodiazepine derivatives as inhibitors of gamma secretase
WO2002036555A1 (en) 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulfamides as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2002047671A2 (en) 2000-11-17 2002-06-20 Eli Lilly And Company Lactam compound to inhibit beta-amyloid peptide release or synthesis
WO2002081435A1 (en) 2001-04-05 2002-10-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphones which modulate the action of gamma secretase
WO2002081433A1 (en) 2001-04-05 2002-10-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphones which modulate the action of gamma secretase
WO2002083139A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2002083138A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2002083064A2 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. A method of treating cancer
WO2002083140A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003013506A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphonamides for control of beta-amyloid production
WO2003018543A1 (en) 2001-08-21 2003-03-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel cyclohexyl sulphones
WO2003039460A2 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-05-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003050064A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049679A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003050122A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049678A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049527A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003051359A1 (en) 2001-12-18 2003-06-26 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Cis-2,4,5- triphenyl-imidazolines and their use in the treatment of tumors
WO2003079973A2 (en) 2002-03-08 2003-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003084473A2 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating cancer
WO2003086394A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086404A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Fused quinoxaline derivatives as inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086279A2 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086403A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003093252A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heteroaryl substituted spirocyclic sulfamides for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2003093264A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Oxadiazole derivatives for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2003093251A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alkenyl-substituted spirocyclic sulfamides as inhibitors of gamma-secretase
WO2003093253A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alkynyl-substituted spirocyclic sulfamides for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2003099211A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-12-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003106417A1 (en) 2002-06-14 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003105855A1 (en) 2002-01-11 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004031138A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel sulphones for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2004031137A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphone derivatives as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004031139A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphones as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004037171A2 (en) 2002-10-18 2004-05-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004039800A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclic sulfamides for inhibition of gamma-secretase
WO2004039370A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulfonamides, sulfamates and sulfamides as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004039774A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2004-05-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004041162A2 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-21 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
US20040102360A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-27 Barnett Stanley F. Combination therapy
US20040116432A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2004-06-17 Carling William Robert Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004058700A2 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004058148A2 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004080460A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES AS NOVEL MDM2-p53 INHIBITORS
WO2004089911A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-10-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Pyrazole derivatives as gamma-secretase inhibitors useful in the treatment of alzheimer’s disease
WO2004096135A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096130A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096129A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096131A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004101538A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphones as gamma-secretase inhibitors
US20040259867A1 (en) 2003-06-17 2004-12-23 Nader Fotouhi CIS-imidazoles
US20040259884A1 (en) 2003-06-17 2004-12-23 Haley Gregory Jay Cis-imidazolines
US20050029941A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-02-10 Jae-Ik Kwon Plasma display panel
WO2005014553A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-02-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel gamma-secretase inhibitors
US20050037383A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2005-02-17 Schering Corporation Soluble, stable form of HDM2, crystalline forms thereof and methods of use thereof
US20050044294A1 (en) 2003-07-17 2005-02-24 Vo Binh Dao Method and apparatus for window matching in delta compressors
WO2005017190A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-02-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
US20050043361A1 (en) 2002-12-06 2005-02-24 Colca Jerry R. MitoNEET polypeptide from mitochondrial membranes, modulators thereof, and methods of using the same
WO2005018638A1 (en) 2003-08-13 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005019205A1 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005018547A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005019206A1 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005030731A1 (en) 2003-09-24 2005-04-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Gamma-secretase inhibitors
US20050176776A1 (en) 2004-02-06 2005-08-11 Coleman Paul J. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005100356A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-10-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2005100344A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-10-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2005110996A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2005-11-24 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel cis-imidazolines
US20080004287A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 Schering Corporation Substituted Piperidines that Increase P53 Activity and the Uses Thereof
US7807672B2 (en) * 2006-02-16 2010-10-05 Schering Corporation Compounds that are ERK inhibitors

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09249566A (en) 1996-03-19 1997-09-22 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Piperidine-containing chemokine receptor antagonist
CA2410177C (en) 2000-06-15 2010-05-11 Schering Corporation Thrombin receptor antagonists
US6403584B1 (en) * 2000-06-22 2002-06-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted nipecotyl derivatives as inhibitors of cell adhesion
EP1705179A1 (en) 2001-06-28 2006-09-27 Smithkline Beecham Plc N-aroyl cyclic amine derivatives as orexin receptor antagonists
US20040197893A1 (en) 2002-10-16 2004-10-07 Carsten Schubert HDM2-inhibitor complexes and uses thereof
US20080039409A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2008-02-14 Locomogene, Inc. Method of Suppressing Cancer
CA2556589A1 (en) 2004-02-24 2005-09-01 Bioaxone Therapeutique Inc. 4-substituted piperidine derivatives
CN101084191A (en) 2004-12-22 2007-12-05 默克公司 Process for making substituted piperidines
BRPI0619236A2 (en) 2005-12-01 2011-09-20 Hoffmann La Roche 2,4,5-triphenyl imidazoline derivatives, pharmaceutical composition comprising them, use and process for their synthesis
KR101417136B1 (en) 2005-12-13 2014-08-07 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Polycyclic indazole derivatives that are ERK inhibitors and a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
JP2009542664A (en) 2006-06-30 2009-12-03 シェーリング コーポレイション Methods of use of substituted piperidines that increase P53 activity
MX2010010876A (en) 2008-04-02 2010-10-26 Novartis Ag Substituted piperidines as therapeutic compounds.
US8354444B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2013-01-15 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Substituted pyrrolidine-2-carboxamides
IN2012DN01693A (en) 2009-08-26 2015-06-05 Novartis Ag

Patent Citations (369)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3126375A (en) 1964-03-24 Chioacyl
US2789118A (en) 1956-03-30 1957-04-16 American Cyanamid Co 16-alpha oxy-belta1, 4-pregnadienes
US2990401A (en) 1958-06-18 1961-06-27 American Cyanamid Co 11-substituted 16alpha, 17alpha-substituted methylenedioxy steroids
US3048581A (en) 1960-04-25 1962-08-07 Olin Mathieson Acetals and ketals of 16, 17-dihydroxy steroids
US3749712A (en) 1970-09-25 1973-07-31 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti Triamcinolone acetonide esters and process for their preparation
US3928326A (en) 1972-05-19 1975-12-23 Bofors Ab Process for the separation of stereoisomeric mixtures into their components and components obtained hereby
US3929768A (en) 1972-05-19 1975-12-30 Bofors Ab Steroids, processes for their manufacture and preparations containing same
US3996359A (en) 1972-05-19 1976-12-07 Ab Bofors Novel stereoisomeric component A of stereoisomeric mixtures of 2'-unsymmetrical 16,17-methylenedioxy steroid 21-acylates, compositions thereof, and method of treating therewith
US4231938A (en) 1979-06-15 1980-11-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Hypocholesteremic fermentation products and process of preparation
US4294926A (en) 1979-06-15 1981-10-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Hypocholesteremic fermentation products and process of preparation
US4319039A (en) 1979-06-15 1982-03-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Preparation of ammonium salt of hypocholesteremic fermentation product
US4410629A (en) 1980-06-06 1983-10-18 Sankyo Company Limited ML-236B Derivatives and their preparation
US4346227A (en) 1980-06-06 1982-08-24 Sankyo Company, Limited ML-236B Derivatives and their preparation
US4444784A (en) 1980-08-05 1984-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Antihypercholesterolemic compounds
US4537859A (en) 1981-11-20 1985-08-27 Sankyo Company, Limited Process for preparing 3-hydroxy-ML-236B derivatives known as M-4 and M-4'
US5354772A (en) 1982-11-22 1994-10-11 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. Indole analogs of mevalonolactone and derivatives thereof
US4911165A (en) 1983-01-12 1990-03-27 Ethicon, Inc. Pliabilized polypropylene surgical filaments
US4681893A (en) 1986-05-30 1987-07-21 Warner-Lambert Company Trans-6-[2-(3- or 4-carboxamido-substituted pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]-4-hydroxypyran-2-one inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
US4885314A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-12-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Novel HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
US4782084A (en) 1987-06-29 1988-11-01 Merck & Co., Inc. HMG-COA reductase inhibitors
US4820850A (en) 1987-07-10 1989-04-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for α-C-alkylation of the 8-acyl group on mevinolin and analogs thereof
US5030447A (en) 1988-03-31 1991-07-09 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions having good stability
US5180589A (en) 1988-03-31 1993-01-19 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pravastatin pharmaceuatical compositions having good stability
US4916239A (en) 1988-07-19 1990-04-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for the lactonization of mevinic acids and analogs thereof
EP0360390A1 (en) 1988-07-25 1990-03-28 Glaxo Group Limited Spirolactam derivatives
US5290946A (en) 1988-10-13 1994-03-01 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of 3-(substituted indolyl-2-yl)propenaldehydes
US5118853A (en) 1988-10-13 1992-06-02 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of 3-disubstituted aminoacroleins
WO1990005729A1 (en) 1988-11-23 1990-05-31 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine therapeutic agents
WO1990005525A1 (en) 1988-11-23 1990-05-31 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives as substance p antagonists
US5162339A (en) 1988-11-23 1992-11-10 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine therapeutic agents
US4929437A (en) 1989-02-02 1990-05-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Coenzyme Q10 with HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
EP0394989A2 (en) 1989-04-28 1990-10-31 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compounds, process for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US5189164A (en) 1989-05-22 1993-02-23 Sandoz Ltd. Processes for the synthesis of syn-(E)-3,5-dihydroxy-7-substituted hept-6-enoic and heptanoic acids and derivatives and intermediates thereof
US5273995A (en) 1989-07-21 1993-12-28 Warner-Lambert Company [R-(R*R*)]-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-β,δ-dihydroxy-5-(1-methylethyl-3-phenyl-4-[(phenylamino) carbonyl]- 1H-pyrrole-1-heptanoic acid, its lactone form and salts thereof
US5134142A (en) 1989-09-22 1992-07-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivatives, and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
EP0428434A2 (en) 1989-11-06 1991-05-22 Sanofi Compounds of aromatic amines and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0430771A1 (en) 1989-11-23 1991-06-05 Rhone-Poulenc Sante Isoindolone derivatives, their preparation and their use as intermediates for the preparation of substance P antagonists
EP0429366A1 (en) 1989-11-23 1991-05-29 Rhone-Poulenc Sante Isoindolone derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0443132A1 (en) 1989-12-22 1991-08-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides having tachykinin antagonist activity, a process for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
EP0558156A2 (en) 1990-01-04 1993-09-01 Pfizer Inc. Intermediates for 3-aminopiperidine derivates
WO1991009844A1 (en) 1990-01-04 1991-07-11 Pfizer Inc. Substance p antagonists
EP0436334A2 (en) 1990-01-04 1991-07-10 Pfizer Inc. 3-Aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
EP0515681A1 (en) 1990-02-15 1992-12-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compound
US5420245A (en) 1990-04-18 1995-05-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas Tetrapeptide-based inhibitors of farnesyl transferase
WO1991018899A1 (en) 1990-06-01 1991-12-12 Pfizer Inc. 3-amino-2-aryl quinuclidines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1992001688A1 (en) 1990-07-23 1992-02-06 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives
WO1992006079A1 (en) 1990-09-28 1992-04-16 Pfizer Inc. Fused ring analogs of nitrogen containing nonaromatic heterocycles
EP0482539A2 (en) 1990-10-24 1992-04-29 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide compounds, processes for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US5232929A (en) 1990-11-28 1993-08-03 Pfizer Inc. 3-aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles and pharmaceutical compositions and use
US5177080A (en) 1990-12-14 1993-01-05 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyridyl-dihydroxy-heptenoic acid and its salts
EP0498069A2 (en) 1990-12-21 1992-08-12 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. New use of peptide derivative
WO1992012151A1 (en) 1991-01-10 1992-07-23 Pfizer Inc. N-alkyl quinuclidinium salts as substance p antagonists
EP0499313A1 (en) 1991-02-11 1992-08-19 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Azabicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5242930A (en) 1991-02-11 1993-09-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Azabicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
US5373003A (en) 1991-03-01 1994-12-13 Pfizer Inc. 1-azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-amine derivatives
WO1992015585A1 (en) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Pfizer Inc. 1-azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-amine derivatives
US6069134A (en) 1991-03-06 2000-05-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions comprising DNA damaging agents and p53
WO1992017449A1 (en) 1991-03-26 1992-10-15 Pfizer Inc. Stereoselective preparation of substituted piperidines
EP0512902A1 (en) 1991-05-03 1992-11-11 Sanofi Dialkyleneperidino compounds and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0512901A1 (en) 1991-05-03 1992-11-11 Sanofi Aminated polycyclic compounds and their enantiomers, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0514276A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Thiopyranopyrrole derivatives and their preparation
EP0514274A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives and their preparation
EP0514273A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. New derivatives of perhydroisoindole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0514275A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-19 Aventis Pharma S.A. Thiopyranopyrrole derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1992020676A1 (en) 1991-05-22 1992-11-26 Pfizer Inc. Substituted 3-aminoquinuclidines
WO1992020661A1 (en) 1991-05-22 1992-11-26 Merck & Co., Inc. N, n-diacylpiperazines
WO1992021677A1 (en) 1991-05-31 1992-12-10 Pfizer Inc. bibNUCLIDINE DERIVATIVES
EP0517589A2 (en) 1991-06-04 1992-12-09 Adir Et Compagnie Tachykinin derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0590152A1 (en) 1991-06-19 1994-04-06 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides with tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1992022569A1 (en) 1991-06-19 1992-12-23 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides with tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1993000331A1 (en) 1991-06-20 1993-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Fluoroalkoxybenzylamino derivatives of nitrogen containing heterocycles
WO1993000330A2 (en) 1991-06-21 1993-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Azanorbornane derivatives
EP0520555A1 (en) 1991-06-24 1992-12-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Azabicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1993001170A1 (en) 1991-07-01 1993-01-21 Pfizer Inc. 3-aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
WO1993001169A2 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
EP0522808A2 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-01-13 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Aromatic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
EP0536817A1 (en) 1991-07-05 1993-04-14 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Azabicyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO1993001159A1 (en) 1991-07-10 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Fused tricyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1993001165A2 (en) 1991-07-10 1993-01-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, compositions containing them and their use in therapy
EP0532456A1 (en) 1991-08-12 1993-03-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag 1-Acylpiperidine derivatives and their use as substance P antagonists
EP0528495A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-02-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Azacyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5459270A (en) 1991-08-20 1995-10-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1993006099A1 (en) 1991-09-16 1993-04-01 Pfizer Inc. Fused tricyclic nitrogen containing heterocycles as substance p receptor antagonists
EP0533280A1 (en) 1991-09-20 1993-03-24 Glaxo Group Limited Novel medical use for tachykinin antagonists
WO1993009116A1 (en) 1991-11-07 1993-05-13 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Quinuclidine compound and medicinal use thereof
WO1993010073A1 (en) 1991-11-12 1993-05-27 Pfizer Inc. Acyclic ethylenediamine derivatives as substance p receptor antagonists
EP0545478A1 (en) 1991-12-03 1993-06-09 MERCK SHARP &amp; DOHME LTD. Heterocyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
US5356896A (en) 1991-12-12 1994-10-18 Sandoz Ltd. Stabilized pharmaceutical compositions comprising an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor compound
WO1993014113A1 (en) 1992-01-10 1993-07-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptides with tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1993014084A2 (en) 1992-01-21 1993-07-22 Glaxo Group Limited Piperidine derivatives
WO1993018023A1 (en) 1992-03-03 1993-09-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1993019064A1 (en) 1992-03-23 1993-09-30 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivatives as substance p antagonists
WO1993021155A1 (en) 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as p substance antagonists
WO1993021181A1 (en) 1992-04-15 1993-10-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds
GB2266529A (en) 1992-05-01 1993-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives
WO1993023380A1 (en) 1992-05-18 1993-11-25 Pfizer Inc. Bridged aza-bicyclic derivatives as substance p antagonists
WO1993024465A1 (en) 1992-05-27 1993-12-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 2/3-(heterocyclic alkyl amino)-1-(subst.-phenyl-methoxy)-ethanes/propanes as tachykinin-receptor antagonists
US5494926A (en) 1992-05-27 1996-02-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. 2/3-(heterocyclic alkyl amino)-1-(subst.-phenyl-methoxy)-ethanes/propanes as tachykinin-receptor antagonists
US5719147A (en) 1992-06-29 1998-02-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
US5637699A (en) 1992-06-29 1997-06-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for preparing morpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0577394A1 (en) 1992-06-29 1994-01-05 Merck & Co. Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994000440A1 (en) 1992-06-29 1994-01-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994001402A1 (en) 1992-07-13 1994-01-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heterocyclic amide derivatives as tachykinin derivatives
WO1994002595A1 (en) 1992-07-17 1994-02-03 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method and reagent for treatment of animal diseases
GB2268931A (en) 1992-07-22 1994-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azabicyclic tachykinin-receptor antagonists
WO1994002461A1 (en) 1992-07-28 1994-02-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds
GB2269170A (en) 1992-07-29 1994-02-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azatricyclic tachykinin antagonists
WO1994003429A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted amines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994003445A1 (en) 1992-08-04 1994-02-17 Pfizer Inc. 3-benzylamino-2-phenyl-piperidine derivatives as substance p receptor antagonists
GB2269590A (en) 1992-08-10 1994-02-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Azabicyclic compounds
WO1994004494A1 (en) 1992-08-13 1994-03-03 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin antagonists
WO1994004496A1 (en) 1992-08-19 1994-03-03 Pfizer Inc. Substituted benzylamino nitrogen containing non-aromatic heterocycles
US5387595A (en) 1992-08-26 1995-02-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Alicyclic compounds as tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0585913A2 (en) 1992-09-04 1994-03-09 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Condensed heterocyclic compounds, their production and use
WO1994005625A1 (en) 1992-09-10 1994-03-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alcohols and ethers with aromatic substituents as tachykinin-antagonists
WO1994007843A1 (en) 1992-09-25 1994-04-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl amine derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994008997A1 (en) 1992-10-21 1994-04-28 Pfizer Inc. Substituted benzylaminoquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1994010168A1 (en) 1992-10-23 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Imidazolinone and oxazolinone derivatives as tachykinin receptor antagonists
GB2271774A (en) 1992-10-26 1994-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Piperazine derivatives
WO1994010170A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Pfizer Inc. Substituted quinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1994010165A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-arylmethyloxymethyl piperidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994010167A1 (en) 1992-10-30 1994-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tachykinin antagonists
WO1994011368A1 (en) 1992-11-12 1994-05-26 Pfizer Inc. Quinuclidine derivative as substance p antagonist
EP0599538A1 (en) 1992-11-23 1994-06-01 The Standard Products Company Belt weatherstrip
WO1994013663A1 (en) 1992-12-10 1994-06-23 Pfizer Inc. Aminomethylene substituted non-aromatic heterocycles and use as substance p antagonists
US5604260A (en) 1992-12-11 1997-02-18 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. 5-methanesulfonamido-1-indanones as an inhibitor of cyclooxygenase-2
WO1994013639A1 (en) 1992-12-14 1994-06-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-aminomethyl/thiomethyl/sulfonylmethyl-4-phenylpiperidines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0604181A1 (en) 1992-12-21 1994-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Antitumor compositions and method of treatment
WO1994014767A1 (en) 1992-12-21 1994-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Phenyl derivatives useful as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994015903A1 (en) 1993-01-04 1994-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 3,3 diphenyl prop-2-yl amino acid derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994015932A1 (en) 1993-01-15 1994-07-21 G.D. Searle & Co. Novel 3,4-diaryl thiophenes and analogs thereof having use as antiinflammatory agents
EP0610793A1 (en) 1993-02-08 1994-08-17 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tetracyclic morpholine derivatives and their use or analgesics
WO1994019323A1 (en) 1993-02-18 1994-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Azacyclic compounds, compositions containing them and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1994019320A1 (en) 1993-02-22 1994-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds, compositions containing them and their use in therapy
WO1994019357A1 (en) 1993-02-23 1994-09-01 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Farnesyl:protein transferase inhibitors as anticancer agents
US5342952A (en) 1993-03-03 1994-08-30 Warner-Lambert Company Process for trans-6-[2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]pyran-2-one inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
US5489691A (en) 1993-03-03 1996-02-06 Warner-Lambert Company Process for trans-6-(2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl)pyran-2-one inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
WO1994020500A1 (en) 1993-03-04 1994-09-15 Pfizer Inc. Spiroazacyclic derivatives as substance p antagonists
US5409944A (en) 1993-03-12 1995-04-25 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Alkanesulfonamido-1-indanone derivatives as inhibitors of cyclooxygenase
EP0618221A2 (en) 1993-04-02 1994-10-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
US5496833A (en) 1993-04-13 1996-03-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1994026735A1 (en) 1993-05-06 1994-11-24 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted pyrrolidin-3-yl-alkyl-piperidines useful as tachykinin antagonists
US5532359A (en) 1993-05-14 1996-07-02 Genentech, Inc. Ras farnesyl transferase inhibitors
US5602098A (en) 1993-05-18 1997-02-11 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibition of farnesyltransferase
WO1994026740A1 (en) 1993-05-19 1994-11-24 Pfizer Inc. Heteroatom substituted alkyl benzylaminoquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
US5380738A (en) 1993-05-21 1995-01-10 Monsanto Company 2-substituted oxazoles further substituted by 4-fluorophenyl and 4-methylsulfonylphenyl as antiinflammatory agents
WO1994029309A1 (en) 1993-06-07 1994-12-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-substituted azacycles as neurokinin antagonists
US5710140A (en) 1993-06-24 1998-01-20 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Phenyl heterocycles as COX-2 inhibitors
US5536752A (en) 1993-06-24 1996-07-16 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Phenyl heterocycles as COX-2 inhibitors
US5474995A (en) 1993-06-24 1995-12-12 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Phenyl heterocycles as cox-2 inhibitors
US5550142A (en) 1993-06-24 1996-08-27 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Phenyl heterocycles as cox-2 inhibitors
EP0634402A1 (en) 1993-07-14 1995-01-18 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Isochinolinone derivatives, their production and use
WO1995002595A1 (en) 1993-07-15 1995-01-26 Pfizer Inc. Benzyloxyquinuclidines as substance p antagonists
WO1995004042A1 (en) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 4-phenyl-4-phenylpropyl(enyl)-piperidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995004040A1 (en) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as p substance antagonists
WO1995006645A1 (en) 1993-08-26 1995-03-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzofuran derivatives as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995007886A1 (en) 1993-09-17 1995-03-23 Pfizer Inc. 3-amino-5-carboxy-substituted piperidines and 3-amino-4-carboxy-substituted pyrrolidines as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995007908A1 (en) 1993-09-17 1995-03-23 Pfizer Inc. Heteroarylamino and heteroarylsulfonamido substituted 3-benzylaminomethyl piperidines and related compounds
WO1995008549A1 (en) 1993-09-22 1995-03-30 Glaxo Group Limited 3-(5-tetrazolyl-benzyl)amino-piperidine derivatives and antagonists of tachykinins
WO1995008542A1 (en) 1993-09-22 1995-03-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Farnesyltransferase inhibitor
WO1995010516A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1995010515A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic carbamate compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
US5661152A (en) 1993-10-15 1997-08-26 Schering Corporation Tricyclic sulfonamide compounds useful for inhibition of G-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1995010514A1 (en) 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic sulfonamide compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1995011917A1 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Parke, Davis & Company Substituted tetra- and pentapeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
WO1995011880A1 (en) 1993-10-27 1995-05-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted amides as tachykinin antagonists
US5344991A (en) 1993-10-29 1994-09-06 G.D. Searle & Co. 1,2 diarylcyclopentenyl compounds for the treatment of inflammation
WO1995012572A1 (en) 1993-11-04 1995-05-11 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthetase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1995012612A1 (en) 1993-11-05 1995-05-11 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted di- and tripeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
US5436265A (en) 1993-11-12 1995-07-25 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. 1-aroyl-3-indolyl alkanoic acids and derivatives thereof useful as anti-inflammatory agents
WO1995014017A1 (en) 1993-11-17 1995-05-26 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptide tachykinin receptor antagonists
US5466823A (en) 1993-11-30 1995-11-14 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted pyrazolyl benzenesulfonamides
WO1995015311A1 (en) 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 A. Menarini Industrie Farmaceutiche Riunite S.R.L. Tachykinin antagonists
US5589485A (en) 1993-12-09 1996-12-31 Abbott Laboratories Dorrigocin antitumor agents
WO1995016679A1 (en) 1993-12-17 1995-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine and thiomorpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995017382A1 (en) 1993-12-21 1995-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptide tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995018124A1 (en) 1993-12-29 1995-07-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1995018129A1 (en) 1993-12-29 1995-07-06 Pfizer Inc. Diazabicyclic neurokinin antagonists
WO1995019344A1 (en) 1994-01-13 1995-07-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Gem-disubstituted azacyclic tachykinin antagonists
WO1995020575A1 (en) 1994-01-28 1995-08-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aralkylamino substituted azacyclic therapeutic agents
US5393790A (en) 1994-02-10 1995-02-28 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted spiro compounds for the treatment of inflammation
WO1995021819A1 (en) 1994-02-11 1995-08-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aralkoxy and aralkylthio substituted azacyclic compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO1995022525A1 (en) 1994-02-17 1995-08-24 Merck & Co., Inc. N-acylpiperidine tachykinin antagonists
WO1995023798A1 (en) 1994-03-04 1995-09-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Prodrugs of morpholine tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995024612A1 (en) 1994-03-07 1995-09-14 International Business Machines Corporation Fast process and device for interpolating intermediate values from periodic phase-shifted signals and for detecting rotary body defects
WO1995025086A1 (en) 1994-03-15 1995-09-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. Isoprenyl transferase inhibitors
WO1995026338A1 (en) 1994-03-29 1995-10-05 Sanofi Neurokinin receptor antagonists
EP0675112A1 (en) 1994-03-31 1995-10-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Imidazole-containing inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
US5523430A (en) 1994-04-14 1996-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Protein farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO1995028418A2 (en) 1994-04-15 1995-10-26 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin antagonists
EP0694535A1 (en) 1994-04-29 1996-01-31 Eli Lilly And Company Non-peptidyl tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1995030674A1 (en) 1994-05-05 1995-11-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as antagonists of tachikinins
WO1995030687A1 (en) 1994-05-07 1995-11-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Neurokinine (tachykinine) antagonists
US5510510A (en) 1994-05-10 1996-04-23 Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1995032987A1 (en) 1994-05-31 1995-12-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MODULATION OF raf GENE EXPRESSION
WO1995033744A1 (en) 1994-06-06 1995-12-14 Warner-Lambert Company Tachykinin (nk1) receptor antagonists
EP0686629A2 (en) 1994-06-10 1995-12-13 Eli Lilly And Company Cyclohexyl tachykinine receptor antagonists
WO1995034535A1 (en) 1994-06-10 1995-12-21 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
US5571792A (en) 1994-06-30 1996-11-05 Warner-Lambert Company Histidine and homohistidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996000736A1 (en) 1994-06-30 1996-01-11 Warner-Lambert Company Histidine and homohistidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
EP0693489A1 (en) 1994-07-12 1996-01-24 Eli Lilly And Company Heterocyclic tachykinin receptor antagonists
EP0699674A1 (en) 1994-07-22 1996-03-06 Eli Lilly And Company 1-Aryl-2-acetylamidopentanone derivatives for use as tachykinin receptor antagonists
GB2292144A (en) 1994-08-08 1996-02-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Piperidine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996005203A1 (en) 1994-08-08 1996-02-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiro-substituted azacyclic derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996005529A1 (en) 1994-08-09 1996-02-22 Micron Optics, Inc. Temperature compensated fiber fabry-perot filters
WO1996005193A1 (en) 1994-08-09 1996-02-22 Pfizer Limited (azetidin-1-ylalkyl)lactams as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996005168A1 (en) 1994-08-11 1996-02-22 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Substituted amide derivative
EP0696593A2 (en) 1994-08-11 1996-02-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996005169A1 (en) 1994-08-12 1996-02-22 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. N,n-disubstituted amic acid derivative
WO1996005181A1 (en) 1994-08-15 1996-02-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996006138A1 (en) 1994-08-19 1996-02-29 Skw Trostberg Aktiengesellschaft Method of extracting natural carotinoid dyes
WO1996006193A1 (en) 1994-08-20 1996-02-29 Anton More Converters and method of refining metal melts, in particular refining pig iron to steel
WO1996006094A1 (en) 1994-08-25 1996-02-29 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. Novel substituted piperidines useful for the treatment of allergic diseases
EP0699655A1 (en) 1994-08-29 1996-03-06 Akzo Nobel N.V. Process for the preparation of quaternary diesters
WO1996007649A1 (en) 1994-09-02 1996-03-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
GB2293169A (en) 1994-09-15 1996-03-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme 1,2,4-Triazole derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
GB2293168A (en) 1994-09-16 1996-03-20 Merck & Co Inc Polymorphic form of a tachykinin receptor antagonist
WO1996010562A1 (en) 1994-09-30 1996-04-11 Novartis Ag 1-acyl-4-aliphatylaminopiperidine compounds
EP0707006A1 (en) 1994-10-14 1996-04-17 Ciba-Geigy Ag Aroyl-piperidine derivatives
EP0708101A1 (en) 1994-10-21 1996-04-24 Adir Et Compagnie Novel piperidine derivatives, useful as neurokinin receptor antagonists
EP0709375A2 (en) 1994-10-25 1996-05-01 Zeneca Limited Therapeutic heterocycles
EP0709376A2 (en) 1994-10-27 1996-05-01 Zeneca Limited Therapeutic compounds
EP0714891A1 (en) 1994-11-22 1996-06-05 Eli Lilly And Company Heterocyclic tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996016443A1 (en) 1994-11-22 1996-05-30 Philips Electronics N.V. Semiconductor device with a carrier body on which a substrate with a semiconductor element is fastened by means of a glue layer and on which a pattern of conductor tracks is fastened
WO1996016939A1 (en) 1994-11-30 1996-06-06 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Perhydroisoindole derivatives as antagonists of substance p
WO1996017861A1 (en) 1994-12-09 1996-06-13 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted tetra- and pentapeptide inhibitors of protein:farnesyl transferase
WO1996018643A1 (en) 1994-12-13 1996-06-20 Novartis Ag Tachykinin antagonists
WO1996020197A1 (en) 1994-12-23 1996-07-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiroketal derivatives, compositions containing them and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996021701A2 (en) 1995-01-09 1996-07-18 Magla International Ltd. Wear resistant image printing on latex surfaces
WO1996021661A1 (en) 1995-01-12 1996-07-18 Glaxo Group Limited Piperidine derivatives having tachykinin antagonist activity
WO1996021456A1 (en) 1995-01-12 1996-07-18 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of prenyl transferases
WO1996022278A1 (en) 1995-01-18 1996-07-25 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
EP0723959A1 (en) 1995-01-30 1996-07-31 Sanofi Heterocyclic compounds as tachykinin receptor antagonists, process for their preparation and pharmaceuticals containing them
WO1996024612A1 (en) 1995-02-09 1996-08-15 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
WO1996024611A1 (en) 1995-02-09 1996-08-15 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
US5633272A (en) 1995-02-13 1997-05-27 Talley; John J. Substituted isoxazoles for the treatment of inflammation
WO1996029328A1 (en) 1995-03-18 1996-09-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives, compositions containing them and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1996029317A1 (en) 1995-03-18 1996-09-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Aromatic compounds useful as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996029304A1 (en) 1995-03-20 1996-09-26 Warner-Lambert Company Nonpeptides as tachykinin antagonists
WO1996029326A1 (en) 1995-03-21 1996-09-26 Glaxo Group Limited 3-benzylamino-2-phenylpiperidines as neurokinin antagonists
WO1996030362A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030363A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030017A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996030018A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic carbamate compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
EP0733632A1 (en) 1995-03-24 1996-09-25 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Cyclic compounds, their production and use as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996030343A1 (en) 1995-03-29 1996-10-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1996031214A1 (en) 1995-04-06 1996-10-10 Eli Lilly And Company 2-acylaminopropanamides as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1996031477A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996031111A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cell proliferative disorders
WO1996031501A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Carbonyl-piperazinyl and piperidinil compounds which inhibit farnesyl protein transferase
WO1996031478A1 (en) 1995-04-07 1996-10-10 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1996032385A1 (en) 1995-04-13 1996-10-17 Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. Novel substituted piperazine derivatives having tachykinin receptor antagonists activity
WO1996033159A1 (en) 1995-04-21 1996-10-24 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996034851A1 (en) 1995-05-03 1996-11-07 Abbott Laboratories Benzene, pyridine, naphtalene or benzophenone derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthetase and protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996034850A1 (en) 1995-05-03 1996-11-07 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutane derivatives and their use as inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
WO1996037489A1 (en) 1995-05-25 1996-11-28 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 1-benzoyl-2-(indolyl-3-alkyl)-piperazine derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists
WO1997000252A1 (en) 1995-06-16 1997-01-03 Warner-Lambert Company Tricyclic inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
GB2302689A (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme N-oxides of morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1997001554A1 (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine and morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1997001553A1 (en) 1995-06-28 1997-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine and morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO1997003066A1 (en) 1995-07-07 1997-01-30 Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted benzolactam compounds as substance p antagonists
WO1997003050A1 (en) 1995-07-10 1997-01-30 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. 4,9-ethano-benzo(f)isoindole derivatives as farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO1997002920A1 (en) 1995-07-11 1997-01-30 Datacon Schweitzer & Zeindl Gmbh System for automated hermetic sealing of casings
WO1997003047A1 (en) 1995-07-12 1997-01-30 Rhône-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Novel farnesyl transferase inhibitors, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing said inhibitors
WO1997004785A1 (en) 1995-07-28 1997-02-13 Symphar S.A. Use of phenol substituted diphosphonates as antineoplastic agents
WO1997008144A1 (en) 1995-08-24 1997-03-06 Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Substituted benzylaminopiperidine compounds
US6020343A (en) 1995-10-13 2000-02-01 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. (Methylsulfonyl)phenyl-2-(5H)-furanones as COX-2 inhibitors
WO1997014671A1 (en) 1995-10-18 1997-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Cyclopentyl tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1997017362A1 (en) 1995-11-06 1997-05-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel amino acid derivatives, methods of producing them, and pharmaceutical compounds containing these compounds
WO1997017070A1 (en) 1995-11-06 1997-05-15 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of protein isoprenyl transferases
WO1997018206A1 (en) 1995-11-14 1997-05-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Morpholine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
US6288237B1 (en) 1995-11-17 2001-09-11 Gesellschaft Fur Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) Epothilons C and D, preparation and compositions
WO1997018813A1 (en) 1995-11-22 1997-05-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1997019084A1 (en) 1995-11-23 1997-05-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Spiro-piperidine derivatives and their use as tachykinin antagonists
WO1997019942A1 (en) 1995-11-25 1997-06-05 Pfizer Limited 5-azabicyclo(3.1.0)hexylalkyl-2-piperidones and -glutarimides as neurokinin receptor antagonists
EP0776893A1 (en) 1995-12-01 1997-06-04 Sankyo Company Limited Azaheterocyclic compounds having tachykinin receptor antagonist activity; Nk1 and NK2
WO1997021701A1 (en) 1995-12-08 1997-06-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibiting (imidazol-5-yl)methyl-2-quinolinone derivatives
WO1997021702A1 (en) 1995-12-11 1997-06-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 3-benzylaminopyrrolidines and -piperidines as tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO1997023478A1 (en) 1995-12-22 1997-07-03 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amides useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
WO1997026246A1 (en) 1996-01-16 1997-07-24 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted histidine inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase
US5698584A (en) 1996-02-13 1997-12-16 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. 3,4-diaryl-2-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofurans as prodrugs to COX-2 inhibitors
WO1997030053A1 (en) 1996-02-16 1997-08-21 Biomeasure Incorporated Farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO1997038665A2 (en) 1996-04-03 1997-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
US5932598A (en) 1996-04-12 1999-08-03 G. D. Searle & Co. Prodrugs of benzenesulfonamide-containing COX-2 inhibitors
WO1997044350A1 (en) 1996-05-22 1997-11-27 Warner-Lambert Company Inhibitors of protein farnesyl transferase
WO1998002436A1 (en) 1996-07-15 1998-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Thiadioxobenzodiazepine inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase
US5861419A (en) 1996-07-18 1999-01-19 Merck Frosst Canad, Inc. Substituted pyridines as selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors
US6001843A (en) 1996-07-18 1999-12-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyridines as selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors
US6284781B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-09-04 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
WO1998029119A1 (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
WO1998028980A1 (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
EP0947494A1 (en) 1998-03-30 1999-10-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Derivatives of phenoxy acetic acid and phenoxymethyltetrazole having antitumor activity
WO2000015657A1 (en) 1998-09-12 2000-03-23 Astrazeneca Ab Piperizine-4-phenyl derivatives as inhibitors of the interaction between mdm2 and 53
WO2000044777A1 (en) 1999-01-29 2000-08-03 Imclone Systems Incorporated Antibodies specific to kdr and uses thereof
WO2000050032A1 (en) 1999-02-25 2000-08-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn S.P.A. Antitumour synergistic composition
WO2000061186A1 (en) 1999-04-08 2000-10-19 Arch Development Corporation Use of anti-vegf antibody to enhance radiation in cancer therapy
WO2001070677A1 (en) 2000-03-20 2001-09-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphonamido-substituted bridged bicycloalkyl derivatives
WO2001090084A1 (en) 2000-05-24 2001-11-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Benzodiazepine derivatives as app modulators
WO2002030912A1 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Benzodiazepine derivatives as inhibitors of gamma secretase
WO2002036555A1 (en) 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulfamides as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2002047671A2 (en) 2000-11-17 2002-06-20 Eli Lilly And Company Lactam compound to inhibit beta-amyloid peptide release or synthesis
WO2002081435A1 (en) 2001-04-05 2002-10-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphones which modulate the action of gamma secretase
WO2002081433A1 (en) 2001-04-05 2002-10-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphones which modulate the action of gamma secretase
WO2002083139A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2002083138A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2002083064A2 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. A method of treating cancer
WO2002083140A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2002-10-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
US20040116432A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2004-06-17 Carling William Robert Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003013506A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulphonamides for control of beta-amyloid production
WO2003018543A1 (en) 2001-08-21 2003-03-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel cyclohexyl sulphones
WO2003039460A2 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-05-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003050122A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049679A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049678A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003049527A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003050064A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003051359A1 (en) 2001-12-18 2003-06-26 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Cis-2,4,5- triphenyl-imidazolines and their use in the treatment of tumors
WO2003105855A1 (en) 2002-01-11 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003079973A2 (en) 2002-03-08 2003-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003084473A2 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating cancer
WO2003086394A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086404A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Fused quinoxaline derivatives as inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086279A2 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003086403A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2003093253A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alkynyl-substituted spirocyclic sulfamides for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2003093264A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Oxadiazole derivatives for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2003093251A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Alkenyl-substituted spirocyclic sulfamides as inhibitors of gamma-secretase
WO2003093252A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Heteroaryl substituted spirocyclic sulfamides for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2004039774A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2004-05-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003099211A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-12-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2003106417A1 (en) 2002-06-14 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004031138A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel sulphones for inhibition of gamma secretase
WO2004031137A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphone derivatives as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004031139A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphones as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004037171A2 (en) 2002-10-18 2004-05-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
US20040102360A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-27 Barnett Stanley F. Combination therapy
WO2004041162A2 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-21 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004039800A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclic sulfamides for inhibition of gamma-secretase
WO2004039370A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Sulfonamides, sulfamates and sulfamides as gamma-secretase inhibitors
US20050043361A1 (en) 2002-12-06 2005-02-24 Colca Jerry R. MitoNEET polypeptide from mitochondrial membranes, modulators thereof, and methods of using the same
WO2004058700A2 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004058148A2 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004080460A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES AS NOVEL MDM2-p53 INHIBITORS
WO2004089911A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-10-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Pyrazole derivatives as gamma-secretase inhibitors useful in the treatment of alzheimer’s disease
US20050037383A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2005-02-17 Schering Corporation Soluble, stable form of HDM2, crystalline forms thereof and methods of use thereof
WO2004096130A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096129A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096131A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004096135A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2004101538A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclohexyl sulphones as gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2004101539A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Cyclic sulfonamides for inhibition of gamma-secretase
US20040259867A1 (en) 2003-06-17 2004-12-23 Nader Fotouhi CIS-imidazoles
US20040259884A1 (en) 2003-06-17 2004-12-23 Haley Gregory Jay Cis-imidazolines
US20050044294A1 (en) 2003-07-17 2005-02-24 Vo Binh Dao Method and apparatus for window matching in delta compressors
US20050029941A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-02-10 Jae-Ik Kwon Plasma display panel
WO2005014553A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-02-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Novel gamma-secretase inhibitors
WO2005018638A1 (en) 2003-08-13 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005019205A1 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005017190A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-02-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005018547A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005019206A1 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-03-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005030731A1 (en) 2003-09-24 2005-04-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Gamma-secretase inhibitors
US20050176776A1 (en) 2004-02-06 2005-08-11 Coleman Paul J. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2005100356A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-10-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2005100344A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-10-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of akt activity
WO2005110996A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2005-11-24 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel cis-imidazolines
US7807672B2 (en) * 2006-02-16 2010-10-05 Schering Corporation Compounds that are ERK inhibitors
US20080004287A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 Schering Corporation Substituted Piperidines that Increase P53 Activity and the Uses Thereof
WO2008005268A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-10 Schering Corporation Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (74)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Adenovirus-Mediated Delivery of a uPA/uPAR Antagonist Suppresses Angiogenesis-Dependent Tumor Growth and Dissemination in Mice", GENE THERAPY, vol. 5, no. 8, August 1998 (1998-08-01), pages 1105 - 13
"Cancer Principles and Practice of Oncology", 15 February 2001, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS PUBLISHERS
"Physicians' Desk Reference", 1996, MEDICAL ECONOMICS COMPANY
"Physician's Desk Reference", 2003, THOMPSON PDR
A. L. BINGHAM ET AL., CHEM. COMMUN., 2001, pages 603 - 604
ANAT. REC., vol. 238, 1994, pages 68
ARCH. OPHTHAMOL., vol. 119, 2001, pages 709 - 717
ARCH. OPTHALMOL., vol. 108, 1990, pages 573
BAIRAK ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 12, 1993, pages 461 - 468
BLAYDES ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 14, 1997, pages 1859 - 1868
BOTTGER ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 13, no. 10, 1996, pages 2141 - 2147
BUME-JENSENHUNTER, NATURE, vol. 411, 2001, pages 355 - 365
CANCER RES., vol. 57, 1997, pages 1625
CELL, vol. 93, 1998, pages 705
CHENE, MOLECULAR CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 2, January 2006 (2006-01-01), pages 20 - 28
CHENE, NATURE REVIEWS CANCER, vol. 3, 2003, pages 102 - 109
CHENE, NATURE, vol. 3, 2003, pages 102 - 109
CLIN, ORTHOP, vol. 313, 1995, pages 76
CLIN. CHEM. LA. MED., vol. 38, 2000, pages 679 - 692
DING, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 127, 2005, pages 10130 - 10131
DONEHOWER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 356, 1992, pages 215 - 221
DUNCAN ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 123, no. 4, 2001, pages 554 - 560
E. C. VAN TONDER ET AL., AAPS PHARMSCITECH., 2004
EUROPEAN J. OF CANCER, vol. 35, no. 9, 1999, pages 1394 - 1401
FEBS LETTERS, vol. 372, 1995, pages 83
FERNANDEZ ET AL., J. LAB. CLIN. MED., vol. 105, 1985, pages 141 - 145
FREEDMAN ET AL., MOL CELL BIOL, vol. 18, 1998, pages 7288 - 7293
FUSARIUM SP.. STOLL ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 40, no. 2, 2001, pages 336 - 344
GALATIN ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 47, 2004, pages 4163 - 4165
HAINAUT ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 25, 1997, pages 151 - 157
HALL ET AL., AM. J. HUM. GENET., vol. 61, 1997, pages 785 - 789
HALLPETERS, ADV. CANCER RES., vol. 68, 1996, pages 67 - 108
HONDA ET AL., FEBS LETT, vol. 420, 1997, pages 25 - 27
INTL. J. MOL. MED., vol. 2, 1998, pages 715
INVEST. OPHTHALMOL VIS. SCI., vol. 41, 2000, pages 2309 - 2317
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, 1999, pages 9116 - 9121
J. CARDIOVASC. PHARMACOL., vol. 31, 1998, pages 909 - 913
J. IMMUNOL., vol. 164, 2000, pages 217 - 222
J. MOL. ENDOCRINOL., vol. 16, 1996, pages 107
J.ORG.CHEM., vol. 4, 2001, pages 1434
JNCI, vol. 69, 1982, pages 475
JPN. J. PHARMACOL., vol. 75, 1997, pages 105
KO ET AL., GENES & DEVEL, vol. 10, 1996, pages 1054 - 1072
KOJIMA ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 108, no. 9, November 2005 (2005-11-01), pages 3150 - 3159
KUSSIE ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 274, 1996, pages 948 - 953
LEVINE, CELL, vol. 88, 1997, pages 323 - 331
LU, J. MED. CHEM., vol. 49, 2006, pages 3759 - 3762
M. CAIRA ET AL., J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCI., vol. 93, no. 3, 2004, pages 601 - 611
M. TANABE ET AL.: "The Orange Book", vol. 8, 1969, FOOD & DRUG ADMINISTRATION, article "The Pharmacologic Effect of Deuterium Substitution on 5-n-Butyl-5-ethyl Barbituric Acid", pages: 1123 - 1128
M. YALPANI: "Cholesterol Lowering Drugs", CHEMISTRY & INDUSTRY, 5 February 1996 (1996-02-05), pages 85 - 89, XP001525979
MAY ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 18, no. 53, 1999, pages 7621 - 7636
MILLER, T.A. ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 46, no. 24, 2003, pages 5097 - 5116
MOMAND ET AL., CELL, vol. 69, 1992, pages 1237 - 1245
MOMAND, GENE, vol. 242, no. 1-2, 2000, pages 15 - 29
N. J. HASKINS: "The Application of Stable Isotopes in Biomedical Research", BIOMEDICAL MASS SPECTROMETRY, vol. 9, no. 7, 1981, pages 2690277
NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 17, October 1999 (1999-10-01), pages 963 - 968
OLINER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 362, 1993, pages 841 - 844
OREN, CELL DEATH DIFFER., vol. 10, no. 4, 2003, pages 431 - 442
P. GOULD, INTERNATIONAL J. OF PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 33, 1986, pages 201 - 217
P. STAHL ET AL.: "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use.", 2002, MEDICAL ECONOMICS COMPANY, INC.
PNAS, vol. 89, 1992, pages 7384
ROTH ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 17, 1998, pages 554 - 564
S. BERGE ET AL., JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, no. 1, 1977, pages 1 - 19
SHERR, CANCER RES., vol. 60, 2000, pages 3689 - 95
T. HIGUCHIV. STELLA: "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS, article "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series"
T. HIGUCHIW. STELLA: "A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", vol. 14, 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS, article "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems"
T. W. GREENE ET AL.: "Protective Groups in organic Synthesis", 1991, WILEY
TAOLEVINE, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 96, 1999, pages 3077 - 3080
THROMB. HAEMOST., vol. 80, 1998, pages 10 - 23
THROMBOSIS RES, vol. 101, 2001, pages 329 - 354
WU ET AL., GENES DEV., vol. 7, 1993, pages 1126 - 1132
YASUDA, ONCOGENE, vol. 19, 2000, pages 1473 - 1476
ZHANG ET AL., J. ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 331, 2004, pages 138 - 146
ZHELEVA ET AL., MINI. REV. MED. CHEM., vol. 3, no. 3, 2003, pages 257 - 270

Cited By (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9145373B2 (en) 2008-08-04 2015-09-29 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US8536186B2 (en) 2008-08-04 2013-09-17 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US9012463B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2015-04-21 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8883785B2 (en) 2010-01-25 2014-11-11 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US11672803B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2023-06-13 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Brutons tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10004746B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-06-26 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10751342B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2020-08-25 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10478439B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2019-11-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10653696B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2020-05-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US10016435B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-07-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10004745B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-06-26 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton'S tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US9814721B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-11-14 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton'S tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US9428464B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2016-08-30 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US9981918B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2018-05-29 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
US8987274B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2015-03-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Macrocycles that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
WO2013062923A1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. MACROCYCLES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
US9062071B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2015-06-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted piperidines as HDM2 inhibitors
WO2013096150A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted piperidines as hdm2 inhibitors
US10954567B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2021-03-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Mutations associated with resistance to inhibitors of Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase (BTK)
US8846657B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-09-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted imidazopyridines as HDM2 inhibitors
EP2934514A4 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-06-08 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
US10398681B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-09-03 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
US9913826B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-03-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
US10842777B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2020-11-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
EP3669881A1 (en) 2014-01-28 2020-06-24 Buck Institute for Research on Aging Compositions for use in the treatment of senescence-assiocated disease and disorders
US9885086B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-02-06 Pharmacyclics Llc Phospholipase C gamma 2 and resistance associated mutations
US10258621B2 (en) 2014-07-17 2019-04-16 Chdi Foundation, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating HIV-related disorders
US11078162B2 (en) 2017-02-17 2021-08-03 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Processes for preparing AG-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof
US11919865B2 (en) 2017-02-17 2024-03-05 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Processes for preparing AG-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof
US10513497B2 (en) 2017-02-17 2019-12-24 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing AG-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof
US10500211B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2019-12-10 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10085999B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-10-02 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10722521B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2020-07-28 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018227129A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Skin care formulations and skin cancer treatment
US10815228B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2020-10-27 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aztreonam derivatives and uses thereof
US11058668B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2021-07-13 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating TTR amyloidosis using AG10
US12070449B2 (en) 2018-03-23 2024-08-27 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating TTR amyloidosis using AG10
US11260047B2 (en) 2018-08-17 2022-03-01 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Formulations of AG10
US12005043B2 (en) 2018-08-17 2024-06-11 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Formulations of AG10
WO2020072442A1 (en) 2018-10-01 2020-04-09 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatives of relebactam and uses thereof
US11180500B2 (en) 2018-10-01 2021-11-23 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatives of relebactam and uses thereof
US11008321B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2021-05-18 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline form of an avibactam derivative
US11565999B2 (en) 2019-04-25 2023-01-31 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of synthesizing aztreonam derivatives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104945382B (en) 2020-02-07
CA2777043A1 (en) 2011-04-21
TN2012000129A1 (en) 2013-09-19
AU2010307198B9 (en) 2014-02-13
CA2777043C (en) 2015-12-15
US8859776B2 (en) 2014-10-14
EA023838B1 (en) 2016-07-29
MX2012004377A (en) 2012-06-01
ZA201202667B (en) 2013-09-25
CL2012000949A1 (en) 2012-11-30
CR20120183A (en) 2012-08-27
AU2010307198C9 (en) 2014-02-13
MY174452A (en) 2020-04-19
GT201200111A (en) 2016-03-01
TW201124405A (en) 2011-07-16
BR112012008849A2 (en) 2015-09-22
ZA201204718B (en) 2013-09-25
CO6531452A2 (en) 2012-09-28
UA109417C2 (en) 2015-08-25
NZ599343A (en) 2014-05-30
CN102638981A (en) 2012-08-15
TWI507405B (en) 2015-11-11
JP2013508273A (en) 2013-03-07
AU2010307198C1 (en) 2014-01-23
AU2010307198A1 (en) 2012-04-19
KR20120110097A (en) 2012-10-09
MA33745B1 (en) 2012-11-01
PE20121172A1 (en) 2012-09-05
JP5911778B2 (en) 2016-04-27
EP2488028A4 (en) 2013-05-01
JP2013035852A (en) 2013-02-21
CN104945382A (en) 2015-09-30
US20140336222A1 (en) 2014-11-13
AU2010307198B2 (en) 2013-10-10
NI201200059A (en) 2012-08-15
CN102638981B (en) 2015-07-22
EA201270546A1 (en) 2012-11-30
IL219125A0 (en) 2012-06-28
EP2488028B1 (en) 2020-08-19
US20120208844A1 (en) 2012-08-16
KR101485645B1 (en) 2015-01-22
EP2488028A1 (en) 2012-08-22
JP5099731B1 (en) 2012-12-19
AR078622A1 (en) 2011-11-23
IN2012DN03085A (en) 2015-07-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2488028B1 (en) Substituted piperidines that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
RU2690663C2 (en) Substituted imidazopyridines as hdm2 inhibitors
EP2613782B1 (en) Indazole derivatives useful as erk inhibitors
EP2584903B1 (en) Novel heterocyclic compounds as erk inhibitors
EP2615916B1 (en) Fused pyrazole derivatives as novel erk inhibitors
US8987274B2 (en) Macrocycles that increase p53 activity and the uses thereof
EP2953470B1 (en) 2,6,7 substituted purines as hdm2 inhibitors
EP2793890B1 (en) Substituted piperidines as hdm2 inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080056354.8

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10823840

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010307198

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 219125

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 2777043

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 000472-2012

Country of ref document: PE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012534222

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 13501685

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 12012500713

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012000949

Country of ref document: CL

Ref document number: CR2012-000183

Country of ref document: CR

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/004377

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1201001693

Country of ref document: TH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12064129

Country of ref document: CO

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010307198

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20101005

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010823840

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A201205722

Country of ref document: UA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20127012244

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201270546

Country of ref document: EA

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012008849

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012008849

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120413